oe
« ‘aw _ a 7: a y4 4 —_ an <a Vs
ge eg age A A BS OER A SA hE ee ee eg ee ed oe Peete erbgreeceed
pea rhea hae pe eek ae clae gh gli Magid abel Seackee sad scnS Scares lareasven Roe Z ee
Fe a enh ) <5 i
oe -
NX A taren eas
a Bo 8 18 tA Fe ol 4k AM na id a) Sela * “- eee aie oy
OO ee et oe ee om ~~ ee ~ » « ~d & ~ . . ¥
+rere yee Sense kw eg .~ oY oS oe wt 5 .
» SSS ES - . cies ee eee esas
+ 8.4.6 6.4.6 4 581 SS, »» . . oo 4
> 0.4 0 4 8 os ciphers ot, id Pa Pate
ie ee soa! ix ; oo He ‘
8 e » ) -* an a4 4 ts ie Al
Sah i*5 Mr rrr
7 oo ~ ~~ — Me
a ed he Se a » > < » . FF pel ye
_ ~ a -
SB PP ST oe Pe
—_
*
*
yee rT. Sry SS ye eS aes
a eerhitatateseraceyeaeeedse
iu
o
+
et be
= : X > r - 0.
se ~~ ~ te -% : “ ; <> na ot
” - +44 44-4 r ’ -
a +4 A*® —
CO ee .
.* *
a sees ad Be ae ne OP co at ese Pat a ee end tale gid
ois @ 6 4 84 Ee SS Eg
3 8 9-46 eS ee 4 A
eA 2 6 A ew EA
A acres > YS Be chcece ce oes +4,
ba SO ey he ae oe ot “ * :
at Se aoe ee ee « bare Ve O46 4.8.8 Bb S88 ele ee
- 4 . # . -
Py ~ AS 4% Wb ES RS SBS De ae he he ¥_4-4 6.24.6 ¥ 4 d_8_ 0. © 6 689.3. 7 4 863-8
“ SA 6 -& 4-6 % 4% EK E-
Pe bat a Pe - ; 2
J 4 OAS,
: al ee ode
. + = Pr et Tp a <<.
; 2, . re Pt ve 2
e + ~@ 6 @ + .. as - +8 ee we
os Pl ae be ae pt 4 4 -e
wee Sees ‘ee *s* Pr ee ae tat pt pee ees Pred isisis sist
eee ees §.4-A 2-06-46 66.5 § 8s 6.546.446 4-4-5 4.4 4% 64
o w os ~SB.6 2.8.8 — e~ . * se eee
aaa “< ee ee nee - Pye ee ter Pe eee el eo eo oe eo Or
- = @€ 4 SAD AK HESS RH OS
7 6 4 2_i¢€ ee ee ee ee ee ee ae
nae 38 MEMES wy Se ee oe ee he
a4 ~ OS oe ee ot ee ee
rite’
vr
4 Oe ae ee ee :
=e 4 .
" = Ms - yey . > ee 2 SA by by
. = 4 ©.» 4 _ 44 se e846 -
fesee. < Oe 5 8 6% tf e_2_3-5
a4.4 8 vs 6. «4 & 4-5-4 4-4 6 6. 4-6 4-8-5 & a -& &. & & t s- ~...
, 048 8 = 2 ea. 5.44 Bese see i 4_§_& 4 4 e 3. % 46.48.48
+48 -F_ *) ee of 4-8 68 6 ae v.84 68.
e-€.8 * 6 & ae ee a = “ &. ¢.3.9-t-4.§
-~_ +. t_4_ &.G_.% 4 4. Si 4A + = @- 4-2 4 6.4
on oe S444 & & © + +4 1 @ + 4H & é. .%. 8 B.& %
—s.¢ «44-4 es 4 wee 6. 8 6-t- & s.&
S + si o @¢ £44 4 & #24 4 24 + € 8 &
ts - & © & 6 «4 8A OSA e- 6.4.8 3 B.
- . ae et ~~ e445 4% 4% - © 8s 2 & ©
iz = Se - & & G6 € v4 4-4 &. o. &, € 3. 6.36..&
'_@ 2 4 S_4 + Se 5-4 bs © 6 6 € 4 4% 4e % @.6.4 6. 0-3 »%
s- AS #.@ 2-i e+ 2&4 + es 8 Pe
= 2 ee -% £-4. ss e+ «=< - * ~~ 6 + B84
sé . 46 : 43 4 4- :
6 s 4.4 4.444 = et ye
*_<¢ ws 4 t_4-é $6.2 6.6.6 44.4 4 2 € 444 . *-* J “ + 6 3 4 &-&
(= +, %,*.4, 8.0 4+ © 7 4464 4 @€ 4 #4 AAS a s « = = 4,64 & « 4-46 4.6 # 8 6&8 S 4%». 6. 4.4466 6S Hee & 6 + ¢ 6.6 2. B68. >.6.-@ 6.
on 64.06 -4.4_6_4_ ot 8 SEE CSE SL & -6-0.% @.64.64-G@ 4+ CE GABR ELDER BOC HES ESE SD SD & 438-4 6-6
«© &-4-3 i. i_j -4_4- 6-4 4.@ 4 .4.644.4.5.5.44% 6 6-%- 4-~+ 4 2&4 46 i444 646% ¢@ =. ¢-& &-@--0-@ 6 4.646. 6-4. & 64. @ 46-46 4 6.44 466-8 .
t0_¢-1.- 5-6-6 .6.6-¢.8 8.6 ,0_4 4 .4-5_6.6.% * © 8-€ «4 Ve 06 0-0 AWE 4-58 D8 2-8-6 Eo 4 2-666 4-4-6». 60.644 604 BA PECL SEY CE *,.8. 2% &» 0}
-*- 6-3-6 _¢ 4.4 £ 6.644% S 0 0-0-8 -4- GS - 8-£- 6-5-0 -4-6-6.4 &-8-0-@ G0RE EH COE GECVENC EN DCHRSLLLBSLS + + = + 6-6 € & 6-8-6 & & & &- b6.4.F 2
4 6~@-¢-@_ 4, 6-4 .€-9_ 6-6 4_6-4 3-¢.4.4_44 % S.S € @-t @ G4 4 4 4+ Y 4 -4-6-4 -3_€ 6 .0-@-¢@ & ¢-é @-6-4 4-6 4 44 ©. G4} 4-4 6 &_& 6_6.6 34.44 4 4% % v2 6 + © 6 Go 6+ & U-6 4 6 6s wt SH 4 6 4 + © 6 6-0 8 4-8-6
2-@,€-i.© 6.4.4.8 4.6.44 4.6 ¢ a OF aa ar al OT NE ae EN OE We a pet aa eee I SEL OP IE EE IS hh ee oe wee 8.6 & ee H&S © 6 Ce S46 6 H-4.8-4 ©-4.
SOON ae he ee She CS Oe 45S 42 AN C6664 ON OS OOOO CE OR SG as “ ‘3
+ 4&6 56.8 4 6.6 © 8-€.0 6% +4 # 4 @. 6.4.84 884 - & -
+3. @ 6.-6 -4_@.4-4_6 £-44-£ 4 £6 % 4 -a-<- ~ 4
+ &- 20.8 ©. @ 4.8 4-6 ~@.6-6- 4 4-64-46 64
+t 6.46.4. @_6_4_% 4.4 é_6.6_@ 4-3. ¢ 4 44%
6.4.2 ¢.8_ 6 6._4.6.4_€_4 64.4 4 44.544 —
1. 8_ 4-2 _-4-§-4. 6 @—3_44.-6 4. 6.4-46-@ 4.9.
64-4. 6-6. 4 44 ¢ @ 2-6 6 & 4_6 3.14%
Ce er ee ee ee
4 $s — 7
- -& 6-4 | © ¢ & < PP ee i
‘5° V £2 + Be
a
«
+ es we ©
<
“
eat
os &@
”
-*
se
.
*
s
= © + +/+. «+s &
Ay
_*
.
o,ale
>
7
se
7 .
,
.
-
‘
»
‘
*
*
.
*f
*
.
e
.
.
.
*
.
.
“e+
@etwese-veteweenues & #
*e ee @ ee weeee ee Wee
eeewe wue eo 8-6
"“teewreseeoee ene © © @ . - «
ee ee “ a | one
Pn ee a oe ee ee ay ee os |
~ 8 -B-s.:h- b-e,-0-b- e-0-% 6 3 S-b-| eek D Be, 82 3 TLE LT ge Te
Pg se Se ek +09" = were os alt ate te. ee aT me
5 =m © HOt eC 8-e A ee
SMES SIN RS MER IS IR GM ote a on Ne ies a IR ae ee co; hd nO ee, Ogg hh MARE?
Ba fe BSB 54 86h le ee a le
ee scone ptatete- oh arerstne caveat aera
“ —- 2. ee a * ‘ pe beeen.
ce Soe eee ne Bare ie eae a ele alae el AR ns
°
*
+?
4
a:
aie a
igitized by the Internet Archive —
in n 2011 with ‘uni from fe
bal ate
; 7a a
yoo Wnt wi TF
sige ehh é nf me eit
7 Pt “ipa 4 ei | ee,
ier | j Bvedoh ; {
Fe eal
Hf NWW. archive. org/details/journalofasis41885u nse
ge a “
5 a ee ’
™" - c
ba - ' ae . J
=: > 2 gaa, « ‘ os o4
i
re Pi ae Se
=? 0 as eee
By «,
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY. OF BENGAL.
WOE, LAV.
PART II. (NATURAL HISTORY, &c.)
(Nos. I. ro III.—1885.)
EDITED BY
yHE NaTURAL fiisTORY SECRETARY.
————
‘Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science
in different parts of Asza will commit their observations to writing, and send them to
the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long
intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.”’ SIR WM. JoNEs.
OOOO OOO OOOOOoevoreeeee eee ee eee
CALCUTTA:
' PRINTED BY J. W. THOMAS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION, PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET.
1887.
aaeie ae ne!
weeks ,
col —
ee
ees
2 4:
ee yt anes
Rn es
el
Seid Be
a .™“ e al
ie = a nd
> *
a eS
|
aa vate tar} te apr yk Saree
Ti ORB IROP eA
j
fG
ys i g ae |
\ i Lis ,, oN,
;
BRAT VO Pa IOS UIT AIas
LESS |
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
—_<>—
Arxinson, H. T. ;—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 2,...... nieve
——_—_——_—_——— ;— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 3,...... er
;—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 4,.....0.0000
Carpenter, R. N. ;—“ The Swatch of no Ground.” POU gates
by the usu History SECRETARY), ee ert"
Foret, A. ;—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Oster: Come:
municated by the Narurat History SECRETARY), .......
Giues, G. M. ;—Natural History porgron H. M.’s Indian Mais
Survey Steamer “ Investigator,” Commander ALFRED Car-
PENTER, R. N., Commanding. No.1. On the Structure and
Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola, a new Tubicolous pie
from the Bay of Bengal (Plate I),
;—Natural History Notes from H. Me s Tweed Mars une
Survey Steamer “ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED Car-
PENTER, R. N., Commanding. No.2. Description of a new
species of the Amphipod Genus Melita a om the Bay of te
(Plate ITI.),...
eat ory Noes oe om n HE Me s ead oe une
Survey Steamer “ Investigator,’ Commander AtFrrepd Car-
PENTER, R. N., Commanding. No.3. On the Prothallus of
Padina pavonia. (Plates IV. & V.) ,.
Hitt, S. A.;—On Observations [ the Rater NFeehntaniadesns ie
WG UCR OU, Cae ss asic ovis'ees
MOo.tienporrr, O. EF. von; b= eae on Feaplnaae wi gree whee Fr eee
Molluscs. pee ie ape by Tue Narurat History SEcReE-
TARY),
Nice vItue, L. pe; erat Fe of Bitientees Bt ly, mM Etech. 4 am
October 1884, with Notes on Habits, §c. er
;—List of the Butterflies of Oaleutts ‘aie ae
Ret ihour hood with Notes on Habits, Food-plants, 86 wscsseuee
—_——- Re te of some new Indian Rhopalocera,
(Plate Il.) .
Prpuer, A; Eee ee on ie Gn © of the ‘Ge its of
ordi dis “1 eG Chests, sicechiys weird awe pond Me FAR a cae
54
69
71
23
159
Date of issue of the different numbers of the Journal,
Part II, 1885.
No. I.—Containing pp. 1—68, was issued on 6th July, 1885.
No. IJ.—Containing pp. 69—126, with Plates I. and II., was issued on
12th September, 1885.
No. III.—Containing pp. 127—182, with Plates III. IV., and V., was
issued on 29th December, 1885.
LIST OF PLATES.
I. Cyrtophium calamicola.
II. New Indian Rhopalocera.
III. Melita megacheles.
IV & V. Padina pavonia.
PDD eer
, 7.
=
\ a"
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
_oO
Part II1.—NATURAL SCIENCE.
t
~ aa
No. 7.—1885.
——— — eee
I—LHourth List of Butterflies taken in Sikkim in October, 1884, with
Notes on Habits, §c.—By Lionnt pe Nice/vinur.
[Received 13th January ;—Read April 1st, 1885. }
I have already contributed three papers to the Journal of this
Society on the Rhopalocera taken near Darjiling in October. In the last
of these papers, the number of species recorded as met with in this
month is given as 284, which is increased in the present list to 313, or
about twice the number of species found throughout the year in Calcutta.
These species were all taken at low elevations, either in the Runjit
Valley or.on the roads between it and Darjiling, except in a few cases
where other localities are given; and it is probable that many more
species will be discovered when some of the other valleys and the higher
elevations such as Senchal come to be explored.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA.
Family NYMPHALIDA.
Subfamily Saryring.
285. Mycalesis (Calystsme) blasius, Fabricius.
A single male. In my previous paper,* I recorded that M. perseus
was very rare in Sikkim. It appears that M. blasius is equally so, which
accords with my lately expressed opinion that these hitherto supposed
distinct species are in reality but one species, which should stand ag
M. perseus, the form that is usually called blasius occurring in the rains
* J. A. 5S. B. 1882, vol. li, pt. ii, p. 56, no. 136,
1
2 L. de Nicéville—List of Butterflies from Sikkim. [No. 1,
and the form perseus, in the dry weather. In the same way, M. mineus
and M. visala must be united under the former name, the ocellated form
(MZ. mineus) occurring in the rains, and the non-ocellated pointed-winged
form (M. visala), in the dry season.
286. Lethe scanda, Moore.
Mr. Otto Moller took a single female specimen in perfect condi-
tion in Bireh Hill Park, Darjiling, at 6,800 feet elevation. This sex
has been twice separately described, by Mr. Moore as Debis nada, and
by Mr. Druce as Zophoessa dirphia.
287. Orinoma damaris, Gray.
I took a single female specimen at 3,200 feet elevation. It differs
from the male only in the wings being slightly broader, and the apex
*nd outer margin of the forewing more rounded.
Subfamily Morpuina.
288. Stichophthalma camadeva, Westwood.
I saw a single specimen of this splendid species. It is common in
Sikkim in June and July.
Subfamily NympPHaina.
Symbrenthia hippocla, Cramer.
In the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 570, Mr. Moore has described
a species of Symbrenthia from Masuri under the name of S. daruka. I
took a female specimen of a Symbrenthia on this occasion which I
consider to be merely a casual variety or ‘sport’ of S. happocla. It
agrees with Mr. Moore’s description of S. daruka, but has hardly
any of the black ground-colour left, this varietal character being carried
to even a greater extreme in it than in the specimen he described.
289. Hrgolis indica, Moore.
A single male. This species is very doubtfully distinct from H.
ariadne, Linneeus, which Mr. Moore has lately restricted to the island of
Java.
290. Limenitis danava, Moore.
A single female taken at Singla, 1,000 feet elevation.
291. Apatura sordida, Moore.
One male taken in the Runjit Valley.
292. Helcyra hemina, Hewitson.
One female of this rare species.
Family LEMONIID 2.
Subfamily LisyrHainz.
293. Libythea myrrha, Godart.
I took a single male in the bed of a hill stream.
1885. ] L. de Nicéville—List of Butterflies from Sikkim. 3
Family LYCANID A.
294. COyaniris marginata, de N.
I took a single male at about 3,000 feet elevation.
295. Nacaduba atrata, Horsfield.
Three males.
296. Nacaduba prox. viola, Moore.
A single male. N. viola is recorded from Ceylon, but I have not
seen a specimen from that locality. The expanse given for the @ is =%
of an inch, while the Sikkim specimen measures 1,3; inches. The white
bands on the underside as described by Mr. Moore appear to differ also:
in N. viola the two inner and the outer ones are short; in the Sikkim
specimen it is only the middle pair on either side of the discocellular
nervules which are short, the other two pairs extending nearly across
the wing.
Nacaduba ardates, Moore.
Mr. Distant in his recent work ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana’ has divided
the Lycenide into three groups, the first of which (Cwretaria) lacks
“filamentous tail-like appendages”’ to the hindwing, while the other
two groups (Castalaria and Aphnaria) possess these tails. This year
I took many specimens of a Lycwnid in company with N. ardates
which differed in no way from that species except in having no tails.
On careful microscopic examination of these tailed and tailless forms,
I can find no difference between them in respect of the venation ;
and as the markings are precisely similar, I conclude that they are one
and the same species. Mr. Distant, in forming his three groups (p. 196),
says that the presence or absence of the tail “may prove to be an un-
certain and illusory divisional character’ as an American naturalist has
recorded that certain North American species have a tailless spring
brood, and a summer tailed generation. In Sikkim, at any rate, both
forms occur together, and in equal perfection as to condition. I have
also received both forms from Orissa, collected by Mr. W. C. Taylor.
Another species (N. dana, de N.) which when describing it I placed
doubtfully in the genus Nacaduba has the venation of that genus, but no
tails. It occurs at Buxa in Bhutan, in Sikkim, at Bholahat in the Malda
district, in the Chittagong district, and at Ootacamund.
297. Catochrysops bengalia, de N.
One male.
298. Sithon indra, Moore.
One female.
299. Sithon mandarinus, Hewitson.
One male.
4, L. de Nicéville—List of Butterflies from Sikkim. [No. 1,
300. Chliaria kina, Hewitson.
I took a male only at about 3,000 feet elevation.
301. Satadra atrax, Hewitson.
Two females.
302. Satadra bupola, Hewitson.
Several examples. They differ from Hewitson’s figure of that
species in having an additional spot on the costa just beyond the spot
closing the cell on the underside of the forewing.
303. Satadra cenea, Hewitson.
Three males and a female taken.
Family PAPILIONIDZE.
Subfamily Prerinz.
304. Delias belladonna, Fabricius.
I took a single male at rest in the bed of a stream in nearly half an
inch depth of running water.
Subfamily Papintoninz.
305. Papilio (Sainia) protenor, Cramer.
One male only.
306. Papilio rhetenor, Westwood.
Several males. This species has a male ‘“ sexual-mark”’ placed in
a very unusual position, viz., on the underside of the hindwing just
beyond the cell between the third median and discoidal nervules.
307. Papilio (Chilasa) panope, Linneus.
’ A single male.
Family HESPERIIDA.
308. Badamia exclamationis, Fabricius.
This is a common species in Sikkim, but met with in October for
the first time on this occasion.
309. Halpe ceraia, Hewitson.
This is rather a rare species.
310. Swastws aditus, Moore.
This species was first described from the South Andamans. Mr.
W. C. Taylor has obtained it in Orissa.
811. Coladenia dhanada, Moore.
One specimen.
312. Thanaos kali, de N.
8313. Thanaos jhora, de N. ‘
These two species occur together with 7’. stigmata settled on damp
spots sucking up the moisture. On the wing, 7. kali is easily distin-
7
1885. ] E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 5
guished from the other two species by its much larger size and deep
black colour. It is much the rarest of the three. T’. stigmata is the
only described species of the genus having a male sexual mark on the
upperside of the forewing.
II.—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 2.—By H. T. Atxryson, B. A.
[The notes are taken so far as possible from the original descriptions
or from Stal, Signoret, Butler, or Distant, &c. where these writers have
redescribed a species. The measurements of specimens not in the Indian
Museum have been converted into millimetres from the recorded measure-
ments of the several authors. |
[Received Feb. 17th ;—Read March 4th, 1885.]
HOMOPTHRA.
Family Curcopipa.
Cercopida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 54 (1866): Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 11 (1869).
Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 sér.) iii. p. 328 (1875): Cercopina Stal, Ofvers. Kong.
Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 718 (1870).
Frons convex or compressly produced : ocelli two on the vertex near
the base: thorax, large, sexangular or trapezoidal: scutellum small or
moderate, triangular; tegmina usually coriaceous: feet remote from
the sides of the body with the coxe (especially the posterior pair)
short: tibia rounded, posterior furnished with one or two spines and
with a circlet of spinules at the apex.
Subfamily Cercopina, Stal.
Cercopida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 55 (1866) : Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 11 (1869): Cer-
copina, Stal, Ofvers, Kong. Vet. Aka. Forh. p. 718 (1870).
Anterior margin of thorax straight, eyes equally long and broad.
In 1874, Mr. Butler of the British Museum (Cist. Ent. i. p. 245)
recorded the species of the genera Oosmoscarta and Phymatostetha,
formed by Stal from the genus Cercopis of Walker (nec Fabricius). He
enumerated 104 species of the genus Cosmoscarta and 22 species of the
genus Phymatostetha. Since then, the number of species of the genus
Cosmoscarta has been increased by eight of which five, described by Mr.
Distant, come from India and the Hastern Archipelago, and three, de-
scribed by Mr. Butler, come from Penang and Sumatra. The number
6 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,
of species of the genus Phymatostetha has been increased by two, of
which one comes from Ceylon and one from Assam; both have been
described by Mr. Distant. The Indian Museum possesses about ten,
apparently undescribed, species which may be referred to these genera,
and which will form the subject of a separate paper hereafter.
Genus Cosmoscarta, Stal.
Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 11 (1869) : Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Foérh. p. 718 (1870).
Frons very large, very tumid, obtuse, extended on the facial side
almost to the eyes, devoid of any longitudinal furrow or keel.
1. Cosmoscarta TRIcoLOR, St. Farg. and Serv.
Cercopis tricolor, St. Fargeau and Serville, Enc. Méth. x. p. 605 (1825): Burm.
Handb. Ent. ii. (i) p. 124 (1835): Walker, J. L. 8S. Zool. i. p. 95 (1856) ; ibid., p. 165
(1857).
Cosmoscarta tricolor, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 245- (1874): Distant, J. A. 8. B.
xlviii (2) p. 38 (1879).
Black, shining: head, thorax, scutellum towards the tip, hind
borders of the abdominal segments, the tip of the abdomen and the legs,
red : femora black, the four anterior red towards the tips: six red spots
on each tegmen at the base. A Tenasserim variety in the Indian
Museum differs from the type in having the subbasal fascia represented
by a transverse series of four sanguineous spots ; there is alsoa spot of
the same colour at the base. It is thus intermediate between C. tricolor
and. CO. basinotata, Butler (Cist. Ent. 1. p. 245), which differs also in the
coloration of the abdomen (Distant). Body long 22: exp. teg. 51
millims.
Reported from Borneo, Java, Singapore, and Tenasserim ; a speci-
men from the last locality is in the Indian Museum.
2. COSMOSCARTA BASINOTATA, Butter.
Cosmoscarta basinotata, Butler, Cist. Ent. p. 245, t. viii, f. 2, (1874): Distant,
J. A. 8. B. xvii (2) p. 194 (1878). :
Form of C. tricolor: differs chiefly in having the tegmina crossed at
the base by a patch of six red spots (that on the clavus being more or
less bifid) instead of the pale testaceous band, and in the narrower and
interrupted red bands margining the segments on the dorsum of the
abdomen (Buwiler). Long. 21: exp. teg. 47 millims.
Reported from Sarawak, Tenasserim.
1885. ] HK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 7
3. CosmoscarRtTA MOOREI, Distant.
Cosmoscarta moorei, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 821 (1878.)
Black, shining: tegmina with the base both above and below car-
mine. This coloration consists of a narrow straight subcostal streak of
about 3 millims. in length and a broader claval streak of about the same
length, gradually rounded and narrowed atits termination: wings fus-
cous ; costal edge, for about half the length, narrowly tinged with
carmine : eyes luteous: posterior border of scutellum, metanotum, and
abdominal segments, apex and lateral borders of abdomen, carmine :
anterior legs dull reddish, femora furnished with a strong spine; inter-
mediate legs pitchy: mesosternum with two very large conical, thick
teeth. Body long 138: exp. teg. 35 millims.
Reported from Sikkim.
4. COSMOSCARTA FUSCIPENNIS, St. Fargeau.
Cercopis fuscipennis, St. Farg. & Serv., Enc. Méth. x. p. 605 (1825.)
Cercopis plana, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 653 (1851): J. L. 8S. Zool. i. p.
95 (1856) : ibid. x. p. 276 (1867).
Cosmoscarta fuscipennis, Stal, Hem. Fabr. 2 p. 11 (1869): Butler, Cist. Ent. i.
p. 246 (1874).
Black : head, chest, rostrum except its black tip, and the fore-border
of the tegmina from one to two-thirds of its length, red: wings dark
grey. Thorax sometimes with two black points. Body long 12: exp.
teg. 27 millims.
Reported from Java, Penang, Mount Ophir, Malabar (Walker).
5. CosMOscARTA MEGAMERA, Butler.
Cercopis nigripennis, Walker (nec Fabricius), List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 653 (1851).
Cosmoscarta megamera, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 246, t. viii. f. 3 (1874): Distant,
J. A. 8. B. xlviii. (2), p. 38, (1879).
Form and general coloration of O. fuscipennis (St. Fargeau), but at
once distinguished by its much greater size, black legs, the narrower
reddish costal edge and less pronounced basal reddish diffusion on
tegmina. The colour of the thorax and head also varies from piceous to
castaneous and bright testaceous (Butler). Body long 16—19: exp.
tee. 89—47 millims.
Reported from Hong-Kong, Laos, Java, Penang, Tenasserim, Silhat :
the Indian Museum possesses specimens from Sikkim, Sibsagar, Naga
Hills, and T'enasserim.
6. CosMOSCARTA FUNERALIS, Butler.
Cosmoscarta funeralis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 247, t. viii, f. 4 (1874).
Form of C. fuscipennis, St. Far. & Serv., but thorax with a distinct
central ridge: head and thorax dark castaneous; scutellum piceous,
8 fH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No
dorsum of abdomen reddish-orange ; tegmina piceous, almost black ;
wings fuscous; pectus black; venter and legs red; segments trans-
versely banded and laterally spotted with black; proximal extremities
of femora blackish (Butler). Body long 20: exp. teg. 41 millims.
Reported from India.
7. Cosmoscarta MASONI, Distant.
Cosmoscarta masoni, Distant, J. A. S. B. xlvii (2); p. 194 (1878): xlviii. (2),
p. 40, t. ii, £. 6, (1879).
Pronotum stramineous with a quadrate black spot on the anterior
margin: head (except basal portion), and eyes luteous: tegmina, pectus,
legs, and abdomen shining black: prosternum with lateral borders stra-
mineous: wings dark fuscous with the veins black ¢. Body long (excel.
tee.) 17: exp. teg. 45 millims.
Reported from Burma, Tenasserim : type from the latter locality in
the Indian Museum.
8. CoSMOSCARTA VIRIDANS, Guérin.
Cercopis viridans, Guérin, Voy. Bél. Ind. Orient. p. 501; Atlas, t...8, 2.0% ae
(1834) : Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 654, (1851) ; J. L. 8. Zool. x. p. 279, (1867).
Cercopis latissima, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 655, (1851).
Cosmoscarta viridans, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 249, (1874).
Black, shining: tegmina shining metallic blackish-green, convex
along the fore-margin which is dilated towards the base ; wings fuscous,
veins black, rostrum, feet, and anus coccineous. Body long 15: exp. teg.
46 millims.
Reported from Coromandel, Java, Sumatra, Mysol, New Guinea.
9. CosmoscaRTA EGENS, Walker.
Cercopis egens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 171, (1858).
Cosmoscarta egens, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 255, (1874).
_ Thorax and head black, shining: scutellum, metanotum, abdomen
at the base and along the posterior margin of each segment, and the legs
red: tegmina very red at the base and with a roseate band before the
reticulated apical third, this band is sometimes narrow or indistinct or
even obsolete: wings brown, rosy red at the base and along the adjoining
part of the costa. Body long 11: exp. teg. 3i millims.
Reported from India, Penang: the Indian Museum possesses speci-
mens from the Naga and Khasiya hills.
10. Cosmoscarta DUCENS, Walker.
Cercopis ducens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 655, (1851) : Stal, A.S. H. F.
(4 sér.) v. p. 188, (1865).
Cosmoscarta ducens, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 255, (1874).
_s
1885. ] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 9
Black, rostrum and legs piceous; abdomen shining violaceous ;
‘tegmina blackish-brown with two narrow, slightly undulating, sordid
sanguineous bands; one, near the base; the other, at two-thirds of the
length ; wings dark brown, veins black. Body long, 16: expeteg. 40
millims.
Reported from Silhat: the Indian Museum possesses a specimen
from the Naga hills.
11. Cosmoscarta Lyp14, Stal.
Cercopis lydia, 8t31, Ofvers, Kong, Vet. Aka. Forh. p. 149, (1865).
Cosmoscarta lydia, Butler, Cist, Ent. i. p. 257, (1874).
Brick red or saffron-yellow : head, anterior part of thorax, scutellum
(except the frena), tegmina, anterior lateral part of prostethium,
metastethium, anus and tarsi, black: base of the tegmina brick-red or
saffron-yellow: wings sordidly hyaline, apex very slightly infuscate, base
palely saffron. Body long 8—10: exp. teg. 20—23 millims.
Sometimes tegmina have no saffron bands and sometimes have two,
one before and the other behind the middle.
Reported from E. India.
12. CosmoscarTa TRIGONA, Walker.
Cercopis trigona, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 660, (1851).
Cercopis amplicollis, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 175, (1858).
Cosmoscarta trigona, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 257, (1874).
Thorax metallic bluish-black, shining: borders of scutellum, poste-
rior margin of segments of abdomen, the anus, coxee and femora, and the
tarsi at the base, red : tegmina bluish-black, tips brown, with a bifurcated
basal’ streak and two bands, red; the basal streak with the median band
contain between them an almost triangular patch, bluish black: the limb
of the basal bifurcation on the hind border is much broader than that on
the costal margin, neither quite reach the median hand. Body long 10—12:
exp. teg. 23—29 millims.
Reported from N. India.
The Indian Museum possesses specimens from the Khasiya and Naga
hills, the Dhansiri valley, and Sibsdgar.
13. Cosmoscarta DEcISA, Walker,
Cercopis decisa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 175, (1858).
Cosmoscarta decisa, Butler, Cist. Ent. i, p. 258, (1874),
A second species described under this name by Walker (in J. L. S.
Zool. x. p. 278, No. 296, 1867) has been renamed 0. zonata by Butler
(in Cist. Ent. i. p. 253, 1874). Walker describes C. decisu thus:
‘“‘ Black : head above and prothorax eneous-green, shining: prothorax
2
10 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. I,
with a very indistinct keel: tegmina whitish testaceous at the base and
with two whitish testaceous bands; middle band almost equal in breadth
and parallel to the basal one; exterior band contracted hindward :
wings greyish-vitreous.” Body long 74: exp. teg. 17 millims.
Reported from Darjiling. The Indian Museum possesses a specimen
from Sikkim.
14. CosmoscarTa unpaTA, Walker.
Cercopis undata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 659, (1851): Stal, Ofvers.
Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh., p. 148, (1865).
Cosmoscarta undata, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 258, (1874).
Black : abdomen shining violaceous: thorax and the spots or bands
on tegmina croceous or rufous-testaceous ; an anterior transverse spot
on the thorax and the posterior part, black: wings slightly infuscate,
veins rufescent towards the base.
Var. a. Posterior half of thorax black: tegmina with almost the
fifth basal part, posteriorly sinuated, a waved band a little before the
middle, somewhat interrupted towards the claval suture, also a band
beyond the middle, produced posteriorly in its middle, sometimes divided
into three spots, rufous-testaceous. Body long 13: exp. teg. 80 millims.
This variety is reported from the Himalaya and the Indian Museum
possesses specimens from Sibsagar, Assam, and Arakan
Var. b. about the fourth basal part of the thorax, black: tegmina
with a waved band before the middle, twice subinterrupted, emitting at
the costal and scutellary margins a stripe, sinuated within, also with
three spots disposed in a curved row beyond the middle, the two exterior
often confluent, rufous-testaceous. Body long 9—10: exp. teg. 24 millims.
Reported from Penang.
15. CosMOScARTA BISPECULARIS, White.
Cercopis bispecularis, White, A. & M.N. H. xiv. p. 426, (1844): Walker, List
Hom. B. M. iii. p. 656, (1851) : Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 153, (1866).
Cosmoscarta bispecularis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 259, (1874).
Cinnabar, shining : thorax with two very large, nearly oval, black spots
in front of which are two small, nearly round, black spots ; pectus black ;
underside of abdomen with two black bands: tegmina with a short black
stripe at the base, near which three united black spots form a curved
band across the wing; another band is formed in the middle by three
separate black spots; reticulated part at the tips brown; wings grey,
red at the base, brownish along the hind borders and at the tips. Body
long 11—12 exp. teg. 26—29 millims.
Reported from India, Almora, N. W. P., Penang : the Indian Museum
possesses specimens from Assam.
1885. } H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota, 11
16. CosmoscartTa porstmacuLA, Walker.
Cercopis dorsimacula, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 658, (1851) : J. L. S. Zool.
i. p. 95, (1856) : ibid. p. 165, (1857).
Cercopis quadrimaculata, Walker, 1. c. p. 661, (1851).
Cosmoscarta dorsimacula, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 259, (1874).
Walker’s Cercopis dorsimacula in List Hom. 1. c. p. 668, No. 41, is
different and was renamed by him Cercopis tomentosa in J. Li. S. Zool.
x. p. 284, (1867) : itnow stands as Phymatostetha stellata, Guérin (q. v).
Bright red shining: head with a short transverse streak along each
side of the hind border; thorax with two very large black spots on each
side of the disc and two smaller spots in front ; pectus and abdomen to-
wards the base, black : arow of black spots on each side of the abdomen, of
which the underside, except the hind borders of the segments, is black ;
tegmina red with seven black spots, six large and more or less confluent
form two curved bands; reticulated part lurid: wings lurid, red at the
base; veins brown, red towards the base (Walker). Body long 12—14:
exp. teg. 36—39 millims.
Var. a. abdominal segments with black bands.
Var. b. Body and tegmina testaceous with the usual spots.
Reported from N. Bengal.
17. CosmoscarTa FICTILIS, Butler.
Cosmoscarta fictilis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p, 259, (1874).
Allied to preceding but differs in its usually smaller size, narrower
thorax, duller and more uniform colouring and much smaller and more
regularly uniform black spots (Butler). Body long 12: exp. teg. 32
millims.
Reported from Penang, India, Silhat.
18. CosmoscaRTA DORSALIS, Walker.
Cercopis dorsalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 658, (1851).
Cercopis connexa, Walker, List 1. c. p. 668, (1851).
Cercopis ramosa, Walker, Ins. Saunds. Hom. p. 85, (1858).
Cosmoscarta dorsalis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 260, (1874).
Walker describes O. dorsalis, thus :—“ Piceous shining ; shield very
minutely punctured, impressed on each side in front; tibie and feet
ferruginous ; tegmina red, black on the reticulated part; eight large,
partly confluent, black spots on membranous part: wings brown, veins
black.” Body long 9: exp. teg. 25 millims.
Reported from N. India.
12 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,
19. CosmoscarTa PALLIDA, Walker. ~
Cercopis pallida, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 657, (1851).
Cercopis ferruginea, Walker, List 1. c. p. 660, (1851).
Cosmoscarta pallida, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 265, (1874).
Walker describes C. -pallida, thus :—‘ Testaceous, head black,
transversely striated, very convex in front: rostrum testaceous: abdo-
men brown, testaceous at the base, and at the tip: tips of the feet
brown: tegmina lurid, brown towards the tips: wings grey, veins
brown.”’ Body long 11-13: exp. teg. 29-33 millims.
Reported from India.
20. CosMOSCARTA ELEGANTULA, Butler.
Cosmoscarta elegantula, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 265, (1874).
Allied to preceding: head and thorax metallic greenish black :
abdomen purplish black, castaneous at the tip: tegmina piceous, veins
of basal half testaceous: base and a transverse band at end of second
third reddish-orange : wings slightly fuscescent ; base rufescent (Butler).
Body long 8: exp. tee. 20 millims.
Reported from India.
21. Cosmoscarta prictTinis, Stal.
Cercopis pictilis, Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Forh. p. 249, (1854).
Cosmoscarta pictilis, Butler, Cist. Hnt. i. p. 266, (1874).
Obscurely green chalybeous; scutellum on both sides at the base
and at the apex weakly spotted with cinnabar: tegmina sordidly white,
basal margin and two bands weakly cinnabar; two spots, one smaller
before the first band and the other between the bands and the apex
nigro-fuscous : femora red ; tibis blackish. Long, 16; breadth of prono-
tum 6 millims. Butler writes that it seems allied to P. signifera, Walker
from the description and in that case would be a Phymatostetha.
Reported from H. India.
22. COSMOSCARTA BOREALIS, Distant.
Cosmoscarta borealis, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 821, (1878).
Head and pronotum luteous, antenne black: abdomen and tegmina
roseate, ocelli black, eyes luteous thickly covered with blackish markings :
wings pale fuscous : pectus, cox, and femora luteous, fore and median
tibiee black, hind tibie luteous with the apex black: the tip of the
rostrum, tarsi, and a strong spine near the apex of the hind tibie, black.
Body long 6 : exp. teg. 17 millims.
Reported from the Khasiya hills.
1885. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 13
23. COSMOSCARTA ANDAMANA, Distant.
Cosmoscarta andamana, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 175, (1878): Waterhouse,
Aids Ident. Ins. i. t. 58 (1880-82).
Sanguineous, finely and closely punctured: teemina with a broad
band across the middle and the apex broadly black: these bands are
united at the inner margin, sometimes very broadly: wings sordidly
hyaline with veins much darker, base slightly sanguineous: femora,
tibize and tarsi piceous, hind tibies with an acute spine (Distant). Body
long 9: exp. teg. 24 millims.
Reported from the Andaman Islands.
Genus PuyrmatosrretuHa, Stal.
Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 721, (1870). .
Frons tumid, seldom forming an angle below the middle, without a
keel or longitudinal impression. Ocelli nearer each other than the eyes.
Thorax with the posterior margin before the scutellum slightly sinuated
posterior lateral margins straight or sinuated. Mesosternum furnished
posteriorly with two conical tubercles. Feet moderate, posterior tibise
armed with one or two spines.
24, PHYMATOSTETHA STALII, Butler.
Tomaspis circwmducta, Stal (nec Walker), Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 150,
(1865).
Phymatostetha circumducta, Stal 1. c. p. 721, (1870).
Phymatostetha stalii, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 267, (1874).
Blackish : frons, apices of the lobes of the vertex, apical and lateral
margins of anterior part of the thorax, scutellum before the middle, two
bands on the tegmina, equally removed from each other and from the
base and the apex, the anterior small stripe on the corium, and the
scutellary limbus of the clavus beyond the middle, sordidly Iutescent :
apical limbus of corium pellucid fuscous: wings fuscous, subsanguineous
at the base: scutellum subequilateral; mesostethium with two distinct
obtuse tubercles. Body long 14: exp. teg. 34 millims.
Reported from EH. India.
25. PHYMATOSTETHA ciRcUMDUCTA, Walker.
Cercopis circumducta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 175, (1858).
Cercopis costalis, Walker, List, 1. c. iti. p. 664, (1851)-
Phymatostetha circumducta, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 268, (1874).
The name C. costalis (1. c. iii. p. 664), had already been given to a
local form of C. theora, White, by Walker (1. c. iii. 651) and was subse-
quently changed by him to C. circumducta for this species.
14 E. T. Atkinson—WNoftes on Indian Rhynchota. [No.-1,
Black: head shining: frons with a semicircular luteous band which
is prolonged in a conical form to the face which on each side is yellow:
rostrum yellow, tip pitchy: prothorax with a Iuteous band along the
fore border extending on each side to the base of the tegmina, scutellum
lurid on each side ; pectus with large yellow marks on each side: abdo-
men purplish black with yellow bands at the tip, ventral surface yellow
with three rows of transverse black spots, the side rows on the edge: legs
tawny, femora and fore tibizs brown, femora yellow beneath: tegmina
dark brown with two narrow pale red bands, one at one-third, the other
at two-thirds of the length, a yellow stripe extending along the fore-
border from the base to the first band where it acquires a tawny hue, a
pale red stripe extending along the hind-border from the base nearly to
the first band: wings pale brown, almost colourless in part of the disc,
luteous at the base, veins black (Walker). Body long 12: wings long
15 millims. A variety has two subapical spots on the tegmina red.
Reported from Malabar, Singapore.
26. PHYMATOSTETHA HILARIS, Walker.
Cercopis hilaris, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 665, (1851).
Phymatostetha costalis, Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 721, (1870).
Phymatostetha hilaris, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 268, (1874).
Black : head shining; frons with a semicircular luteous band which
is prolonged in a very broad conical form and occupies the disc of the
face: the latter is pitchy, sides and epistoma yellow, rostrum yellow
with a black tip: prothorax with a luteous band along the fore-border,
extending on each side to the base of the tegmen: pectus yellow, dise
black: with 2—3 black spots on each side: abdomen purple, under-side
yellow with three rows of transverse black spots, the side rows on the edge
which is very broad: tegmina dark brown with two narrow yellow bands :
the first at one-third of the length, interrupted on the disc and marked
by some dots thence to the hind border ; the second, at two-thirds of the
length, slightly waved: a yellow spot on the dise between it and the
tip ; a yellow stripe extending along the fore border from the base to
the first band: wings greyish, tinged with brown at the tips and along
the hind borders, luteous at the base. Body long 10: exp. teg. 25 mil-
lims (Walker). Stal, 1. c. makes this a synonym of C. costalis, Walker.
Reported from Malabar.
27. PHYMATOSTETHA STELLATA, Guérin.
Cercopis stellata, Guérin, Icon. Régne Anim. Texte. p. 368, (1829-44): Stal,
Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 150, (1865).
Cercopis dorsimacula, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. iii. p. 663, (1851) : J. L. 8. Zool.
i, p. 95, (1856).
1885.] EH. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. BS
Cercopis tomentosa, Walker, J. L. 8, Zool. x. p. 284, (1867).
Phymatostetha stellata, Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 721, (1870) : But-
ler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 269, (1874).
Black, dull: head with a band in front of the eyes, two spots on the
disc of the thorax, the lateral margins of the thorax, aspot on each side
of the scutellum at the base, eight spots on each tegmen of which one is
at the base, three are costal or subcostal, three near the hind-broader and
one near the tip, luteous: narrow apical limbus, lurid: wings brown,
rufescent at the base, veins black. Body long 17: exp. teg. 37 millims.
Reported from Malabar, Malacca, Sumatra: the Indian Museum
possesses a specimen from Jobore.
28. PuymarosTeTHa porsiviTTA, Walker.
Cercopis dorsivitta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 662, (1851).
Var. Cercopis humeralis, Walker, List 1. c. p. 662, (1851).
Phymatostetha dorsivitta, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 269, (1874).
Black slightly shining: head red, black on each side in front and
along the hind border: thorax with three red stripes, the side pair ob-
lique and extending on each side from the fore border to the base of the
tegmina; abdomen purple above, red at the tip and on each side: tegmi-
na bluish brown with seven red spots, three costal or subcostal, three on
hind border, and one on the disc near the tip which is lurid and occupies
the apical fourth of the tegmen: wings pale brown, red at the base.
Body long 18: exp. teg. 42 millims.
Reported from N. India, Almora N. W. P., Silhat.
29. PuymatostetHa Pupica, Walker.
Cercopis pudica, Walker, Ins. Saunders. Hom. p. 84, (1858),
Phymatostetha pudica, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 269, (1874).
Allied to P. signifera.
Reported from Silhat.
30. PHYMATOSTETHA SIGNIFERA, Walker.
Cercopis signifera, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 655, (1851).
Tomaspis signifera, Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Foérh. p. 151, (1865).
Phymatostetha signifera, Stal, 1. c. p. 721, (1870): Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 270,
(1874).
Blackish : frons before the middle, lobes of the vertex, a median
stripe on the thorax and anterior lateral margins, scutellum, almost third
basal part of the tegmina, pectus, venter, and feet stramineous : the
stramineous portion of the tegmina with three irregular brown spots;
beyond these, two arched patches and a transverse patch and the apical
18 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. ],
36. CALLITETTIX PRODUCTA, Stal.
Callitettix producta, Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 153, (1865).
Black, very finely punctured; apex of scutellum, the tegmina,
abdomen, and feet, reddish testaceous: frons tumid, forming a nearly
straight angle, rounded at apex, without a keel: thorax hardly broader
than long, lateral margins of fore part a little shorter than the anterior
margin: tegmina narrow, slightly amplified towards the apex. Body
long 7: exp. teg. 16 millims. ¢.
Reported from E. India,
37. CALLITETTIX VERSICOLOR, Fabr.
Cicada versicolor, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iv. p. 50, (1794): Syst. Rhyn. p. 69,
(1803).
Callitettix versicolor, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 11, (1869).
Black shining, fuscous-pubescent ; tegmina with a spot before the
middle of the clavus and a subtransverse spot on the corium placed be-
tween the middle of the corium and the base, white; two spots behind
the middle of the corium, the external large, transverse; the internal
small, obsolete, placed at the apex of the clavus, sanguineous : wings un-
coloured, apical margin slightly infuscate. Body long with the tegmina
1J]5—123: breadth of pronotum 3—33 millims. 9.
Reported from Tranquebar.
Subfamily ApHrorHorina, Stal.
Aphrophorida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 55, 66 (1866): Aphrophorina, Stal,
Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 722, (1870) : Scott. H. M. M. vii. p. 241, (1871).
Anterior margin of thorax round or angular, eyes usually transverse ;
scutellum flat, triangular.
Genus Pryretus, St. Fargeau & Serville.
Body very large: head somewhat narrower than the thorax or of
the same breadth, short, anteriorly obtusely and roundly subangulated,
entire anterior margin obtuse ; frons slightly convex, transversely obso-
letely sulcated, clypeus not extending beyond the apex of the anterior
cox: ocelli almost equally distant from each other and from the eyes or
a little more distant: thorax finely rugose, quadrangular, anterior mar-
gin broadly rounded: scutellum longer than broad: tegmina subcultri-
form, narrowed towards the apex, very densely punctured : apical area
of wing behind the second anastomosis posteriorly acuminate, not reach-
ing the intramarginal vein: posterior tibie bispinose.
1885. | K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 19
I have not transcribed the descriptions of the following species
attributed to Ptyelus by Mr. Walker as it is very doubtful whether they
would be considered as belonging to it now and no representatives appa-
rently exist in the collection of the Indian Museum.
38. PrypLus conirer, Walker.
Ptyelus conifer, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. iii. p. 711, (1851).
Body long 6: exp. teg. 17 millims. Reported from N. India.
39. PTYELUS QUADRIDENS, Walker.
Ptyelus quadridens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 711, (1851).
Body long 8: exp. teg. 17 millims. Reported from N. India, N.
Bengal.
40. PTYELUS SEXVITTATUS, Walker.
Ptyelus sexvittatus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 715, (1851).
Body long 53: exp. teg. 125 millims. Reported from N. India.
41. PryeLus punotum, Walker.
Ptyelus punctum, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. iii. p. 718, (1851).
Body long 53: exp. teg. 12 millims. Reported from N. Bengal.
42, PTYELUS SUBFASCIATUS, Walker.
Ptyelus subfasciatus, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. iii. p. 724, (1851).
Body long 4: exp. teg. 8 millims. Reported from N. India.
Genus APHROPHORA, Germar.
Mag. Ent. iv. p. 50, (1821) : Amyot and Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 563,
(1843) : Scott, E. M. M. vii. p. 271, (1870) : Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 Sér.) iii. p.
382, (1875).
Head almost as broad as the prothorax: vertex almost horizontal
and somewhat flattened ; anterior margin sometimes rounded, generally
very obtusely angulated: clypeus of variable length, reaching to or
beyond the first pair of cox : rostrum long, 2—3 jointed ; ocelli two or
sometimes absent ; when present placed near the posterior margin of the
vertex and more or less remote from the eyes. Pronotum hexagonal or
trapezoidal with a longitudinal keel continued through the vertex; ante-
rior margin rounded or obtusely angulated, posterior margin frequently
deeply angulate-emarginate, scutellum triangular, shorter than the
thorax. Tegmina slightly coriaceous, ovally elongate, acuminate: wings
with the inferior nerve furcate from the base or before the middle,
Posterior tibies armed with 1—2 spines and a circlet of spinules at the
tip.
20 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,
43. APHROPHORA SIGILLIFERA, Walker.
Aphrophora sigillifera, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 700, (1851),
Testaceous shining: head and thorax flat, with a slight yellow keel
rudely punctured, thinly covered with tawny down: head above short —
mostly pitchy, slightly concave on the posterior margin, rather more
convex in front; its length less than one-fourth of its breadth; face
ferruginous, partly pitchy, slightly convex, with a very narrow yellow
stripe which is most distinct towards the epistoma and is there traversed
by two slightly curved yellow bands, one large, the other shorter and
narrower ; on each side, are about ten oblique, slightly curved transverse
ridges: rostrum ferruginous with a pitchy tip: pectus with a short,
broad, black band between the fore and middle legs: abdomen luteous,
reddish on each side and beneath: legs ferruginous, spotted with yellow,
hind femora yellow: tegmina lurid, thickly punctured, narrow and
conical towards the tips which are almost acuminate, brownish along part
of the fore-border, on each side of a large subquadrate whitish spot
which is in the middle: wings almost colourless, veins black, tawny at
the base (Walker). Body long 7: wings long 15 millims.
Reported from N. India.
Genus Curovia, Stal.
Hem. Afric. iv. p. 68, 75 (1866) : Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 723, (1870).
Head as broad as the thorax, rounded or roundly subangulated,
varying in length, above flat, anterior margin of the lobes of the vertex
acute, not furrowed; frons somewhat convex, clypeus moderately pro-
duced at the apex, not extending beyond the apex of the anterior coxe:
position of ocelli variable : thorax sexangular with the anterior lateral
margins usually very short, parallel or very slightly diverging backwards,
scutellum longer than broad: tegmina with the commissural margin
beyond the apex of the clavus subangulated or a little rounded : posterior
tibiz bispinose (Stal).
44, CLOVIA GUTTIFER, Walker.
Ptyelus guttifer, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 712, (1851).
Clovia guttifer, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 75, (1866).
Lurid: head and thorax flat, finely punctured, thickly tawny pubes-
cent ; head with a short yellow band and two black dots on fore-border ;
face yellow, with a flat, middle stripe, on each side of which are nine
oblique very shallow ridges, spaces between them tawny ; rostrum tawny
with a black tip; abdomen luteous, pectus and legs yellow: tips of the
spines and feet pitchy : tegmina ferruginous, thickly covered with tawny
1885. | HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 21
down, with two oblique whitish stripes on the fore-border near the tip
where there-is a black dot; first stripe broad, second very small, a
black dot on the hind-border near the tip anda few whitish streaks
along the veins: wings colourless, veins black, tawny towards the base.
Body long 65: exp. teg. 15 millims.
Reported from N. Bengal.
45. CLOVIA NEBULOSA, Fabricius.
Cercopis nebulosa, Fabr., Syst. Ent. iv. p. 50, no. 14, (1794): Syst. Rhyn. p. 94,
(1803).
Clovia nebulosa, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 16, (1869).
Very pale yellowish-grey : two small median black spots on the
head : tegmina obscurely fuscous, a very oblique anterior band, a some-
what large median spot varied with fuscous at the commissure, an
obliquely transverse spot behind the middle of the costal margin and a
minute costal spot towards the apex, yellowish grey : two narrow median
stripes abbreviated before the middle and a lateral subtriangular spot on
the thorax also lateral limbus of scutellum, fuscescent. Long with teg-
mina, 10; breadth of pronotum 3 millims.
Reported from HE. India.
Genus Carystus, Stal.
Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., vi. p. 303 (1862): Hem. Afric. iv. p. 69, 81 (1866).
Head as broad or almost as broad as the thorax, obtusely angulated ;
lobes of the vertex transversely impressed at the apex or furnished with a
transverse ridge near the apex; frons slightly convex: rostrum short :
thorax quadrangular or sexangular, in the latter case anterior lateral
margins short: scutellum long, much longer than broad: tegmina
membranous, pellucid, margined at the apex, obliquely roundly subtrun-
cate at the apex: posterior tibie bispinose, upper spine sometimes very
minute.
46. CARYSTUS VIRIDICANS, Stal.
Ptyelus viridicans, Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Forh. p. 251 (1854) : Freg.
Eug. resa, Hem. p. 286 (1859).
Carystus viridicans, Spangberg, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. No. 9, p. 18
(1877). j
Weakly olive-green, below with the feet still weaker: vertex and
thorax anteriorly weakly rufous-testaceous : tegmina olive-yellow, hya-
line: spines of the posterior feet black at the apex.
Body long 5: breadth of pronotum 2 millims. Reported from Java,
Malacca, Singapore, Tenasserim (?) :
22 HE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 1,
Subfamily Macu#rorina, Stal.
Macherotida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p, 55 (1866): Macherotina, Stal, Ofvers.
Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 727 (1870).
Anterior margin of thorax round or angular, eyes usually transverse :
scutellum much elevated, compressed posteriorly, furnished with a long
apical spine. .
Genus Macu#rota, Burmeister.
Handb. Ent. ii. (i) p. 128 (1835).
Head small, frons tumid, confluent with the vertex, furrowed in the
middle, elevated at the posterior margin, bearing the two ocelli which are
approximate: basal joints of antenne large, terminal sete long, fine,
curved: pronotum septangular, arcuate: scutellum larger, produced
backwards with a median longitudinal groove which is continued into
a long, pointed, acute upwardly, curved downwardly, sabre-like process :
tegmina hyaline, with seven cells at the apex and a large middle cell
surrounded by a forked vein: legs simple, hinder tibiz and two first
joints of the tarsi with a circlet of spinules.
47. MacH#ROTA ENSIFERA, Burmeister.
Macherota ensifera, Burm. Handb. ii. i. p. 128 (1835) : Walker, List Hom. B. M.
iii, p. 729 (1851) : Stal, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Forh. p. 727 (1870): Signoret, A.
S. E. F. (5 Sér.), ix, p. xlviii. (1879).
Light yellow with the second and third segments above, the median
part of the frons, a space on each side of the metanotum and the origin
of the process, black: tegmina and wings hyaline, the base of the
tegmina and the claval portion of the wings, fuscous: tegmina with
five apical cells of which three le towards the margin; above these,
which gradually diminish in size, is a row of hyaline dots, on the margin
itself : there are five brownish streaks on the prothorax of which the two
median lateral ones are continued on the metanotum. Long 4 millims. ¢.
Reported from Philippines, Silhat.
48. MAcH@ROTA SPANGBERGI, Signoret.
Macherota spangbergi, Signoret, A. S. E. F. (5 Sér.), ix, p. xlviii. (1879).
Yellowish brown; the median part of the frons, the tip of the ab-
domen above and the genital organs, black; feet brownish, posterior
tibiae yellow with the tips black. Differs from M. ensifera in having the
frontal grooves black and the tegmina longer and less rounded at the
tip. Long 4 millims. 9.
Reported from Silhat.
1885. ] S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. 23
49. Macumrora punctuLatTa, Signoret.
Macherota punctulata, Signoret, A. S. HE. F. (5 Sér.), ix. p. xlix. (1879).
Brownish yellow, with the middle of the frons, the abdomen above
(except the base), the feet (except the posterior tibie), and the frontal
grooves, black ; several transverse black spots on the thorax which is very
finely punctured : metanotum brownish with two yellow, lateral, basal
spots, the tip and the process blackish : tegmina elongate, five-celled and
above the marginal two to three others smaller, very distinct : the hyaline
nervures are spotted with several brown dots. Long 4 millims. 9.
Reported from Silhat.
Notre. Cosmopsaltria abdulla, Distant, noticed as No. 57 at page 226 of the
Journal for 1884 is the same as Cosmopsaltria spinosa, Fabricius, No. 59. The
Indian Museum possesses a specimen of Cosmoscarta siamensis, Butler, but the
locality being uncertain, it has not been entered here.
Oe OOOO Oe EEO
IIl.—On Observations of the Solar Thermometer at Lucknow.—By
S. A. Hint, B. Sc., A. R. 8S. M., Meteorological Reporter North-
Western Provinces and Oudh.
[ Received 23rd March 1885 ;—Read 6th May 1885. |
In the volume of this Journal for 1883,* I have discussed some
observations of solar radiation made at Allahabad with the ordinary
black-bulb maximum thermometer in vacuo. The conclusions drawn
from these were that the absorbing power of the atmosphere is depen-
dent upon the tension of aqueous vapour and the quantity of dust
suspended in the air, pure dry air being very diathermanous ; and that,
when allowance is made for the variations of aqueous vapour, the mean
results for the heating power of the sun during the years .1876—1882
exhibit a very uniform and gradual variation, culminating in 1878 and
gradually decreasing afterwards, therefore presumably having an inverse
relation to the number of spots on the sun’s surface. The resulting
variation is so regular in its character that, irrespective of its pointing to
a conclusion regarding the sun’s heat which is the reverse of that gene-
* Vol. li. Part 1.
24 S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [No. 1,
rally held by solar physicists, I have always looked upon it as doubtful,
and probably due in part to some fortuitous combination of errors. I
therefore intend on some future occasion, possibly after the end of the
present year, when the position of the thermometer at Allahabad will be
changed, to go over the figures again, taking a longer series of obser-
vations and making allowance for a cause of variation from month to
month, namely, the elliptic form of the earth’s orbit, which was neglected —
in the paper referred to. Meanwhile, I wish to lay before the Society the —
results of some other observations bearing on the same question, which
tend to confirm the conclusions arrived atin my previous paper. To the
method by which these results are attained, less exception can be taken,
because they are in every case derived from several observations made
on the same day under different degrees of obliquity of incidence, in-
stead of upon the single record of a self-registering instrument.
Shortly after hourly observations on four days in each month were
commenced at Lucknow, it was discovered that the solar thermometer
in use at that station had ceased to be self-registering. A new instru-
ment was therefore brought into use on ordinary days, but the old one ©
was retained for the hourly observations. The records of all such obser-
vations of this instrument since the middle of the year 1876 have been
filed, but for the purposes of the present paper I have used only those
of the eight years 1877—1884 inclusive. At Agra, similar observations of
a non-registering solar thermometer have been made for some years on
hourly observation days, but, owing to a change of instrument, the
register for the years 1877—-1884 is broken. For this reason, and because
the observatory at Agra is situated in the midst of the city, I have not
thought it worth while to reduce the registers of that station, though
they seem to confirm in a general way the results obtained from Luck-
now.
Those parts of the Lucknow records which have been used for the
purposes of the present paper are printedin Table I. The figures represent
for each hour of observation the difference between the temperature of
the black-bulb thermometer in the sunshine and the simultaneous tem-
perature in the shade. Only those hours are given at which the sky
was either quite free from cloud or at which the cloud proportion did
not exceed 2-10ths of the expanse. In the months of July and August,
very few clear days, thus defined, occur; consequently these months
have been left out in drawing up the tables. For every other month in
the eight years, except September 1878 and June 1880, there are some
observations available. ;
1885. | 8S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Theymometer. 25
TasiE I.—Hacess Temperatures of Insolation on clear, or nearly clearfllays
at Lucknow.
Hours of observation, Mean Time,
10 11 12 13 14, 15 16
January, 1877...7th | 23°9 | 43°3 | 51:0 | 52°1 | 561 wee oT 42°4| 29°1
4th | 411 | 51°0 | 59°5 on ak; cus eo ee vie
21lst | 41:5 | 52°5 | 575] 60°7 | 578 | 566 | 536 | 501 | 401
28th
February......... (ins ee x tf sah tT; on aie ne, bus
14th | 42°0 | 53°8 | 55°0 | 57°3 | 62°8 | 57°7 | 55°3 | 464 | 42:1
28th | 440 | 541 | 58°83 | 594} 596 | 589 | 55°83] 511 | 45°4
BMareh...3.).5... 7th | 42°0 | 541 | 586] 59:1 | 589 | 581) 551 | 47:9 | 39°71
14th | 381 | 5271] 581] 561) 546] 541 | 52°6 ete nid
28th 628 athe eis 5 a a 56°1 | 52°9 | 49°6 | 41°9
oC (47a Cee set “te 3 ae rn Brg
14th | 47:1 | 53°6 | 57°6 | 581 | 571] 55:0 | 52°8 oe ae
21st | 48:1 | 53:1 | 561 | 56:5] 57:0] 55°5 | 54:0 | 50°7 | 445
Wiehe dies sods ene MEER | PROM roids. keds |. alia Pyne It teeter Dacia hte: 4c
14th Shs 55°8 .| 55°8 | 57°70 | 56:0 | 57:0 | 54°5 | 49°5 | 42°0
21st | 47°3 | 52°70 | 55°0 | 57°7 | 54-0 a 445 49°5 | 383
28th | 40°3 | 48°3 | 53:0 | 57:0 | 58:0 | 548 | 55°0 | 50°0 | 41°8
[ee a ee a UL ee a: ee rie a iF 49 ee ae
14th | 42°9 | 49°55 | 56:0} 55°5,.| 56°7 | 55°7 | 55°5 | 49°0 | 368
21st | 388°8 | 50°0 | 55:0] .... Ne ae hf) 41°0 | 35:0
28th eee eee iat oe ae
September...... 7th 45°9 | 531 B73 | as me
i4ih'| 39-4 |'47-9 1] 560) SOR BEO L... be.
2ist | 40:9 | 47-8 | 49:3] 51:8 | 53:8
28th | 371 | 451 | 465] 583 | 540! .. | 51-01 47-01 355
Opstober. sv... "th Ent we a Sire ni ae ay Fp
14th | 43:6 | 48-9 | 53°61 55:4/ 5611} 5441! 50:3 | 451 | 35-7
Dist | 391 | 43-6 le46-4:0484 14501 | 486) vo}. baad
sth | 40:1 | 46-41 546| 564) 56-4] 52.6] 486| 41:6 | 29-6
November ...... "th i. par Fd ih ae as
14th | 3571 494] ... | 581] 581] 556] 541 | 447-4/| Ise
2ist | ... | 441 | 51:4| 5641/1 5791 5761 5041] 4431} 20°3
28th Ha Or RMR 2 set Se ak or a haat
December ...... 7th a. = $f as ae Sie =e i a
14th | 41-5 | 523| 563] 545 | 585 | 52:0| 495] 4471 11-0
ret | 39°34 (nk | cei dee 47 d8O" at0'B” | 2B Las
28th ..
26 S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [No. 1,
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
8 9 10 | 11 | 12 13 14 15 16
January, 1878...7th | 348 | 45°1 | 49°3 | 47:5 | 47:0 | 46:0 | 41°0 | 32°0 “
14th ot = ie uae wae nit ts as soe “
21st | 29°0 | 48°5 | 55°0 | 56°0 | 53°0 | 43°6 | 42°1 | 39°0 ten
28th eee soe eee ooo foo act ooe aoe ote
February......... 7th
61:1 | 58:9 | 51:4 | 40°6
601 | 46:9 | 87-4
March.........00 Tth | 45°5
460 | 60:0 | 61:6 | 641 | 621
571 | 6071 | 61:9 | 661 | 6571
14th | 45°4 3% ute ae aa: 65'5
21st ee nih se aut ts ae
28th ie eas ave 57°3 |" 58°0 | 680
Bord iis Wakade (4) omer on ive if vide tek
14th ae ant 50°71 | 561 | 67:1 | 67-1
MG suaterccs) VEN
FANE, veicisccisss Tbh | 41-0
September ...... 7th
October ..... ws Zth | 39°6
14th
D.
OQ:
baal
= : Aime > sri anes
(o>)
ou.
w:
ror)
18835. ] S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. 27
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
10 | 11 12 13 | 14; 15 | 16
January, 1879...7th | 30°1 | 468 | 55°0| ... véi vats re tr ry
14th | 81°38 | 56:0 | 53:0 | 53'1 | 52°4 | 614 | 49°1 | 40°12 | 30°4
21st | 86:1 | 55°5 | 67:0 | 596 | 55°4 | 476 | 444) 38:1] 28'6
- “ 28th} 35°6 | 50°3 | 643 |} 60°6 | 50°71 | 49°1 | 42°71 | 41:1 | 2571
February......... 7th} 417] a. 59°56 | 56:1 | 52°12 | 514 | 48°9 | 441 | 401
14th eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eae see
21st | 45:0 | 48°9 | 60°1 | 564] 55°9 | 546] 53'1 ; 45°1
28th | 42°3 | 534] 686] 6561 | 65°4 | 53°9 | 526 | 49:1 | 29°6
BEAR, ii 6.8 x: 7th 5h bas ves 676 | 566 | 546] .. we | 446
14th | ... 49°1 | 59°9 avy isk ea ww oe
21st | 52°6 | 561 | 631 | 6271) 611) 581) 564°9 | 43:1 | 41°9
28th | 44:9 | 52°6 | 585 | 59°0 | 55°0 | 54:0 | 48:0 | 445 | 40°3
Be sions 25 dene 7th | 47:1 | 50°8 | 59°5 | 60°8 | 62°8 | 62°8 | 59°6 ae 'G
14th | 48°9 | 56°5 | 59°5 | 60°3 | 60°8 | 60°56 | 55°8 | 513 | 40°8
28th | 43°8 | 56:0 | 61:0 | 61°8 | 62°0 | 61°38 | 54°8 | 47°5 | 46°5
ee wth | 44-1 | 58:0] 57-0 | 55:0 | 583 | 67:5 | 565 | 48:5 | 385
14th | 43°5 | 52°0 | 60°0 | 62°0 | 62:3 | 60°8 | 57:3 | 44°5 | 41°5
21st bee ahs fas ic laf oT) " * :
28th | 41°4; 52°6 | 63°5 | 62°0 | 61°0 cv ‘ os
WAC bx vei va vere 7th | 36°1 | 45°9 | 56°0 | 55°0 | 56:0 | 47°5 | 42°5 mae ind
14th | 888 | 52°5 | 66:5 | 58°3 | 60°0 | 59°56 | 57:5 | 39°8 | 27°0
Alst | ass 8 aaa in iis i To ie eae
28th
September ...... fic es a TP ia vi. ie she ree jae
14th | 37°3 | 461 | 536 | 52:9 | B11) 49:1 / 43:1 | 891 | 341
October ......... Te | ae eee ai 4 aS. * ‘7 Se
14th | 45:1 | 51:1 | 506 | 52:6 | 496 | 4761 461) 406] 326
2lst | 41:1 | 55°6 | 59°11 | 59°9.| 66°6 | 50°1 |} 46°51 | 36°1 | 281
28th | 49°6 | 55°2 | 59°9 | 59°0 | 56°1 52°4 | 43°1 32°6 | 29:1
November ...... "th| 39°3 | 542 | 58°7 | 69°4 | 53°6 | 461 | 40°71 | 86:8 | 21°4
14th | 35°7 | 624 | 578 | 486 | 476 | 442 | 89°6 | 36°7 | 286
21st | 45°5 | 53°4 | 6695 | 49°2 | 45°6 | 41:°4 |] 38°83 | 34°2 | 249
28th | 41°5 | 58°3 57°3 | 50°7 | 46°2 | 41:2 | 352 | 25°9 | 11°6
December ...... 7th | 37:9 | 55:5 | 59°7 | 496 | 48°4 | 46°6 | 42°3 | 359 74
14th | 32°99 | 48°5 | 55°0 | 49°5 | 47°6 | 38°9 | 36:1 | 33°9 | 22°56
21st | 36:0 | 445 | 565 | 526] 471] 451) 414 | 322] 189
28 S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. _ [No.1],
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
10 11 12 13 14 15
January, 1880...7th | 43°3 | 53:0 | 57:9 | 49°5 | 494 | 49°6 | 43°1 | 37°6 | 25°6
14th | 366 | 50°7 | 548 | 49°7 | 506 | 476 | 43°6 | 37°8 | 32°0
February......... 7th} 42:0 | 50° | 57:5 | 51:0] 519 | 504 | 47°6 | 481 | 346
2ist | 43:8 | 547! 59:9 | 563 | 546] 526] 50°4| 478 | 41°8
2sth| 381 | 57-4| 61:0 | 566 | 545 | 52:0 | 49:1 | 441 | 37-6
Mares cages. -3 7th | 28:0 | 47°6 | 554 | 536 | 53:9 | 491 | 46°8 | 47:8 | 31:9
14th | 33°6 | 49°4 | 581 | 56°0 | 54°8 | 52°8 | 49°38 | 448 | 34°8
21st | 39°6 | 47:0 | 52°2 | 496 | 55°8 | 53°8 | 46°8 | 418 | 39°3
28th | 38°6 | 47°6 | 541 | 55°8 | 56°6 | 53°8 | 52°0 | 51:3 | 43°3
Prados htt 4 7th | 43°6 | 50°6 | 54°1 1 aN ae 44, ae 40°8
14th ah Se ies Ean Ban ig a ae
28th ‘7 a ie “Ty 53:0 | 50°8 52°83 | 47°83 | 40°6
Ay eae oe Coe 7th | 45°6 | 53:1 | 56°6 | 56°8 | 556 | 5471 | 52°2 | 48°3 | 42°8
28th | 38°5 | 49°3 | 51°8 | 52°8 | 52°8 | 548 | 548 |] 51:2 | 42°8
ATELY ste Se 7th
14th
21st
28th -
September ...... ZEN mic a - cy ee ee i sae
14th ae a ae ae “Et aay on #5
Zist |} 45:1 | 50°0 | 561 ne F
28th eo re be ne
October sna. 7th| 286 | 47:1 54-1 | 59°1 56:0 | 5472 | 45°8 | 42°9 | 88°6
14th | 41°4) 49°99 | 57°6 | 59°6 | 58°8 | 586) 55°83 | 52°3 ae
21st | 44°6 | 52°11 | 52°76 | 56:4 | 58°7 | 564 | 543 | 45°6 | 29°8
28th | 46°6 | 53°6 | 62°6 | 62°9 | 666 | 62°7 | 59°7 | 516 sina
November ...... 7th} 39°6 | 51:1 | 541 |) 5711 466 | 45°6 ee te fe
14th | 42°0 | 50°5 | 536 | 536 | 461] 45°6 | 46°6 | 39°1 | 28°6
28th ve 52°38 | 568 | 53°'1 |-50°8 | 50°1 | 41°9 | 36:4) Zaz
December ...... %th| 85°7 | 480 | 55'6 i ev 556 | 541 a
14th | 36°0 | 46°5 ‘ 7s, 566 , 47°0 at 34°6 | 25°6
21st Bs ae ix sie 52:0 | 47°5 | 43°6 | 85°6 | 27°5
28th} 86°6 | 463 | 65°1 | 5671 | 49°6 a Ate. 271
tel
Ad
a|
r|
q
4
:
1885.1
8 | 9 10
January, 1881...7th |... Me SC
14th | 38°6 50°8 54:0
21st | 346 | 51°5 | 59°0
28th | 54°3 | 60°8 | 643
February ...... 7th | 37°5 | 52°5 | 55°5
14th | 33°5 | 52°0 | 52°6
21st aaa st aa
28th | 29°5 | 52°6 |. 57°1
MYeroh. vss... FER | hes Fs ap.
14th be nae or
2ist | 45°5 | 55°8 | 59°L
28th | 445 | 51°6 | 5771
Se Man Piha eck Ae aa
14th | 45°6 | 53°9 | 56°9
2ist | 40°7 | 48°0 | 55:1
28th | 46°4 | 47°6 | 57°6
Me A ae 8 wth | 40:1 | 476 | 52:8
14th 5a et ae
2st | 375 | 47°38 | 52°83
28th | 41°1 | 48°3 | 53°38
TOT Veneseccatss 1b | Sa3 | 39°3 | 42°38
14th Ev, ae Ae
21st Las re a
28th
September...... 7th
14th
21st. a ee a
28th | 41°8 | 52°8 | 56°8
October ......... ou | x, bet cor
14th | 42°6 | 51°7 | 54°6
21st | 48'6 | 52°6 | 53:8
28th iva aan a
November ...... 750 ot ee a rh
14th | 47°3 | 541) 58°6
Zlst | 42°99 | 51°83 ) 556
28th | 42°8 | 49°7 | 541
December ...... Tth| 35°5 | 48°8 | 52°0
14th | 45°0 | 52°5 | 53°5
21st | 29°8 50°0 555
28th | 38°8 | 51°39] 54°75
11
12
53°5
49°9
54°1
74°7
54°6
55'1
576
55°3
55:9
55°8
54°3
55°3
54:6
538
54:3
53:3
53°9
53°6
541
45°6
52°9
4.6°6
47°6
54-1
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
13
56°7
50°1
52°9
172
54°6
53°6
54:8
553
52°6
53'°3
54:6
51°8
53°3
51:3
51:3
49-4,
48°1
50°6
49°6
40°9
47-9
42°6
43°6
49°8
29
14 | 15 | 16
49:9 | 46:6 | 28-0
42:6 | 38:6 | 29°1
48°8 | 41:1 | 31-9
53:1| 47:6 | 39°6
521| 4671 ...
52:8 |. 583
59 | _.. | 43:8
50°3 | 45°3 | 33°8
49:8 | 448 | 36-2
games tesa! 3 ae
ie 42:3
47°3| 40:3 | 308
43:6 | 35°3 | 29-1
491 | 449 | 265
45:1 | 386 | 22-1
43°83 | 40:9 | 19°6
43:7 | 381 | 266
36:1 | 34:1 | 21-6
43:4 | 31:6 | 21-4
43:4 | 301 | 17°6
32:1 | 276 | 17°6
43:1 | 346 | 23-1
S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer.
January, 1882...7th
14th
21st
28th
February ...... 7th
14th
21st
28th
ee. oe 7th
14th
21st
28th
Aer A os ees 7th
14th
21st
28th
MSGi les ilesis 7th
14th
21st
28th
Diumay i 2.08. fs 7th
14th
21st
28th
September...... 7th
14th
21st
28th
October sc.00.4 7th
14th
21st
28th
November ...... 7th
14th
21st
28th
December ...... 7th
14th
21st
28th
30 S. A. Hill— Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [ No. l,
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
8 9 |} a0 jour | we | 8) a4 ae ee
33:5 | 49:8 | 545 | 55:0 | 53-71 506] 481 441 | 324
35:3 | 382 | 525 | 555 | 555 | 510/-45-9] 41-4]...
29:5 | 423 | 51:5 | 545 | 558! 51-61 47:1 386/ 324
495 | 445] 566 | 576) ...| 404) i | 884 eee
45°5 | 525 | 594 | 6111 5911 5691 506) 426) 334
ee Vw ek etd ae boc) gee: aati ea
455 | 567 | 625 | 6061! 61:6] 59:9 | 57-4] B36! 446
31:5 | 481] 61:1 | 566 | 566] 551 521 | 469 | 376
39'3 51'°6 571 651 54°8 50'8 one aoe ote
506 | 534] 586] 693 | 568 | 5431 51-8] 426! 283
406 | 483 | 556 | 659 | 57-8] 688! 538] 44-31 306
456 | 536] 568 | 598) 59:0 | 546| 528] 49°31] 41:3
44-2 | 53:0] 683 | 598 | 5666] 518 | 493 | 4681 403
51°6 54:9 56'6 eae eee eee eee
45:3 | 548 | 563] 598] 55:3! 61:8] 4631 41-8 | 39°8
42-6 | 47-4]... ae | ow ge: tae
35:6 | 486 | 531 3 | oo |
521 | 524 | 521 | 478] 5081 508 | 463] 40:8 | 305
376 | 466 | 51:1 | 511 | 49:8 | 443 | 40:3 | 395 | 26-8
466 | 51:0 | 53:6 | 646) 486] 463] 41°3| 35°81 23°8
39:9 | 49:6 | 50:4] 499 | 48:1 | 426] 391] 3661 18°6
45°21 481 | 504 | 5061 47:1! 41:9] 381 | 309] 13:6
402 | 451 | 51:9| 503] 456] 41:6] 37:61 309 | 157
37°5 | 505 | 541 | 51:4| 466) 421 | 361! 261) 197
31:2 | 465 | 511 | 516! 49°61 43:1 | 371 | 27-6! 191
35:3 | 45:5 | 4861 476| 449 | 41:11 3611 2611 186
435 | 55:5 | 555 | 5461 511 | 45:6 | 376) 2711 166
1885. ] S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer.
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
21st
28th
Or
-
o>
OU
oO
oO
8 9 10 2 [2 |] a | 11 13 14
January, 1883...7th | 27°8 | 40°8 | 47:0 | 48:4
14th | 345 | 49°5 | 52°53 | 52°1 50° 6 4G" 4, 38° 6
21st
28th 31: 5 4iy: 5 54: 0) 54: 5 50° 5 48° 5 Al: 5
February ...... 7th | 41:1 | 50°8 | 55°0 | 56°0 | 545 | 48°6 | 43°6
14th | 36°5 | 52°0 | 55:0 | 556) 5471 | 50°0 | 46°9
2ist | 375) 53°5 | 544) 549 |] 58:1 | 501 | 46:1
28th ots pee out oe ft eee oa
March ee ee wane 7th a oe eee vee i} oo %
14th
21st 34" 6 4G" 6 BB: 6 BB 6 56" 1 52° 1 48° 9
28th | 40°6 | 50°6 | 52°6 | 55°3 | 5471 | 50°8 | 46°8
April rade ata "th | 43°6 | 53°6 | 55°1 | 56°3 | 54°38 | 50°8 | 46°8
14th
21st 48° 2 53: 8 56: 1 5B 8 BB: 6 54s 3 48° 1
28th | 37°6 | 49°6 | 53°6 | 55°6 | 558 48°8
DUS ae. ws colds vanes "th| 43°8 |) 50°8 | 548 | 55:8 | 548 | 52°3 | 4/7°8
14th | 866 | 548 | 56°38 | 54°8 | 53:1 | 50°56 | 49°5
21st | 380°6 | 43°6 | 448 | 48°8 | 55°6-| 56°3 | 49°8
Pi: 4 PE de eG
2. See is 7th| 8611] 508 | 53°83 | 556] 5281 49°38 | 46:3
14th ooo oot ot t aos e
21st ote gen ae e . 1
28th as oe oot 7 s
September ...... 7th; 4411 486] .. ; 548 | 51:8 | 47°8
14th weld , oe oe i
21st ee ze a ae :
28th ox ‘ 52°99 | 52°0 | 51°38 | 47°8 | 44°38
Oetober s.4..00s5 7th a3 fi
14th 43° 1 4G" 9 | 48°6 50: 6 52: 8 | 53°8 AG: 8
21st | 506 | 53°8 | 53°6 | 53°4] 53°71 | 551 | 48°4
28th | 43°5 | 481 | 511 | 516) 541) 5461] 461
November seh alec "th vee ves oes
14th | 29°6 37° 1 42° 6 48: 6 52: 6 i sf
Zlst | 32°55 | 41°5 | 53°5 52° 1 56° 6 | 58°6 Ei
28th | 49°35 | 50°5 | 47°6 A5'1 Se
December ...... 7th e 40°5 | 40°5 | 44°4 | 45°1 | 45°6 | 861
14th A7°5 | 48:1 48° 6 | 44°6 | 85°6
: ‘6
6
32 S. A. Hill— Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [No. 1,
Hours of observation, Mean Time.
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
January, 1884...7th | 80°5 | 51°5 | 55°5 | 53:9 | 51:3 | 48°6 | 42°6 | 341 | 19°6
14th | 50°6 | 53°5 | 52°5 | 466 | 40°6 | 35°6 | 296 | 271 | 186
21st | 27°5 | 89°5 | 545 | 50°5 | 506 | 51:6 | 39°6 | 30°4 | 201
28th | 225 | 315]... 47°38 | 538 | 509 | 501] 456] ..,
February ...... 7th | 36°5 | 42°5 | 485 | 48:0 | 53°5 | 52°8 | 481 | 45°6 | 39°6
14th | 29°5 | 35°0 | 886 |) 43°6 | 47-4 | 52°6 | 50°4 | 446 | 246
21st | 315 | 47:0 | 53°6 | 546 | 546 | 569)! ... ee uk
ZBtR | 408 ite 48°6 | 50°3 | 51°6 | 53°8 | 49°8 “ ve
a
Marehii...c..s0s: 7th | 30°99 | 446 | 506 | 486 | 48:9 | 53:1 | 488 | 41°6 | 32-1
14th | ... eee Bae oe JR: oa aoe ves tee
28th | 52°6 | 586 | 58°8 | 61°8 | 61°8 | 62°8 | 543 | 48°8 | 40°8
ATi 5. ieisdec... 7th | 41:1 | 526, 586 | 62°8 | 648 | 65°8 | 59°8 | 48°8 | 343
14th | 43:1 | 52°3 | 46°83 | 47:8 | 488 | 49°8 | 50°83 | 49°38 | 46:8
21st ee vat sth iM atk ts such =a
28th| 46°6 | 56°6 | 588 | 583 | 57°8 | 546 |) 52°6 | 46°8 | 38'8
Mayigi cate secs Vth}. Fas ee a vi at it ay ue
14th | 51°8 | 55°8 | 55°8 | 548 | 548 | 45°6 | 408 | 378] 35°8
21st | 50°6 | 54°8 | 57.8 | 578° 548 | 52°8 | 50°83 | 47:8 | 403
28th | 48°83 | 547 | 57°7 | 55°7 | 53°8 | 51:8 | 42°8 | 378 | 35°8
SUMS. «2s ncaeese-s 7th | 33°6 | 45°38 | 448 | 45°3 | 448) 458) ... vs 41°8
14th}... we ae tas ee “3: 36°8 | 35°8 | 25°8
21st | 41°6 sare 45°8 | 43°8 ves wee tee
Z2BG |) sa he act oe ves oa
September...... 7th ak ct
21st | 151 346 | 54°8 | 53°8 | 548 | 55°8 | 518 | 441 | 38°8
October ....:.5. 7th | 38°6 | 42°6 | 51°6 | 52°6 | 53°6 | 52°6 | 43°6 |] 33°6 | 27°6
14th | 40°6 | 476 | 51°6 | 53°4 | 506 | 49°6 |; 45°6 | 346 | 286
21st | 396 | 466 | 50°6 | 49°6 | 476) 46:6 | 44°6 | 33°6 | 11.6
28th | 39°6 | 476 | 516 | 506 | 45°6 | 416 | 386] 246] 96
November ...... 7th} 385 | 43°5 | 52°6 | 536, 536 | 45°6 | 41°6 | 246 | 22°6
14th | 35:5 | 475 | 506 | 496 | 476 | 45°6 | 446 | 286 | 12°6
21st | 245 | 445 | 49°9 | 526 | 496 | 46°6 | 43°6 | 23°6 |] 17°6
28th | 39°5 | 415 | 486 | 486 | 506 | 496 | 476 | 486 | 146
December ...... 7th} 39°5 | 525 | 485 | 446 | 42°6 | 43°6 | 346 | 276 | 22°6
14th | 43°5 | 52°5 | 485 | 516 | 45°6 | 406 | 246) 96] 79
21st | 180 | 245 | 475) ... 516 | 50°6 | 50°6 | 425]...
28th} ... watt ho 4 a ai we ve
1885. ] S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. 33
The differences botween the numbers given in the table depend
primarily upon variations in the sun’s incident heat and in the proportion
of this which is absorbed before reaching the instrument, the latter
being dependent upon the composition of the atmosphere and the ob-
liquity of the rays. Minor causes of variation depend upon the instru-
ment itself and the nature of its surroundings, and upon the reflexion of
heat from cloud, haze, or dust particles in the air; the instrument being
designed to receive rays coming from all directions and not parallel rays
only.
As regards the instrument itself, if its thermal capacity be large, it
will be sluggish in responding to any change in the incident radiation.
This will cause the incident heat in the afternoon to appear greater than
in the forenoon. The Lucknow observations are not appreciably affected
with any error of this sort, since the thermometer is a small one with a
bulb not much larger than a pea and a tube so fine in bore as to make it
easy to estimate tenths of a degree Fahrenheit in reading it. It would,
therefore, respond almost instantaneously to any change in the ineident
radiation, were it not that owing to frietion in the narrow tube the
mercurial column seems to rise and fall by slight jumps and starts.
Observations made at equal hour angles before and after noon may
be expected, however, when combined, to eliminate any error due to the
sluggishness or per salféwm action of the thermometer.
The effect of changes in the nature of the ground-surface beneath
the instrument and in other objects in the vicinity cannot be readily
eliminated. They have been reduced to a minimum, however, by placing
the thermometer in the centre of an open space on a stand 4 feet high.
The antecedent probability that the variations in the absorptive
power of the atmosphere must be very considerable is great, for, even if
we have nothing else to go upon but the observations in Table I., these
indicate that the total absorption is almost as great in June, when the
incident rays at noon are nearly vertical, as in December, when the sun
rises only 40° above the horizon. To estimate the absorbing power, it is
necessary to make some assumption regarding the manner in which it
varies with the thickness of the atmosphere traversed by the rays. The
only simple formula yet proposed which gives results in fair accord with
observations made on a clear day is that of Ponillet. This formula, it
is true, applies in strictness only to radiation of one definite kind, because
the atmospheric absorption is selective ; and Langley* has shown, by a
hypothetical example, that the approximate constancy of absorption indi-
cated by applying the formula to observations made on the same day
at the most various angles of obliquity may co-exist with an error of
% Zeitsch. d. Oest. Gesollsch. fiir Met., B. xx, S. 86.
34 S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [No. I,
nearly 50 per cent. in the deduced coefficient. Nevertheless, since it is
impossible in practice to apply the method of prismatic analysis to all
the very numerous actinometric observations which are required to prove
the constancy or otherwise of the sun’s radiation, and since the results
of such an analysis must necessarily be vitiated to some extent by the
selective absoption of the prism, some simple formula must be used and
that of Ponillet is the best hitherto suggested. Hven if the atmospheric.
absorption and consequently the radiation before it enters the atmos-_
phere, as determined by this formula, be both much less than they ought.
to be, their variations from day to day or from month to month deduced by
means of the formula must be in the same direction ag they are in reality.
Ponillet’s formula is r = Ap*, where vr is the observed heating effect,
A. the effect undiminished by atmospheric absorption, p the diathermancy.
or transmission coefficient, and e the thickness of the atmosphere tra-
versed by the rays. Table II. gives the values of e which have been
employed in reducing the Lucknow observations. They have been calcu-
lated to a first approximation only, that is to say, they are equal to the se-
cants of the sun’s zenith distance at the hours of observation.
TabLE 11.—Atmospheric Thickness at Lucknow, Latitude 26° 50’ N.
Hours of observation, Mean Time,
Date.
8 9 | 10 11 12 13 14 15 | 16
January vivre Vth | 444 | 2°62 | 1:89 | 1:62 | 1:53 | 1:59 | 1°81 | 2°33 | 3°86
14th | 4°38 | 2°49 | 1:85 | 158 | 1:50 | 154] 1°75 | 2:28 | 3:38
2ist | 4:29 | 2°43 | 1:81 | 155 | 146 | 150 | 169 | 213 | 3°23
28th | 4:15 | 2°34 | 175 | 1:49] 141 | 144) 162] 2°01 | 3:06
February .... 7th | 3°79 | 2°21 | 1:62 | 1:43 | 1°35 | 1:38 | 1:54 | 189] 2°80
14th | 8°65 | 2°12 | 1°61 | 138 | 1:30 | 1:33 | 1:47 | 181} 2°61
Qist | 825 | 2:00 | 1:54) 1:33 | 1:25 | 1:28 | 142] 174) 2°48
28th | 2°99 | 1°89 | 1:47 | 1:27 | 1:20] 1:28 | 136] 166 | 2°34
March...ico00 7th |.2°71 | 1°78 | 1:40 | 1:28 | 1:17 | 1:20 | 133 |) eRe
14th} 2°51 | 169 | 1°34 1:19 | 1:18 | 1:17.| 1:29) Daye
Qist | 2°34 | 1:63 | 1°31} 1:16 | 110} 115 | 127) Bebe
28th | 219 | 1°55 | 1:26 | 1:12] 1:08 | 1:11} 1:23] 1:49 | 2-04
April ...cu00. 7th} 2°08 | 1:47 | 1:21-)-1:09-) 1:05 | 109 | 1:21) aaa
14td | 1:93 | 1:42 | 1:18 | 1:07 | 1:04] 1:07 |; 1:19 | 1°43] 198
21st | 1:86 | 1:39 | 116] 1:06 | 1:03 | 1°06 | 1°17 | Stee
28th | 1°80 | 1°36 | 1:14 | 1:04 | 1°01 | 1:05 | 2:16) Daareree
May vcs Vth | 074 | 183) 118 | 1°08 | 1:01 | 1:04) 115 ) Pas ee
14th | 1°71 | 1:32 | 1:12 | 1°03 | 1:00 | 1°04 | 1:16 |) Bea
21st | 1:69 | 1:81 | 1:12 | 1:03 | 1:00 | 1:04; 114 | 135 | 1:77
28th | 1°69 | 1381 | 1:12 | 1:03 | 1:00 | 1:03 | 1:13 | 1:34) 1°74
1885. ] S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. 35
Hours of observation, Mean Time,
Date, i
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Juno >... vom Vth | 169 | 181 | 1:12) 1:08 | 1:00) 1:08 | 113] 1°32 | 1°70
ete oO |: 82.) 1:22. |,1:038. }-1:00:; 1°03 | 1:42. | 2°83 | 1°69
wien Lye | 13a | tts} 0a | 100 | 1°08 | TiSe|.181 | 1°68
28th | (2°72 |-O33. | (1:13°| 1-03 |). 1:00 | 1:03 | 112°) 1°30 | 1°66
September..,.., 7th | 2°02 | 1°47 | 1:22 | 1:11 | 1:06 | 1°11 | 1:28'' 1°50! 2°06
45h) 206} 0°50.) 1°24; 1°18 | 08 |, 2:13-F 1-27 | 1°56 | 2°20
Pint) a tbo.) 1:27.) -8e | 110 | Vi6 281.1. 1:63 | 2°84
Pep oe SG 20 17 ot 2S | 120°} 2'96 | 1°71 |-~-2°69
October isis Teo |) 2oe|h64 |°1:36 | 1:23 | 1:19 | 1:26 | 1°45. | 1°85) 2°86
14th | 237 | 168 | 1:38 | 1:25; 1:22 | 1:30] 1:49 | 1:92 | 3°04
sist (yee | 1:63 | £43 | 129 21:26) 1:34) 1°56 | 2°02 |. 3°31
28th | 2°60 | 1:80 | 47 | 1:33 | 1:30 | 1:39 | 1°62 | 2°18 | 38°60
November ..,... 7th; 2°84 | 1:92 | 156 | 1:40 | 1°37 | 1:47] 1:72 | 2:30 | 4°06
14th | 3:04 | 2°01 | 162 | 146) 142) 152 179 | 240) 4:33
21st | 3°23 | 2:04 1°68 | 1°50 | 1:46 , 156 | 184] 2°48] 4:58
28th} 3'45 | 2:19 | 173 | 1:54 | 1:50 | 1559 | 1:88! 2:53 | 469
December ...... Vth | 3°81 |. 2:32 | 1:81) 2:59) 1:54) 1°68 | 1°91 | 2:57 | 4°73
14th | 406 | 2°40 | 1°85 | 162 | 1:56 | 1°64 | 1:92 | 2°55 | 4°64
2lst | 4°30 | 2°47 | 1:88] 1:63 | 1:56 | 1:64] 1:90 | 2°50 | 4°42
28th | 445 | 2°51 | 1:89 | 163 | 1:56 | 1:62] 1:87 | 2°44 | 4°19
In making reductions of actinometric observations it soon becomes
evident that the atmospheric absorption varies not only from day to day,
but frequently from hour to hour. In nearly every month it seems to be
greater at Lucknow in the afternoons than in the forenoons, as might be
anticipated from the disturbances caused by diurnal heating, evaporation,
and the quantity of dust stirred up in dry weather by the diurnal winds.
Besides this general and regular increase from forenoon to afternoon,
there are numerous irregular changes from hour to hour, which render
it very difficult to estimate fairly the true absorbing power and the inci-
dent heat. Tor example, if the absorbing power happens to be greater
about noon than in the morning or evening, the curve representing the
variation of the observed heating effect will be flatter than it should be,
and the deduced value of the incident radiation will be too low ; whereas,
if the absorbing power be least about midday, the deduced solar constant
will be too high.
To reduce errors of this kind to a minimum, I have, wherever the
series of observations for the several days of a month were complete or
nearly complete, taken the mean for each hour, and then deduced the
constants A and p of the formula from these mean values. In other
36 S. A. Hill—Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [iNo. 1,
cases, I have made a graphic representation of the logarithms of the
observed radiation on a scale the abscissa of which represented the
values of e; and any observation which fell wide of the straight line
indicated by the formula has been rejected.
Proceeding in this way, I have arrived at the following probable
mean values of the solar radiation undiminished by absorption, and of
the absorbing power of the atmosphere for vertical rays. The latter are
the values of (1—p) when p is defined as above.
Taste I1].—Mean Values of the Constant of Solar Radiation in Degrees
of the Black-bulb Thermometer.
| Mean of
Year. |Jan.|Feb.|March| April. |May| June. | Sept.|Oct. |Nov.|Dec. all Hight
months. |months.*
1877 ... | 76:1, 78:2) 72°7 | 73°3 |80°4| 86°6 | 77-6) 79°8) 9171) 85°5} 801 79°6
1878 ... |78°5|90°8} 88°3 | 85°0 |92°4) 95°38 | P | 85°4) 84-6 79°2) 86:7 85'5
1879 ... |76°7|77°6| 80°1 | 92°7 |99°2} 85°9 | 77-1|74°6' 71:2 69°4) 80°4 80°2
1880 ... {73°2|78°6, 83°3 | 75:9 |80°6! P 80°7 |'79°1| 68°3 '70°7| 76:7 76°2
1881 ... | 72°4'74°0) 781 | 72:2 |85°7| 77-5 | 73°9|'73°6|67°6|'71°7| 74:7 744
1882 ... |'75°2/79°5| 78°8 | 81:9 |'78°8| 73:4 | 70°6| 68°8) 67°5| 71'3) 746 75°2
1883 ... |74°4/73°0| 76°6 | 80°9 |77°8| '79°7 | 74°91 '74°9|'76°1)'75°7| 76°4 76°2
1884 ... | 74°7|'74°0] 74°6 | 82°5 |82°0! 77°6 | 77°6|73°8|'78°7|'76°4| 77-2 Cita.
Mean |75°2)78°2| 79°0 | 80°6 | 846) 82°4 | 76°1/76°2 750 75°0| 783 78°0
Taste LV.—Coefficients of Atmospheric Absorption for Vertical Rays.
Year Jan. | Feb. |March| April.| May. | June.| Sept.| Oct. | Nov. | Dec.
LS) nae "175 | :194| °188 | -216 | °294 | °342 | °272 | °*269 | ‘268 255
AS7B vanes ‘260 | 264 | ‘269 | °266 | *354 | -407 P ‘274 | *251 230
POGe waa gs "212 | °199 | °226 | °324 | ‘390 | °358 | °312 | °2382 | -191 °201
BESO cs cas 79 Pe2Et | Sb71 260 | “S06 rs ‘256 | *259 | ‘187 ‘160
A881» esas: ‘201 | -194, | +230 | °255 |: °360.| °377 | *218 | -233:\ 797s "205
VBE? ices: "199 | °218 | ‘258 | :295 , ‘302 | ‘811 | *231 | °240 | °228 "224
LBBB agi: 222 | °224 | °278 | -316 | *306 | °319 | °277 | :235 | “225 a0 eae
1884 ...... 241 | :243 | °245 | °251 | °277 | -324 | °272 | :368 ) :274 ‘267
Mean ‘211 | "218 | “251 | “279 | ‘826 | “333 | ‘262 )° °2b1 | “226 220
#* June and September being left out.
1885. ] 8. A. Hill—Obdservations of the Solar Thermometer. 37
From Table III., it appears that the variation of the solar heat from
year to year has been similar to that deduced from the Allahabad obser
vations, while the range indicated is even greater. The highest annual
mean is that for 1878, when the sunspots were ata minimum, and the
lowest, that for 1881 or 1882, when the spots were probably at a maxi-
mum.
Such a very distinct variation in the sun spot period must, I think,
be the effect of a real variation in the emission of solar energy, but the
great range of the observed inequality is probably due in part to other
causes. It is evident from the means at the foot of Table II. that all
the terrestrial causes of variation have not been eliminated, for, whilst
these means are nearly constant for the months of September, October,
November, December, and January, they are much more variable and
considerably greater in the dry hot months of the year. If the excess
temperature of the solar thermometer above that of the air were a true
measure of the solar radiation, it should, when the observations are
corrected for atmospheric absorption, give somewhat lower results for
May and June than for December and January, on account of the greater
distance of the sun in the former months. The opposite variation which
is observed must be due to heat reflected from the bare hot ground and
from the dust particles suspended in the air.
Since the bareness and hardness of the ground-surface under the
instrument and the quantity of dust in the air are due to the same
cause, and increase pari passu; it is, perhaps, justifiable to assume that
the increase of the observed effect which is due to reflexion may be
taken proportional to the quantity of dust. That is to say, we may put
A= F (1 + ad). In this formula A represents the mean value for any
r
month at the foot of Table III.; S, the value this mean would have if
the ground were moist and grassy, the air free from dust, and the earth
at its mean distance from the sun; 7 the radius vector of the earth at
the middle of the month; d the proportion of dust in the air; andaa
coefficient which remains to be determined. The proportionate num-
bers for dust which I have assumed are :—
Jan. Feb. Mar. Ap]. May June Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
8 5 eee ee 6 0B 1 2
These differ somewhat from those already adopted for Allahabad,
but, perhaps, represent the facts more justly. By means of the formula,
with these values for d, we find :—
Soe 0?
Ot OLDE
In the month of May, therefore, the observed radiation is 15 or 16 per
38 S. A. Hill— Observations of the Solar Thermometer. [No. 1,
cent. greater than it would be if the ground were grassy and the air free
from dust, other things being the same.
It follows from this that in a dry year the solar thermometer will
give higher indications than in a damp one when due allowance is made
for variations in atmospheric absorption. There can be little doubt that
part of the great excess of the results for the latter half of 1877, the
whole of 1878, and the first half of 1879, above those for subsequent years,
is due to this cause; which is still better illustrated by comparing the
months of March, April, and May, 1877, with the same months of 1879.
In the former year the spring months were unusually showery, and, in
consequence of this, the ground-surface was covered with grass, whilst
in 1879 no rain fell and the ground was quite bare and dusty.
The conclusion to be drawn from this investigation seems to be that,
while the results indicate a rather strong presumption in favour of the
hypothesis that the emission of solar heat varies inversely with the
number of sun spots, the hypothesis can only be definitely proved by
observations of some kind of actinometer which is protected from
reflexion and receives direct solar rays only. Probably, the form of
instrument which will be found most useful is a thermopile turned by
clock-work so as to face the sun and attached to a reflecting galvano-
meter by means of which the heating effect can be photographically
recorded.
The absoption coefficients given in Table IV. are least in the cold
weather months and greatest in the hot season and the rains. Since
these coefficients are dependent upon the constitution of the atmosphere,
it may be assumed, as it has been in my previous paper, that the con-
stant p of Ponillet’s formula is the product of three factors, a®, Bf, and y4,
where b is the barometric pressure, f the pressure of vapour, and d the
proportionate number for dust. In strictness, 6 should stand for the
pressure of the dry air only, but as the aqueous vapour thins out about
three times as fast on ascending as it would do on the hypothesis of an
independent vapour-atmosphere the pressure of the dry air is not (0—/),
as some suppose, but something very little less than b.
The mean values of the barometric pressure and tension of vapour
observed at noon in the days given in Table L., are the following :—
Pressure. * Vapour Tension.
January 29+ °714 in. ‘804 in,
February 660 "281
March "029 374
April "415 "4.06
May "293 568
June ‘171 "674:
1885. | L. de Nieéville—LZist of the Butterflies of Calcutta. 39
Pressure. Vapour Tension.
September 841 in. ‘T79 in.
October 546 ‘4.64:
November ‘669 ‘335
December ‘709 268
By inserting these figures and those for dust above given in the
formula, log p = b loga + f log B + d log y, itis found that the most
probable values of the constants are :—
a = ‘99518
y = (98924
These results, while confirming those already arrived at, indicate
that the absorption of solar radiation by dry air is greater than I have
hitherto supposed, though not nearly so great as the absorption by water
vapour. i |
IV —List of the Butterflies of Calcutta and its Neighbourhood, with Notes
on Habits, Food-plants, §ce.—By Lionet DE Nice’viLie.
[Received 15th October ;—Read 3rd December, 1884. |
In the ‘Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’ 1882 vol. XIX, p. 33,
there is a paper by Mr. G. A.J. Rothney, entitled, “ A list of the
Butterflies captured in Barrackpore Park during the months of Septem-
ber, 1880, to August, 1881.” In this list, however, only 98 species
are mentioned, which probably all occur in Calcutta, the two places
being but 14 miles apart, and both situated on the low-lying deltaic banks
of the Hughli. I have accordingly included all those of Mr. Rothney’s
species which I have not myself met with in Calcutta, distinguishing
them by an asterisk prefixed to the serial number.
One of the most interesting points to which my attention has been
drawn in these butterflies is the occurrence of seasonal dimorphism,
there being in several species an ocellated form which occurs only in
the rains, the cold and dry seasonal being non-ocellated. The constancy
of this phenomenon is such that I cannot help thinking there must be
some physical reason for it, can it be a protective one ? The difference in
the garb of the surrounding vegetation makes it little remarkable that a
change should be found in the coloration of the butterflies of the two
seasons, but it is difficult to see why this change should show itself in
the obliteration or development of ocelli. The only hypothesis which TI
can suggest is, that during the rains the density of the vegetation is such
40 L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [No.1],
that the butterflies can easily hide their conspicuous ocelli, while in the
cold and dry seasons the ocelli, easily seen through the scantily-clothed
jungle, would render the butterflies an easy prey to their inveterate
enemies the birds, lizards, and insectivorous insects ; so that the ocellation
being a cause of danger would have a worse chance of survival, and
consequently would be gradually wiped out by a process of a survival of
the fittest, the fittest in this case being the least gaudily-marked indi-
viduals. Were this the case, however, the non-marked forms would
certainly survive during the rains, for their homeliness of coloration,
though no longer absolutely essential, would still give them an ad-
vantage over their ocellated brethren, unless indeed the ocelli are
preserved by sexual selection at this time when the struggle for bare
existence is not so keen as at other seasons.
Suborder RHOPALOCERA.
Family NYMPHALID2.
Subfamily Danainaz.
#1, Dawars (PARANTICA) AGLEA, Cramer.
[have never met with this species, Mr. Rothney records it as
‘rare.’
2. Dawars (TIRUMALA) LIMNIACE, Cramer.
Very common everywhere at all seasons.
3. Dawnais (Limnas) curysippus, Linneeus.
The commonest butterfly met with here as elsewhere.
4. Dawnats (Limnas) aucreporpres, Moore.
A single individual has been taken ina garden at Ballygunj in
March. Since the first volume of ‘The Butterflies of India’ appeared,
I have received single specimens of this erratic species from Fyzabad
in Oudh, from Bholahat in the Malda district, and from Khurda, Orissa.
I have no doubt in my own mind that D. alcippoides is a casual variety,
aberration, or “sport” of D. chrysippus, which would almost certainly
be proved to be the case by breeding from a batch of eggs laid by a
female D. alcippoides, when I should expect to find all, or nearly all, the
resultant butterflies of the true chrysippus form.
5. Dawnais (SALATURA) GENUTIA, Cramer.
Almost as common as the preceding.
6. Danais (SALATURA) HEGESIPPUS, Cramer.
Decidedly a rare species, I have only seen seven specimens in all,
five taken by myself in the two last months of three successive years,
one taken by Mr. W. Doherty also in the cold weather, and one in March
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. AL
in a garden at Ballygunj; all these specimens, except the last, were taken
in the Sealdah district. This species is exceedingly common in some
localities, Rangoon for instance; its rarity in Calcutta is a strange
circumstance.
7. Eupt@a (Crastria) core, Cramer.
A very common species occurring at all seasons.
8. EHurpra@a (Paprmma) KoLuart, Felder.
By no means a rare species, and occurs in company with the pre-
ceding. Both species have a very strong but not actually disagreeable
odour, which neither my friends nor I are able to compare with any named
scent. The males of both species may often be observed patrolling a
small aérial space with the end of the abdomen curled under the body
towards the thorax, and with the two beautiful yellow anal tufts of long
hair distended to their fullest extent at right angles to the body. It
seems very probable that these tufts or brushes of hair are used like
holy-water sprinklers (aspergilli) for disseminating the scent with which
their bodies are charged as an attraction for the females or to warn off
their enemies ; but it should be observed that the females are similarly
odoriferous, though they are unfurnished with the male disseminating
organs.
Mr. Moore in one of his tables* of ‘‘ Mimetic species of Huplceine
[= Danaine] (Group B)” gives these two species, with another that
does not occur in the Calcutta district, as mimics. As far as these
two species go at any rate, Ido not think he is justified in surmising
that one mimics the other. In the first place, as both are strong-scented,
and, as far as my olfactory nerves show, have the same scent, it seems
impossible to say which is the model and which the mimic, though
H. core is the commoner species of the two. Again, for the same reason
both would be equally distasteful to their enemies. On the wing I can
generally distinguish the males of HH. kollart from H. core; it is
impossible, however, to distinguish between the opposite sexes of
either of the two species when flying.
Subfamily Saryrina”.
9. Mycarnests (ORSOTRIZNA) MEDUS, Fabricius.
Occurs somewhat sparsely during the rains, not met with im the
winter or hot weather.
10. Mycatusis (ORSOTRIZNA) RUNEKA, Moore.
As above, but met with only in the cold and dry weather. J think
it will hereafter be proved by breeding that these two supposed species
are but seasonal forms of one species. For some reason at present un-
* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 209.
6
42 L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [No. 1,
known, the rainy season seems to give birth to ocellated forms amongst
the Satyrine.
11. Mycatesis (CALYSISME) BLASIUS, Fabricius.
Not uncommon during the rains. The glandular patch of scales
which is placed on the underside of the forewing on the submedian
nervure in the middle of a nacreous patch in the male is black and
small. Mr. Rothney’s list gives an additional species (M. samba).
12. Mycannsis (CALYSISME) PERSEUS, Fabricius.
Very common during the cold and hot weather. The glandular
patch is black and small.
13. Mycatesis (CALYSISME) MINEUS, Linnzeus.
Not uncommon during the rains. The glandular patch in this
species is ochreous and large.
14. Mycatnsis (CALYSISME) INDISTANS, Moore.
Common during the cold and hot weather. The glandular patch
is ochreous and large.
Summary of the four preceding species. Breeding will almost
undoubtedly prove that M. perseus is the dry season and M. blasius the
wet season generation of one species, and that similarly M. indistans
is the dry season and M. mineus the wet season generation of a second
species, thus reducing the species of the subgenus Calysisme occurring in
Calcutta to two species, an ocellated form of both with an inner white
fascia (M. blasius and M. mineus) occurring during the rains, and a
non-ocellated form with the white fascia obsolescent (M. perseus and
M. indistans) occurring during the dry season. }
15. Lerue nuropa, Fabricius.
In the cold weather this species affects dry ditches. It occurs also
during the rains.
16. YPprHIMA PHILOMELA, Johanssen. ~
Common amongst grass throughout the rains.
17. YpruiMA MARSHALLII, Butler.
Common everywhere during the cold and hot weather. This and
the preceding species are probably seasonal forms of one and the same
species.
18. YPTHIMA HUEBNERI, Kirby.
Common everywhere during the rains.
19. Ypruima HOwRA, Moore.
Common everywhere during the cold and hot seasons. Similarly
this species and Y. huebneri are probably but two generations of one and
the same species, the strongly ocellated form in both cases occurring
during the wet season.
20. MeLANITIS LEDA, Linneeus.
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. 43
Very rare in Calcutta in the early winter, common during the rains.
21. MBLANITIS ISMENE, Cramer.
Common in the cold and dry seasons. Keeps in shade under trees
and bushes and amongst dead leaves during the day, but flies about
rapidly in the evening. I have but little doubt that this and the preced-
ing species are but seasonal forms of a single species.
Subfamily ELyMNIINz.
22. HLYMNIAS UNDULARIS, Drury.
A common species. t'eeds on Palmacec.
Subfamily Morpuina.
93. DIscoPHORA TULLIA, Cramer.
I have taken this species in dry ditches during the cold weather
only.
*24, DiscopHora ZAL, Westwood.
I have not met with this species. My Calcutta females of D. tullia
do not at all agree with Westwood’s figure of D. zal. Mr. Moore
informs me (in epis.) that “ D. tullia and D. zal are undoubtedly distinct
species ” and that he has ‘‘ one male of D. zal, and it agrees well with its
female, of which I have specimens, in having three rows of well-defined
spots on both fore and hindwings.”
Mr. Moore has of late placed some of the genera usually included
under the subfamily Morphine under the subfamily Nymphaline.
Had he ever had an opportunity of seeing these species alive, I am sure
he would certainly never have done s0 ; all of them affecting shade, flying
but little unless disturbed, and resting near the ground with closed
wings usually amongst dead leaves. In these habits they agree with
the Satyrince, in which subfamily they might perhaps be placed, though
in my opinion they are better left under a subfamily of their own; the
bold flight and sunshine-loving habits of the Nymphalince (most of
which, moreover, rest with wide-open wings) seeming entirely to forbid
their being associated with that family.
Subfamily AcrmInaz.
25. TELCHINIA VIOLA, Fabricius.
Common throughout the year.
Subfamily NympHaLima.
26. CrTHosiA cyANE, Drury.
A single worn female taken in the cold weather in a garden at
Alipur.
*27. CIRRHOCHROA ANJIRA, Moore.
dt L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [No. 1,
Mr. Rothney captured a single female specimen at Barrackpore.
I have never met with it in Calcutta, but have received a single female
from Bholahat in the Malda District.
28. ATELLA PHALANTA, Drury:
A very common insect at all seasons.
29. PYRAMEIS CARDUI, Linnezous.
A single female in the Botanical Gardens in November, one male at
Ballygunj in March taken by Mr. T. G. H. Moncreiffe.
30. JUNONIA LEMONIAS, Linneeus.
31. JUNONIA ATLITES, Linnzus.
Placed under Precis laomedia in the Barrackpore list.
32. JUNONIA GNONE, Linneeus.
Common in the Botanical Gardens.
33. JUNONIA ORITHYA, Linnezeus.
Somewhat rare in Calcutta.
34. JUNONIA ASTERIE, Linneeus.
35. JUNONIA ALMANA, Linnezeus.
J. almana is almost undoubtedly the dry season and J. asterie the
wet season form of one and the same species.
36. Precis 1pHita, Cramer.
A single male taken in March in a garden at Ballygunj.
37. Ercouts rnpica, Moore.
Common. Larve feed on Tagia involucrata, a twining plant with
hairy stinging leaves.
Mr. Moore has lately separated this species from the Javan JH.
ariadne ; under which name it appeared in the Barrackpore list.
38. ERGOLIS MERIONE, Cramer.
Common. Larva feeds on the castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis.
39. Hypro.timnas Bottna, Linneus.
Common except in the cold weather. Mr. Moore also gives H.
jacintha, Drury, as a separate species. I believe it, however, to be one
of the numerous varieties or seasonal forms of H. bolina.
40. Hyponmmnas misippus, Linneeus.
Much rarer than H. bolina. Both forms of the female occur here.
The larva feeds on Portulaca meridiana in Calcutta.
41. Limmnitis procris, Cramer.
Common, fond of settling high up in the trees with wings widely
spread open. Larva feeds on Anthocephalus cadamba.
42. Nupris nanpInA, Moore.
I have taken this insect in the cold weather only ; it is rare.
43. Neptis opHIANA, Moore.
I have taken a single female specimen only in February.
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Caleutta. i)
44, Nepris JumBAH, Moore.
Common. It has a much bolder and stronger flight than the other
species of Neptis occurring in Calcutta, and differs from every species of
the genus known to me in having a small round brown spot near the
base of the hindwing on the underside.
45. Nepris KAMARUPA, Moore.
The commonest Neptis occurring in Calcutta, and on the wing
throughout the year.
46. Nerpris vaRMONA, Moore.
There are three specimens of this species in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta, but I have never taken it here. It is recorded from Barrackpore.
47. Nepris (RAHINDA) PLAGIOSA, Moore.
Somewhat rare, taken in the cold weather only.
48. ATHYMA PERIUS, Linneous.
T'wo specimens only taken in the cold weather.
49. HKUTHALIA GARUDA, Moore.
Very common. Larva feeds on mangoe.
50. HUTHALIA LUBENTINA, Cramer.
Rare. I have taken females only.
51. SympH#pDRA NAtIs, Forster.
A single specimen taken by Mr. R. E.S. Thomas in Calcutta, which
is probably its extreme eastward range. Common in the Rajmahal Hills.
52. CHARAXES FABIUS, Fabricius.
Somewhat rare. I have taken nearly all my specimens in the cold
weather, sucking up the juice from the date-palms when cut for toddy.
It occurs also in the rains.
53. CHARAXES prov. HINDIA, Butler.
I took a single female specimen in a garden at Alipur in the cold
weather which agrees fairly with CO. hindia. It has a narrow rufous
outer margin to the upperside of the forewing, and the outer black
macular fascia on the hindwing less conspicuous than in that species.
Family LEMONIID Al.
Subfamily Nemuosrina.
54. ABISARA SUFFUSA, Moore. ¢
Common at all times except in the three coldest months. Has a
very quick flight, but settles often on the upperside of a leaf in the shade
with half-expanded wings.
Family LYCANID A.
55. Spaucis epius, Westwood.
Taken on two occasions only in August in the Botanical Gardens
flying about a pomegranate bush.
46 L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [No. 1,
56. MrcGispa THWAITESI, Moore.
A single specimen taken in February. It probably is often over-
looked owing to its close general resemblance to the species of the genus
Neopithecops, which often actually swarm amongst bushes in shade.
57. NEropirHecors Gaura, Moore.
58. NErOPITHECOPS ZALMORA, Butler.
This species has never been properly characterized, and I am unable
to say in what particulars it is supposed to differ from N. gaura. At any
rate the species of Neopithecops occurring in Calcutta are exceedingly
variable, some specimens are entirely black on the upperside, others
have the costal and outer margins of the fore and hindwings black, all
the rest of the surface white, and there is every gradation between these
extremes.
Mr. Moore writes to me—“ N. gawra can be distinguished by its
broad white discal area in both wings of both sexes. N. zalmora has a
small discal white patch in the forewing only. I have both from the
Calcutta district.”
59. CuRETIS THETYS, Drury.
Not uncommon amongst trees and high bushes, it generally settles
with closed wings on the underside of a leaf out of reach. The female is
dimorphic, one form having the discs of the wings above white, the other
having them ochreous.
60. CHILADES VARUNANA, Moore.
Not common.
61. CHILADES LAIUS, Cramer.
Not common. It is synonymous with the C. kanduwra of Moore.
62. ZizeRA KARSANDRA, Moore.
Not common.
63. WZizeRa DILUTA, Felder.
Common everywhere amongst grass.
64. ZizeRA SANGRA, Moore.
Swarms amongst the grass at certain seasons.
65. ZrtzeRA pyamMm@a, Snellen.
Somewhat rare.
66. Tarucus THEOPHRASTUS, Fabricius.
Rare.
67. Tarucus PLINIUS, Fabricius.
Somewhat common. Very pugnacious.
68. CasraLius Rostmon, Fabricius.
Fairly common amongst grass.
69. JaMIpES BocHUS, Cramer.
Common amongst trees.
’
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. A7
70. LyYCMNESTHES BENGALENSIS, Moore.
Rare, occurs throughout the year.
71. Nacapusa arpatss, Moore.
Rare. Occurs amongst bushes.
72. CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO, Fabricius.
Common.
73. CATOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS, Fabricius.
Common.
74. CATOCHR¥SOPS PANDAVA, Horsfield.
Common. In April and May I have found the larve swarming on
the hardly-open shoots of Cycas revoluta, thereby utterly destroying the
appearance of the plant for the year. There is also a brood out in the
rains.
75. CATOCHRYSOPS BENGALIA, n. sp.
Mae. Upprrsipe violet-blue ; the cilia dusky. Lorewing with the
outer margin narrowly black. Hindwing with a marginal series of
dusky oval spots, the third from the anal angle larger, black and round ;
an anteciliary black line; tail dusky with a white tip. UNDERSIDE
gray; the cilia gray spotted with dusky. orewing with a white-bor-
dered brownish spot closing the cell, a curved discal series of joined
similar spots, two series of marginal lunules; a black anteciliary line.
Hindwing with four subbasal dusky spots surrounded with white. A
much curved discal series, the upper spot on the costa usually the most
prominent, and a spot closing the cell; marginal lunules much as in
the forewing, but more prominent; a small black spot faintly crowned
with orange in the first median interspace and three very minute anal
ones beyond it, all four sometimes absent. In some specimens the discal
series of spots on the forewing are much elongated towards the middle of
the wing, and in all the specimens I have seen, except two from Sikkim,
the spots on the disc and the one closing the cell of the hindwing have
coalesced, forming an irregular brown patch in the middle of the wing,
which patch sometimes reaches and includes the subbasal spots.
Femate. Upprrsipe shining iridescent violet-blue. Forewing with
the apex widely and the outer margin decreasingly black. Hindwing
with the costal margin dusky. Otherwise as in the male.
Expanse: ¢ 9, 1:2 inches.
Near to C. pandava, Horsfield. Male smaller than that species, of
a paler shade of blue ; differing on the underside, in the coalescing of the
discal spots, and the anal spots of the hindwing being much smaller or
absent altogether. ‘The female on the upperside is of quite a different
shade of blue, which colour reaches to the costa and much nearer to the
margin in the forewing, and covers all the hindwing except the costal
48 L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [No. 1,
margin. The marginal series of black spots are smaller, more regular
in size, and the third from the anal angle not conspicuously crowned
with orange as in CU. pundava.
I have taken numerous specimens of both sexes in the cold weather
in Calcutta, and Mr. Nevill took it at Moisraka. It occurs also in
Sikkim.
76. Pon~yomMAtus Bz&TICUS, Linneus.
Common.
77. LAMPIDES #LIANUS, Fabricius.
Common.
78. LAMPIDES ELPIS, Godart.
Rare.
79. Iraota M&cENAS, Fabricius.
Rare. Occurs amongst trees, especially the banian-tree, on which
the larva feeds.
80. Drvuporix DIENECES, Hewitson.
Taken only in the winter on the flowers of Poinsettia pulcherrima.
81. BaspA MELAMPUS, Cramer.
I have taken a male and two females only.
82. Rarxarpa Amor, Fabricius.
Recorded from Calcutta by Mr. Moore in P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 776,
under the name of Myrina triopas, Cramer.
83. VIRACHOLA IsocRATES, Fabricius.
Common in the winter on the Poinsettia. Larva bred in March
from the fruit of the pomegranate.
84. RAPALA SCHISTACEA, Moore.
Very common throughout the year. I have bred the larva from a
plant growing in the Botanical Gardens, Calcutta. The larva and
pupa agree exactly with the figures of an undetermined species given
in Horsfield and Moore’s Cat. Lep. Ins. Mus. HE. I. Co. pl. xu, figs.
4, 4a., and which is probably LItapala varuna, Horsfield, a Javan
species.
85. RapaLaA ORSEIS, Hewitson.
A single male specimen taken in April on the flowers of Diospyros
montana. I. lazwlina from Ceylon is very closely allied to this species,
but unlike my specimen it is not glossed with purple on the underside,
which Hewitson gives as a distinguishing character of his R. orseis.
86. SPprnpaAsIs KHURDANA, Moore.
A single male has been so identified by Mr. Moore.
87. SPpINDASIS TRIFURCATA, Moore.
There isa single male specimen in the collection of the Indian
Museum, Calcutta.
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. AQ
88. SPINDASIS vULCANUS, Fabricius.
This species appears in Mr. Rothney’s list under its synonymic name
Aphneeus etolus. It is the commonest species of the genus occurring in
Calcutta.
89. Sprnpasts tTrartna, Moore.
Mr. Moore has identified some Caleutta specimens of Spindasis as
this species. He has also queried other specimens of this and the
preceding species ; which, taken with the fact that S. vulcanus is very
variable and the differences given between it and S. tigrina are very
slight, suggests the suspicion that the latter species is at best but a
doubtfully good one.
90. TasurtA LoNGINUS, Fabricius.
I have taken it rather plentifully in the winter on the flowers of the
Poinsettia. It occurs also at other seasons.
91. Pratapa ciEeoBis, Godart.
Taken with the preceding.
92. SrrHon rnpRA, Moore.
Rare, but occurs at all seasons. I have taken males only.
93. LOoxuRA ATYMNUS, Cramer.
Common.
94. MAHATHALA AMERIA, Hewitson.
Rare, always found high up amongst trees.
95. NILASERA AMANTES, Hewitson.
[ took a single male specimen in the Botanical Gardens in May.
96. SaTADRA ATRAX, Hewitson.
Recorded from Calcutta by Mr. Moore in P. Z.S. 1865, p. 774.
Captain Sage has taken a single specimen in May.
97. AMBLYPODIA NARADOIDES, Moore.
I have seen a single female only of this species, which was taken in
the compound of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Family PAPILIONID JZ.
Subfamily Prerinz.
98. Leprosta xipHia, Fabricius.
Met with commonly almost throughout the year.
99. TRIAS HECABE, Linneeus.
Common at all seasons. The males of this, as of all the species
of the T. hecabe group, have the scales on both sides of a small
portion of the median nervure of the forewing near the base on the
7
50 L. de Nicéville—Lvst of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [No. J,
underside of a pale violet colour, and the subjacent portion of the wing
membrane slightly depressed. On holding a male insect up to the light
this secondary sexual character can be at once detected.
100. Trrias stmuLAtA, Moore.
This species and the next have the male mark above referred to.
101. Trias puRREEA, Moore. |
Taken in the cold weather, not common.
102. Trias tata, Boisduval.
There is one specimen of this species in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
T. laeta and allied species have in the male an oval patch of ochreous
scales on the underside of the forewing near the base below the median
nervure.
103. Txrtas prona, Horsfield.
104. TERIAS RUBELLA, Wallace.
Taken in December.
105. CATOPSILIA CATILLA, Cramer.
106. CATOPSILIA CROCALE, Cramer.
Feeds on Cassia fistula.
107. CarvopsiniA GNoMA, Fabricius.
108. CaATOPSILIA PYRANTHE, Linneeus.
Feeds on Cassia fistula.
*109. CATOPSILIA ILEA, Fabricius.
110. Ixias ganpuca, Moore.
Occurs in February, and again during the rains. T. latifasciata,
Butler, is given in Mr. Rothney’s list, but I. ganduca is probably meant.
111. Ixtas MARIANNE, Cramer.
Very rare.
112. HupnHina pHryne, Fabricius.
Common, feeds on Capparis horrida. It appears in Mr. Rothney’s
list under its synonymic name H. evagete, Cramer (teste Moore, P.
Z. S. 1882, p. 255.)
113. Hupuina ntra, Moore.
I think that this is only a seasonal (winter) form of the preceding
species, which is a very variable one.
114. HupHina zkUXIPPE, Cramer,
This also appears to me to be a seasonal or varietal form of Z.
phryne.
*115. CATOPHAGA PAULINA, Cramer.
116. CaATOPHAGA DARADA, Felder.
I have taken a single male specimen only in August.
117. APppPIAS ZELMIRA, Cramer.
I have seen a single male specimen taken in Calcutta.
’
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. 51
118. Appras HIpporpEs, Moore.
I took a single male in a garden at Sealdah in November.
1i9. Hurposcrirra mmBecrLis, Moore.
A single male taken in February. It differs from that species in
having the markings of the underside more pronounced, and also in hav-
ing a diffused black spot on the underside of the forewing between the
upper median nervules. It is doubtfully distinct from H. indra, Moore.
120. BurLENoIs MESENTINA, Cramer.
Common. Feeds on Capparis horrida.
121. NzepHeronra cma, Felder.
Very common. The female is dimorphic; the form which has the
base of the wings yellow is rare. Feeds on Capparis horrida.
*122. NePHERONIA HIPPIA, Fabricius.
I have taken but one species of Nepheronia in Calcutta. N. hippia
is unknown to me; unless it is synonymic with N. gaea, which is very
probable. Mr. Wallace in his paper* on Hastern Pieride unites them as
one species.
123. Dettas rvcuaris, Drury.
Swarms in the winter, specimens are to be met with throughout
the year.
124. Der Lias HIERTE, var. INDICA, Wallace.
A single male taken in February.
Subfamily PapiLionina.
125. Papinio (PatHysa)~:Nomius, Esper.
This species comes out in profusion in March, and is the only single-
brooded species in Calcutta with which Iam acquainted. Larva feeds
on Polyalthia longifolia.
126. Paprtio (ZutrpeEs) poson, Felder.
Appears about the same time as the preceding, and specimens may
be met with throughout the summer, but the spring brood is the largest.
Larva feeds on the young leaves only of Polyalthia longifolia.
127. Papitio (HarimMata) crino, Fabricius. -
First appears in March, individual specimens met with throughout
the hot weather. Very difficult to capture, and the rarest Fapilio in
Calcutta.
128. Papitio (ORPHEIDES) ERITHONIUS, Cramer.
Very common. I have bred the larva from A’gle marmelos.
129. Papitio (In1aDES) POLYMNESTOR, Cramer.
First appears at the end of March, specimens occur throughout the
hot weather. I have bred the larva on pomelo (Citrus decwmana).
* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol. iv, p. 388.
52 L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. [ Mot as
130. Papriro (LArrtiaAs) pAMMON, Linneeus.
The commonest Papilio in Caleutta. All three forms of the female
occur, the third form which mimics P. hector being the rarest. Larva
reared on Glycosmis pentaphylla, Algle marmelos, and the common
hme.
131. Papinio (MmNELAIDES) ARISTOLOCHIA, Fabricius. :
Very common. Has a strong scent, and called the ‘ Rose Butterfly’
in consequence by Calcutta schoolboys. Feeds on Aristolochia.
132. Papr~io (MENELAIDES) HECTOR, Linneeus.
Rare in Calcutta, taken in Chandernagore commonly in November.
Also has a strong scent, and larva feeds on Aristolochia.
133. Paprtio (CHILASA) DISSTMILIS, Linneeus.
Not rare in the hot weather. On the wing it may often be mis-
taken for Danais limniace.
134. Paprito (Cuinasa) casyapa, Moore.
Occurs in the hot weather. Mimics the Calcutta species of Huplea.
Both this species and the preceding feed on Antiaris todicaria. The
larvee and pupee of the one are indistinguishable from those of the other,
and both species, or species allied to both, occur always together in all
parts of India; it therefore appears to me not improbable that they are
one and the same species.*
Family HESPERITD A.
135. BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS, Fabricius.
Occurs sparingly throughout the year except in the coldest months.
136. Parata cHRoMUS, Cramer.
I took a single male in the garden of the Seven Tanks in July.
137. ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS, Moore.
Rare. Occurs amongst grass in shade.
138. ASTICTOPTERUS SALSALA, Moore.
A very common species. Mr. Moore informs me that “the female
of A. salsala has a curved discal row of seven white spots and two
lower ochraceous discal spots, and is a larger species than A. stellifer,
Butler,” which latter has been described from Malacca and Ceylon, and
appears to me to be identical with A. salsala.
139. Marapa arta, Moore.
Common throughout the year, actually swarms on sweet-scented
flowers in the evenings during the rains.
140. TrLeGonus THRAX, Fabricius.
Rare. Occurs in September.
* Since writing the above, I accidently came across the following note in the
P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 756—“ P. dissimilis and P. panope taken in coitu.u—A, E. Russell.”
1885. | L. de Nicéville—List of the Butterflies of Calcutta. 53
141. Ganaara tHyrsis, Fabricius.
Not uncommon, flies in the evening, rests during the day, usually on
tree trunks, with closed wings. I have reared the larva on the date and
other palms.
142. Baoris ocrra, Hewitson.
A single male taken in August of the normal eight-spotted form.
Mr. Moore has lately (P. Z. 8. 1883, pp. 532, 533) described two species
of this genus from the Andamans and Darjiling respectively which I
consider to be only varieties of B. oceia, that species in the number of its
spots being the most variable hesperid I know, as previously pointed
out by Mr. Wood-Mason and myself in a paper on the butterflies of the
Andaman Isles (J. A. S. B. 1881, vol. 1, pt. 11, p. 259).
143. Parnara KuMARA, Moore.
A single male taken in February. Mr. Moore places this species in
the genus Baoris, but, as it lacks the large tuft of hair in the middle of
the hindwing on the upperside in the male which is the distinguishing
feature of that genus, it appears to be better placed under Parnara.
144, PaARNARA NAROOA, Moore.
A single male taken in the Botanical Gardens in August.
145. Parnara FARRI, Moore.
One female only taken in February.
146. Parnara BADA, Moore.
Common.
147. ParNARA BEVANI, Moore.
There is a single pair of this species in the Indian Museum, Calcutta,
taken by Mr. Nevill in February, 1871.
148. Svuasrus Gremivs, Fabricius.
Common. Larva reared on the date-palm.
149. CHAPRA SUBOCHRACEA, Moore.
Rare. Taken in November.
150. CHapra aana, Moore.
A common species.
15]. Trticota BamBusa#, Moore.
Very common at all seasons.
152. TrxLicota avaias, Linneeus.
Rare.
153. PaDRAONA PALMARUM, Moore.
Common.
154. PapRAONA DARA, Kollar.
Rare, taken in August.
155. AmpirtTia MARO, Fabricius.
Taken on one ogcasion in the Botanical Gardens in August.
\
54 G. M. Giles—On the Structure and [ No. 1,
156. 'TARACTROCERA SAGARA, Moore.
Rare. Taken in May and August.
157. HaAwupr BeturiA, Hewitson.
Common. Generally keeps high up amongst trees.
158. HyYAarorvis ADRASTUS, Cramer.
Rather common.
159. TagrapEs RAVI, Moore.
Rare, rests with out-spread wings, often on the underside of a leaf.
160, TacGiaApESs KHASIANA, Moore.
As above; somewhat plentiful in the rains.
161. Upaspzs rouus, Cramer.
Rather common.
162. ConapEnta TISsa, Moore.
I have taken a single male specimen in February in a garden at
Alipur. In the rains another brood appears, which differs from the cold
weather generation in having the ground-colour of both wings umber-
brown, instead of ochreous, and all the black spots and markings more
prominent.
163. Hersprrra GALBA, Fabricius.
Decidedly rare in Calcutta, but occurs throughout the year.
V.—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer
‘ Investigator, Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N. Commanding.
No. 1. On the Structure and Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola, a
new T'ubicolous Amphipod from the Bay of Bengal—By G. M.
Gites, M. B., F. R. C.S., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Marine Survey.
(With Plate I.)
[Received 6th March ;—Read Ist April, 1885. ]
The little organism I am about to describe is one of the numerous
objects that are found in the surface-net about the Palmyras shoal and
mouth of the Dhamra river on the Orissa Coast. To this, or, at any
rate, to such situations, it appears to be confined, for it was not met with
either in the deep water of the Bay of Bengal, or in the clear blue
shallow water about the Cheduba archipelago.
Shortly after commencing surface-net work in the above locality,
I noticed amongst the hauls a body moving with tolerable activity,
in appearance much like a morsel of drift wood. It swam about the
tube in which it had been placed for observation in a nearly upright
posture, sometimes upwards, sometimes obliquely across it, at others
allowing itself to sink to the bottom. On closer examination, the four
antenne of a minute crustacean were seen protruding from one end;
GM.GILES Journ Asiat Soc.Beng al.1885 Vol LIV. Pt II.
TENE ls
10 x 142
ts ParkerkCoward lith.
G.M,G.del. West, Newman &Co. chromo.
CYRTOPHIUM CALAMICOLA.
, -
1885. ] Habits of Cyrtophium calamicola. 55
and it was by the vigorous strokes of these appendages that the little
creature was enabled to propel itself with its dwelling through the water.
On placing it under a moderate power it was seen to be an Amphi-
podous crustacean ; and it was very curious to observe the cautious way
in which first the tips of the antenne, then the head, and finally the
body as far back as the 2nd thoracic somite would be protracted from the
stick-like tube, the animal drawing itself back again on the least
alarm ; further out than this, it appeared disinclined to venture. In
order to quiet its movements somewhat, a minute drop of alcohol was
added to the water in the cell—a very useful device when it is wished
to quiet, without killing, an organism, for after a few vigorous kicks
the animal becomes quiet and sluggish, and remains so for some time,
until the effects of the dose have worn off ;—the moment it felt the
touch of the spirit, the httle crustacean rushed completely out of its
tube, but as quickly dived in again head first. It was noticeable also
that, when alive and at ease, it would frequently turn itself inside its
tube, and protrude its head from the opposite extremity.
The tubes vary in size from 5—10 mm. long. by 0°5—1 mm. wide,
and are nearly cylindrical.
Further examination shewed the Amphipod to belong to the Sub-
division Domicola—Family Corophiide—Genus Cyrtophiwm.
To the generic characteristics—as adopted by Haswell from Spence
Bate in his Catalogue of Australian Malacostraca, the only book avail-
able to me on board,—our species corresponds very well, but it differs in
the antenne being slightly longer than the antennules and, as well as
the posterior abdominal appendages, unprovided with any distinctly
curved spines; the latter, however, are furnished with straight spines,
which in the natural flexed position of the abdomen are directed forwards,
and thus serve equally well for fixation; the spines, moreover, figured
for certain species are but very slightly curved. Neither does the
relative length of antenne and antennules afford very trustworthy
generic characters: in some of my largest individuals, the antenne
were slightly the shorter, and the number of joints in the flagella of
both pairs of appendages presented all variations from three to six.
Our species does not, however, appear to be ‘specifically identical
with either of the four described by Haswell as known in Australia,
or with any in Spence Bate’s ‘Catalogue of Amphipoda in the British
Museum,’ which I have since consulted.
From its habit, to be described further on, of making use of a piece
of grass or reed as the basis for the construction of its tube, the species
may be provisionally named :—
56 G. M. Giles—On the Structure and tL No.7;
CYRTOPHIUM CALAMICOLA, N. sp.
Length 3—5 mm.
Colour a golden brown plentifully mottled with deep chocolate
coloured blotches.
Head subquadrate with a slight beak-like prominence in the
middle line. Antennules hairy, as long as the head and the first five
segments of the thorax together; their peduncles subequally three-
jointed, flagellum (in largest specimens) consisting of six joints,
the last joint claw-shaped; length of flagellum to peduncle as 3: 8.
Antenne hairy, generally equal to the antennules in length; the
peduncle four-jointed, coxocerite very short, fourth joint shghtly longer
than the third; number of flagellar joints equal to that of the superior
antenne ; length of flagellum to peduncle as 5: 12. The number
of joints in flagella of both superior and inferior antennes varies con-
siderably: I have met with instances of 3, 4,5, 6; the joints appear
to be always equal.
Thorax. Ath, 5th, and 6th somites of nearly equal length and
longer than those before and behind them; lst the shortest of all.
Coxal plates increase in size from before backwards; those of the
gnathopoda very small, and, with those of the two following appendages,
not long enough to overlap; the posterior three considerably larger,
imbricate. 2nd pair of appendages, or anterior gnathopoda, consi-
derably less robust than the posterior; propodite long, ovate; dacty-
lopodite as long as the propodite, its concave border very finely serrate ;
carpopodite triangular, its articulation with the meropodite so oblique
as to coincide nearly with the long axis of the appendage. 3rd pair of
appendages, or posterior gnathopoda, very large ; dactylopodite as long
as the propodite, provided with a peculiar serrature of square, chisel-
edged teeth ; propodite long, ovate; carpopodite triangular, its postero-
inferior angle produced into a strong tooth with a smaller, less acute
tooth close to the posterior border of its articulation with the propodite ;
articulation of carpopodite with meropodite as in the Ist gnathopod.
4th and 5th pairs of appendages alike in form, with claw-shaped dac-
tylopodite ; the latter is, however, much the more robust. 6th pair of
appendages differing a good deal from the others ; the posterior border of
their dactylopodite provided with two curious short finger-like processes.
7th and 8th pairs of appendages alike in general form, the 7th slightly
smaller than the 8th, their basipodites having the posterior border
strengthened by a lamellar buttress-like expansion ; dactylopodite round-
ed and provided with a large tuft of hairs; both these appendages are
habitually kept extended backwards in the long axis of the body.
Abdomen. Anterior three appendages of the usual swimmeret type ;
;
1885. | Hubits of Cyrtophium calamicola. o7
anterior the largest, the 3rd the smallest; 4th with the rami unequal,
the internal ramus two-jointed, projecting backwards and inwards behind
the telson like a pair of horns; 5th smaller than the fourth, with in.
ternal ramus rudimentary ; 6th rudimentary, bud-shaped, with a few
very short, straight, backwardly directed, appressed spines. Telson
short, blunt, conical, and armed, at the extremity of the dorsal surface,
with spines similar to those on the last abdominal appendages.
The tube inhabited by this little creature is a very curious struc-
ture. It is, as a rule, considerably longer than the body of the animal
it shelters, being more than capable of completely protecting it, when
the antenne, extended in front of the body, are drawn within. © It
is of a deep golden brown colour, and, on closer examination, is seen
to be closely, but irregularly, banded with zones of darker and hghter
tint, varying from a fine golden yellow, through a warm brown, to
black. When some of this material is teazed out, it is seen to consist
of coarse, nearly opaque, fibres uniformly stained throughout, and show-
ing no structure, consisting, indeed, to all appearance, of a hardened
secretion. For some time I was in considerable doubt as to the method
of its manufacture. At first I had jumped to the conclusion that it was a
worm tube that had been appropriated by the Cyrtophium, much in the
same way that a hermit-crab fits itself with the shell of a dead mollusc.
One day, however, I surprised one of the amphipods, in my live trough,
evidently in the act of repairing its premises. The animal had completely
withdrawn himself into the tube and was keeping it slowly but continu-
ously revolving round him. The specimen was luckily a small one and
hence the tube was transparent enough for me to see that the crustacean
kept stationary, while the tube revolved. The transparency, however, was
not sufficient to enable the exact method of deposition of the fibre to be
made out. Shortly after this, a specimen was met with in which about
half the tube only was covered with the opaque fibrous material and the
other half transparent. On placing this beneath the microscope, I was
surprised to find that the transparent portion was a very complex
structure consisting of a layer of hexagonal thick-walled cells with
an outer layer of long quadrilateral cells ; the whole presenting an
appearance which left one in no doubt as to its vegetable nature.
Moreover, the structure was not that of an alga, and appeared most
probably referable to that of some grass or reed. The greater part of
this vegetable membrane was coated on both sides with the peculiar
opaque fibrous material above described. Pieces of grass such as would
serve for this purpose are taken commonly enough in the surface-net
in the turbid waters at a river’s mouth and are, no doubt, common
at the bottom for some considerable distance beyond; indeed, I
8
58 G. M. Giles—On Cyrtophium calamicola. [Wor
have dredged a specimen of a grass in excellent preservation many
miles from land in nearly 200 fathoms. It is evident therefore that
our Cyrtophium would experience no want of building materials in the
moderate depths which he inhabits. Subsequent examinations, both by
teazing and section, have shewn that this structure is the rule, v7z., a
vegetable tube covered inside and out with hardened secretion. In some
few of the tubes, however, no trace of vegetable structure could be de-
tected ; and it is probable that the animal is quite capable of constructing
a protection for itself without the aid of such a basis. Haswell, indeed,
following Spence Bate (op. cit.), appears to take this power as an
accepted fact, for he includes the genus Oyrtophium in a section named
‘ Nidifica’ defined as ‘‘ Having the power of secreting a substance, that,
like a web, binds together the material of which the nest is composed,
or one of a more membranous character.” It appears to me, too, that
the intricate peculiarities of the form of the limbs tends to corroborate
this view. The peculiar teeth of the dactylopodite of the second gnatho-
pod are clearly suited only for cutting, and the organ would be admirably
adapted for trimming a piece of grass to suit its purpose, or for severing
the thread of secretion ; it is to be noticed that they are quite different
from those of the anterior gnathopod, the serratures of which are simple
like those of a saw. Again, the distal joint of the 6th thoracic appendages
is admirably adapted for guiding a thread, but is so shaped as to be
nearly useless either for ordinary progression or for manipulating the
food. I have not been able to satisfy myself as to the position of the
eland which would be necessary for the production of such a secretion.
Cement-glands have been described in the gnathopodal propodites, and
elands of a probably different nature also in more or fewer of the bases
of the thoracic limbs. Glands are observable in both these situations
in this species. The posterior part of the huge propodal joint of the 2nd
enathopod is filled with a collection of rounded nucleate cells which, so
far as can be seen through the chitinous cuticle, appears essentially of a
glandular character, and from its volume I am strongly inclined to
believe is the organ concerned in the production of the membrane-
forming secretion.
All attempts at keeping the animal in captivity failed. Hven when
kept in a large bulk of water aerated by means of a pressure-apparatus,
specimens soon died, whether they were turned out of their tubes or
allowed to retain them. This could hardly have been for want of oxygen,
for a fish, exceeding the Cyrtophiwm many hundred times in bulk, was
kept alive in the same apparatus for over five days under precisely
the same circumstances. It is probable that the clearness of the water
indispensable for observation had something to do with this.
1885.] 0. F. v. Mollendorff—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. 59
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Oyrtophiwm calamicola, n. sp., drawn to scale, x 44.
2. The same in its tube, in the act of swimming, x 18.
3. Portion of an unfinished tube showing a vegetable membrane lined at
one end with opaque silk-like fibres, x 200 (about).
4. Small portion of a transverse section of a tube, x 200 (about).
5. A mandible, x 340.
6. 1st and 2nd maxille, x 170.
7. Maxillipedes, x 170.
8. Subchela of third thoracic appendages, showing the peculiar teeth
of the dactylopodite and the glandular body in the propodite, x 300
(about).
9. One of the anterior abdominal appendages, x 44.
10. The three terminal abdominal appendages, with telson, from above,
x 142.
V1I.—Notes on Japanese Land and Freshwater Molluscs.—By O. F. von
Mouuenporrr, Pu. D. Communicated by the Naruran Hisrory
SECRETARY.
[Received April 3rd ;—Read May 6th, 1885. ]
The following notes are based chiefly on a collection made by Dr.
John Anderson during the year 1884 and sent by him to Deputy Surgeon
General Hungerford and myself for classification. I take this opportu-
nity to publish some new species formerly discovered by Messrs. Hunger-
ford and Eastlake, and to give some corrections to my former paper on
Japanese Olausilia published in this Journal (Vol. LI, Pt. II, 1882).
1. NANINA JAPONICA, 0. sp.
Testa depresso-globosa, sennobtecte perforata, acute carinata, superne
striis curvatis transversis costuliformibus distantibus sculpta, suwbtus
laevigata, nitida, tenuis, subpellucida, flavescens; anfr. 6 fere plani,
ultimus non descendens, basi inflatus, apertura obliqua, lunaris, peristoma
rectum, acutum, margine columellari ad perforationem reflexo.
Diam. 114, alt. 65 mill.
Has. Specimen unicum ad Sengoku legit cl. Dr. Anderson.
The first Nanina known from Japan; I am not sure about its sub-
genus, which can hardly be ascertained without examining the animal.
The nearest relation is apparently my N. eastlakeana from Fuchow in
China (Jahrb. d. Mal. Ges. 1882, 371), which is somewhat larger and
flatter. Ithink both species should be classed with N. indica, Pfr.,
which G. Nevill (Handl. Moll. Ind. Mus, 1878, 27) has under ‘“ subgenus
doubtful,” whilst Pfeiffer considers it to be a carinate Macrochlamys.
Another Nanina (Macrochlamys ?, Hemiplecta ?) at least 24 mill.
60 O.F. y. Méllendorff—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. [No. 1,
in diameter, I received from Mr. F. W. Hastlake, who obtained it in
Nippon ; it is, however, in too bad condition to be described.
2. HyanrntA (ConULUS) THNHRA, A. Adams. One specimen from
Chitose, Yeso.
3. HyanrntA (HvHYALINA) YEssonnsIs, Reinh., Sitz. Ber. Ges. Nat.
Fr. Berlin, 17th April 1877, p. 91. Jahrb. d. Mal. Ges. 1V, 1877, p. 314,
t. IX, f. 6.—Kobelt, Faun. Jap. p. 8, t. I. f. 2.
Hakodadi (A. Adams, Hilgendorf). Onuma, Poronai, Chitose,
Hastern Yeso (Anderson). .
4, PatTuLA PAUPER, Gould. From various localities in Yeso, where
it had already been collected. Known besides from Kamchatka, the
Amoor, and North China.
5. Hetix stuiparis, Fér. Specimens from Yeso (Poronai) quite
agree with the Chinese forms of this cosmopolitan snail. This is, so far
as I know, the most northerly habitat of the species.
6. Hoetix pecutiaris, A. Adams. Hills of Hakoni, where Mr. Hast-
lake likewise collected this rare species.
7. Hewix gaponica, Pfr. Yeso.
8. Hetntx BLAKEI, Neroc, Proc. Acad. Calif. III, 1861, p. 160, fide
HK. von Martens, Sitz. Ber. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 17th April 1877, p. 105.
Kobelt, Faun. Jap. p. 23, t. VII, f. 10, 11.
A snail which Dr. Anderson obtained at Chitose, Yeso, agrees per-
fectly with Kobelt’s description and figure of Helia blakei, Neroc, the
original description of which Iam unable to compare. Dr. Hilgendorf
collected the same species near Hakodadi. I do not think the shell can
be classed in the subgenus Agista, as Kobelt has it, but would place it
in Camena.
9. Hetix petiompHALA, Pfr. Typical forms from Kamahura, Ishi-
yama in Central Japan; a small rather high variety from several places
in Yeso.
10. Herix amatiz, Kobelt. Quite corresponding to the author’s
figure, from Kiga.
11. Hetx tunvana, Sow. Kiga.
12. Hutix qumsira, Fér. A curious small form, light brown with-
out a band, but otherwise typical, from Ogenohama, Yeso.
13. Hettx tata, Gould. Onuma, Chitose, Ogenohama (Yeso).
Originally described from Hakodadi. The specimens for the greater
part (like most of the snails collected) not full grown, are partly
without hands.
14. BULIMINUS ANDERSONIANUS, 0. Sp.
Testa profunde rimita, twrrito-conica, tenuis, striis transversalibus
et lineis spiralibus rugulosis quast granulata, corneofusca; anfr. 74—8
}
1885.] O. F. v. Méllendorff—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. 61
convexiusculi, sutura impressa discreti, ultimus magnus antice paullum
ascendens. Apertura parwm obliqua, truncato-elliptica, peristoma expan-
sum, refleciusculum, marginibus callo tenwi junctis, externo arcuato,
columella subplicata.
Long. 214, lat. 8, apert. alt. 75, lat. 53 mill.
Has. Ad Onuma, Poronai insulee Yeso leg. cl. Dr. Anderson.
This fine Bulininus differs from the only species known from Japan,
B. reinianus, Kob., in its smaller size, much more conical spire, broader
base, deeper umbilical slit, but principally by its very distinct sculpture
consisting of transverse striation and rather irregular spiral lines which
together produce a granulose aspect of the cuticle.
15. BULIMINUS JAPONICUS, n. sp.
Testa rimata, ovato-turrita, solidula, oblique striatula (albida ?,
cornea?) ; anfr. 7z vie conveat, sulwra impressa discreti, ultimus bast
rotundatus % totius altitudinis adaequans ; apertura parum obliqua, trun-
cato-elliptica, peristoma expansum, reflexiusculum, marginibus callo sat
valido junctis, columella haud angulata nec plicata.
Long. 28, lat. 11, apert. long. 11, lat. 8 mill.
Has. Prope urbem Osaka, comm. cl. F. W. Eastlake.
The unique specimen of a Buliminus which Mr. F. W. Eastlake
has sent me for description appears to differ specifically from B. reinianus
in its much more ventricose almost ovate shape and its greater solidity,
in having § a whorl less, the last whorl higher, the lip of the peristome
broader, the parietal callus thicker, and the columella not plicate. The
specimen being dead and faded, I cannot describe the colour, which is
most likely brownish.
16. Srenoagyra (Opnas) pyrauLta, A. Adams.
A single specimen from Onuma, Yeso. I have received the same
species from the Nikko mountains, where it was collected by Mr. F. W.
Kastlake.
Genus CriaAusinia, Drap.
Group Huphaedusa, Botte.
17. CrausrniA praBA, A. Ad. The localities Utsonoma and Mamada
(Nippon) given in my former paper (J. A. S. B. LI, Pt. II, 1882)
were inserted by mistake, the species collected there being Cl. tau, Bottg.
Ol. proba has only been found on the island of Kiushiu and in the Corean
Archipelago.
Group Stereophaedusa, Bottg.
18: -CLAUSILIA THTRAPTYX, v. Molldff., lec. p: 7, t. It. 7,
I find that this form does not belong to the group of Cl. validiuscula,
vy. Mart, as formerly stated, but to that of Cl. brevior, v. Mart. I could
62 O.F. v. Méllendorff—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. [No. 1,
not break up a specimen at the time, and by looking into the shell I must
have got an entirely erroneous view of the clausilium, which is essential
for determining the subsection. Furthermore, I had only an imperfect
knowledge of Cl. brevior, which is not very well represented by the
fleure in Kobelt’s Fauna Japonica, but of which I have since received
authentic specimens. Cl. tetraptyx is a little larger (but this does not
matter much, as Ol. brevior is rather variable in size), the colour is
brown with a reddish tint, whilst Ol. brevior is pale horn-coloured, the
peristome is broader, slightly lipped and liver-coloured, its upper sinua-
tion somewhat deeper. The palatal plaits are somewhat longer and
farther up in the interior of the shell. Altogether I think Cl. tetraptye
is hardly more than a variety of Cl. brevior.
I subjoin the description of a new form of this interesting little
group which Mr. F. W. Eastlake has discovered near Nikko.
19. CULAUSILIA NIKKOENSIS, Nn. sp.
Testa elongato-fusiformis, pallide cornea, subtiliter sed distincte
striata; anfr. 10$—11 convexiusculi; apertura ovalis, parum obliqua,
peristoma continuum, superne solutum paullum sinuatum, eepansiusculum.
Lamella supera sat valida, marginalis, cum spirali continua, infera valida,
valde terta, intus subfurcata, usque ad marginem producta, subcolumellaris
emersa, plica principals elongata, palatales 5 breves, superior et infima
paullo longiores. Clausilium latum, subtus rotundatum.
Long. 18, diam. 35 mill.
This species is distinguished from Ol. breviar by the longer and
much slenderer shell, the more elongate aperture with higher “ sinulus’’,
the lower parietal lamella reaching the margin of the peristome, the
upper lamella being less high.
Group Megalophaedusa, Bottg.
20. CLAUSILIA MARTENSI, Herklots, MS.—H. v. Martens, Mal. Bl. VII,
1860, p. 40; Albers-Mart., Hel. 1860, p. 275; Ostas. Landschn. 1867, p. 32.
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. VI, 1868, p. 494, VIII, 1877, p.519. A. Adams, A.
& M.N. H. 4th ser. I, p.469. Kobelt, Faun. Jap. p. 79, t. VIII, £. 1—4.
Ol. reiniana, Kobelt (olim) J. d. Mal. Ges. II, 1875, p. 330, t.
XII, f. 7-9, ibid., III, 1876, p. 154, t. V, £. 8. Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel) Wai
1877, p. 471. Ol. yocohamensis, Crosse, J. de Conch. XXI, 1873, p. 68,
t. V, fig. 3, 3a. Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. VITI, p. 481. Bottger, Claus. Stud.
1876, p. 62. Kobelt, Faun. Japon. p. 81, t. VIII, f.5—9 (Cl. yocaha-
mensis, var. reiniana, Béttger, Claus. Stud. 1876, p. 62. Pfeiffer-Clessin,
Nomencl. Hel. p. 392.
From what I have seen of the big Japanese Clausiliae I do not
believe that two species can be recognised. The characters by which
’
1885.] O. F. v. Mollendorff—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. 63
they are to be distinguished vary a good deal even at the same locality,
especially the more or less visible subcolumellar lamella. If Kobelt’s
identification of his Cl. reiniana with Ol. martense, Herklots, is correct,
as I think it is, then Cl. yocohamensis, Crosse, will have to follow suit.
Perhaps varieties may be distinguished, but for this purpose the habitats
of the different forms will have to be more exactly recorded than they
have hitherto been.
Dr. Anderson obtained one dead specimen of a Megalophaedusa at
Mianoshda; if the two species are to be separated, this would be Cl.
yocohamensis, Crosse.
21. CLausriia pucALIS, Kobelt. A single specimen from Hakoni,
where Mr. R. Hungerford collected the same species before.
Group Cylindrophaedusa, Botte.
My friend Dr. Bottger does not quite agree with me in classing Cl.
gracilispira, mihi (1. c. p. 5, t. I, f. 5), with the Himalayan Cl. cylindrica,
Gray, and would rather propose to insert it in the group of Cl. validius-
cula, Mart. (Hemiphaedusa subgroup 1.). The species does not seem
to agree perfectly with either of the two groups, but the shape of the
shell and of the lower parietal lamella are certainly nearer those of
Ol. cylindrica. Another question is, whether Cylindrophaedusa can be
upheld as a separate subsection at all. The investigation of Western
and Central China will probably enable us to decide these questions.
Clausilia micropeas, mihi, is certainly no Cylindrophaedusa, as I shall
show further on.
Group Hemiphaedusa, Bottg.
(a) Subgroup of Cl. validiuscula, v. Mart.
As mentioned above Cl. tetrapty#, mihi, is to be removed from this
subgroup.
(8) Subgroup of Cl. sublunellata, Molldff.
The following species form a subgroup of their own within the
section Hemiphaedusa, to which they undoubtedly belong on account of
their very receding, almost straight, lower parietal lamella and their
narrow clausilium. The first subgroup, that of Cl. validiuscula, shows,
instead of a Iunella, a number of lateral palatal plaits, whilst the following
subgroups have a more or less straight lunella and no ‘ palatales’ except
the principal one.
The following species, however, have below the principal plait, first
an upper palatal, after this a very short second one, and then a short
straight lunella, which in some forms is somewhat obsolete, but always
discernible. We have, therefore, in these forms, a remarkable transitional
group between that of Cl. validiuscula and the other Hemiphaedusae.
64 O. F. v. Méllendorfi—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. | No. 1,
22. CLAUSILIA SUBLUNELLATA, Nn. sp.
Testa ventricosofusiformis, tenuissime striatula, solidula, corneofusca,
anfr. 11 subplani, superiores quattuor spiram cylindricam obtusam effica-
entes, cetert celeriter accrescentes, duo penultimi maximi, ultimus attenuatus
basi rotundatus. Apertura elongata piriformis, sinulus rectus, peristoma
fere solutum, valde incrassatum, reflexiusculum. Lamella supera valida,
obliqua, marginalis, intus triangulariter elevata, cum spiralt continua,
infera recedens, stricta, intus valida, subcolwmellaris immersa, oblique
intuentt intus conspicua. Plica principalis modica (lineam lateralem
superans), palatales duae, supera principali subparallela brevis, imfera
brevissima, lunella brevis, strictiuscula. Olausiliwm ?
Long. 24, diam. 5, apert. long 6, lat. 4 mull.
Has. In montibus Nikko leg. cl. F. W. Eastlake.
23. CLAUSILIA SERICINA, v. MOlldff. (1. c. p. 6,t. I, f.4), which Mr.
Hungerford collected in the same region, and which I cannot compare at
present, will probably prove to be a near relation to Cl. sublunellata, and
undoubtedly belongs to the same subgroup.
24, CLAUSILIA SUBULINA, v. Molldff, 1. c. p. 18.
One specimen collected by Mr. F. W. Eastlake in the Nikko moun-
tains agrees perfectly with my diagnosis of the above species, of which
Mr. Hungerford possesses the only example found. It has the pecular
arrangement of the palatal plaits in common with Cl. sublunellata, viz.,
an upper palatal plait under the principalis, then a shorter one, and below
this a short straight lunella, which is, however, not so distinct. Cl.
subulina is the only species of the subgroup in which the subcolumellar
lamella reaches the peristome.
25. CLAUSILIA mMicRoPEAS, v. Molldff., 1. c. p. 12.
The idea of classing this small form with Cl. gracilispira, mihi, in
the sub-section Cylindrophaedusa has to be given up entirely ; the lower
parietal lamella requiring its being placed in Hemiphaedusa. JI find,
further, that there is an indication of a lunella below the second (generally
punctiform) palatal plait. The species therefore fits very well into our
present subgroup.
Mr. F. W. Eastlake collected a single specimen on his tour to
Nikko without noting a special locality. Lake Chusinji, where Mr.
Hungerford obtained the species, is not far from Nikko.
26. CLAUSILIA OPEAS, N. sp.
Testa cylindraceofusiformis, subtiliter striatula, solidula, cornea,
anfr. 103 planulati, ultimus rugosostriatus, apertura elongato-rotundata,
peristoma solutum, eapansum, reflewiusculum, leviter incrassatum. La-
mella supera marginalis, modica, infera remota via conspicua, intus valida,
subcolumellaris ummersa oblique imtuenti conspicua. .Plica principals
1885.] O. F. v. Méllendorft--- Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. 65
lineam lateralem viv swperans, palatalis swpera brevis divergens, infera
punctiformis, lunella brevis stricta. Olausiliwm ?
Long. 173, diam. 33, apert. long. 3%, lat. 24 mill.
Has. In montibus Nikko leg. cl. F. W. Eastlake.
Another species of the same subgroup, at once distinguished by the
cylindraceous slender shell.
(y) Subgroup of Cl. platydera, v. Mart.
27. CULAUSILIA PLATYAUCHEN, v. Mart., Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr.
Berlin, 17th April, 1877, p. 110. Bottger, Claus. Stud. p. 67. Kobelt,
Faun. Jap. t. TX, f. 8. Cl. fusangensis, v. Molldff, 1. c. p. 8, t. I, f. 8.
My friend Dr. Bottger has pointed out to me that my species is the
same as von Martens’ previously published Cl. platyauchen, of which I
had not seen a specimen, and which is not very accurately figured in
Kobelt’s Fauna of Japan. I have since convinced myself that Dr. Bottger
is right.
Dr. Anderson collected a small variety of the same species at
Chusinji which is only 23—25 mill. in length.
(5) Subgroup of Cl. strictaluna, Bottg.
28. CLAUSILIA STRICTALUNA, Bottg., var. nana, n.
Differt a typo testé multo minore, ventricosiore, aperturd magis
rotundata, lamellé subcolumellart immersa.
Long. 9—10, lat. 2¢ mill.
Nagasaki (Hungerford). This dwarf form, although closely related
to Ol. strictaluna, may ultimately be considered to be a separate species,
if a greater number of examples of both can be examined.
29, CLAUSILIA AURANTIACA, Bottg., var. ERBERI, Bottg.
My var. minor (1. c. p. 9) is the same as Bottger’s var. erberi, as the
author has himself confirmed.
30. CLAUSILIA PLICILABRIS, A. Adams, A. & M. N. H. 4th ser. X,
1868, p. 469. Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. VIII, 1877, p. 476.
This rare species has been found by Mr. F. W. Eastlake on his tour
to Nikko, and by Mr. B. Schmacker in the Hakoni mountains.
(c) Subgroup of Cl. caryostoma, v. Molldff.
31. Cuxausiii1a caryostoma, v. Molidff., 1. c. p. 6, t. I, f. 5.
This interesting species is certainly a Hemiphaedusa. The “ ven-
tral”’ position of the palatal plaits bring it near to the subgroup of Ol.
strictaluna, in which especially Cl. awrantiaca shows the same receding
position of the closing apparatus. My former remark that a lunella is
deficient has to be rectified, inasmuch as the punctiform plait between
the two ‘palatales’ may very well be considered to be a short lunella.
9
66 O. F. v. Méllendorff—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. [No. 1,
(0) Subgroup of Cl. hyperolia, v. Mart.
Of this subgroup, I described in my former paper two new species,
Cl. rectaluna and Cl. aptychia, but having since received more material
for study from Messrs. Hastlake, Schmacker, and Anderson I am now
convinced that they have to be reduced to varieties, or, perhaps, even
mere forms, of Ol. hyperolia. I was led into this error by the scanty
supply of specimens ; and this is a characteristic instance of the difficulty,
if not impossibility, of getting a correct idea of a species of Clausilia,
especially in the Asiatic groups, from single individuals. (1. hyperolia
seems to be very variable in size, shape, etc., but none of the distinguish-
ing characters of the various local forms seems to be of specific value.
I now propose to distinguish the following varieties.
32. CLAUSILIA HYPEROLIA, Vv. Mart., type, 17-20 mill. in length. Near
Tokio (Hilgendorf, Rein, Schmacker), hills on the way to Nikko and
Kavasaki (Hastlake).
Var. REETALUNA, v. Molldff., somewhat more slender, of pale horny
colour, with a rudimentary principal plait; the other characters given
(1. c. p. 9) are not constant, inasmuch as the spiral bands or lines are
often deficient in the type itself, whilst the lamella infera often termi-
nates in the same way as described in Cl. rectaluna.
Kamatokogiro (Hungerford).
Var. aprrcuia, v. Molldff., larger, up to 25 mill. long, upper parietal
lamella somewhat smaller, lower lamella a little more visible in the
aperture, the lunella sometimes, but not always, evanescent.
Dr. Anderson collected this form in some numbers at Hakoni and
Chusinji, the former place being the original habitat. It is very
variable in size and somewhat also in shape, form of the aperture, and
thickness of the peristome.
Var. PLANULATA, v. MOll., differt a typo testa longiore, multo gracilliore,
anfractibus planulatis, lamelld superad humili, inferd magis recedente,
antice inconspicua.
Two specimens from Kobi (Hastlake), Of all the forms, this
has perhaps the best claim to specific distinction, and, if the characters as
given above prove constant in a greater number of examples, it had
better be separated, especially as the locality is widely distant from those
of the other varieties.
33. Succinna LavTa, Gould. Hakodadi, Oginohama, Poronai,
Chitose, all on the island of Yeso, where the species had been previously
found.
34. Limnaus saponicus, Jay. Lake Chusinji, Yeso.
35. Limnaus PEervius, v. Mart. Central Japan.
36. ALYCHUS NIPPONENSIS, Reinh. Yeddo (Dénitz, Hilgendorf ),
Nikko and Hakoni mountains (Hastlake), and Mianoshda (Anderson).
1885.] O. F. v. Méllendorfi—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells. 67
37. DIPLOMMATINA LABIOSA, v. Mart., Sitz. Ber. Ges. Nat. Fr. 17
April 1877, p. 98. Kobelt, Faun. Jap. p. 112, non D. labiosa, W. T.
Blanford, J. A. S. B. XXXVII, Pt. 2, 1868.
This fine Diplommatina, which has, so far as I know, not yet been
figured, requires renaming on account of D. labiosa, Blanf. As this has
probably been already done, I mention the species under the old name in
order to avoid a superfluous synonym.
It was discovered by Dr. Hilgendrof in the Hakoni mountains,
where Messrs. Hungerford and Hastlake have since collected it. Hun-
gerford also found it at Asinoin, and Anderson at Myiokishita.
38. DIPLOMMATINA NIPPONENSIS, n. sp.
Testa dextrorsa, rumata, elongate ovato-conica, subtiliter sed distincte
et regulariter striatula, rufescenticornea, anfr. 7 convext, swperiores
spiram conicam acutiusculam efficientes, duo ultimi paullum distorti, ulti-
mus angustior, antice ascendens. Apertura fere verticals, subcircularis,
peristoma duplex, refleciusculum, expansum, superne in anfractum penul-
timum productum. Lamella columellaris humilis spiraliter recedens, plica
palatalis longiuscula, supra aperturam conspicua.
Long. 25, diam. 13 mill.
Has. Ad Asinoin leg. cl. R. Hungerford, in montibus Hakoni leg.
cl. F. W. Eastlake.
So far as I know, only two species of Diplommatina have been
described from Japan, the preceding and D. pusilla, v. Mart. From both
of these our new form is widely different. The nearest are D. pavillus,
Gredl., of Central China and D. hungerfordiana, Nev., of Formosa ; which
are both a little larger, and much more regular and rounder in shape,
while D. nipponensis is at once distinguished by the regular pointed cone
of the upper whorls and the distorted suddenly enlarged lower ones. The
sculpture of our species is much more regular, the columellar margin of
the peristome is rounded, hardly angulate at all, whilst D. hwngerfor-
diana is slightly subangulate, and D. paaillus distinctly angulate at the
base.
39. JAPONIA BARBATA, Gould. Jam indebted to Mr. F. W. Eastlake
for some specimens of this rare shell which were collected by him in the
Hakoni mountains. They have enabled me to settle the vexed question of
what Japonia, Gould, really is. Gould says nothing about its affinities, H.
von Martens (Ostas. Landschn. 1867, 12, 127) supposed it to be related to
Cyclotus, and Pfeiffer placed it at first near Hydrocena, later on considering
it to be a section of Realia. The descriptions of the genns and its three
species given by Gould are, it is true, so incomplete and vague that
very little can be concluded from them. The examples collected by
Mr. Eastlake agree very well with the description of 7’. barbata, Gould ;
68 O.F. v. Méllendorffi—Japanese Land and Freshwater Shells.
at the same time they show close relationship to the small species of
sculptured Cyclophori described from China, viz., C. trichophorus, mihi,
seafilaris, Heude, etc. These do not, however, as I have lately found out
and shall elsewhere prove, belong to Cyclophorus, but to Lagochilus ; and,
from the analogy of the shells, I do not doubt that the Japanese species
will have to be placed in the same genus. In that case fanatic adherents
ot strict priority might contend that this genus should be named
Japonia (published 1859) instead of Lagochilus (1864), but, as the few
words by which Japonia was introduced cannot be called a scientific
description, whereas Lagochilus was properly described and published
by Blanford, I hope nobody will contest the validity of the latter name.
Should it be found that the Chinese and Japanese species deserve to be
separated from the Indian forms as a section of their own, Japonia
should be retained as its name.
40. Hnticina gapontca, A. Adams. Sengoku (Anderson), Mia-
noshda Hills, Chusinji (Hungerford).
4). MELANIA LIBERTINA, Gould. In various forms from the Hakoni
Lake, Kiga, Central Japan, and Yeso. I quite agree with E. von Martens
and Kobelt, who combine M. japonica, Reeve, M. tenwisulcata, Dunker,
M. ambidextra, v. Mart., and M. reiniana, Brot, all with M. libertina,
Gould ; as frequent transitions from one form to another are to be found.
42. Murnania nippontca, Edg. Smith. Lake Biwa.
43. Menanta Brw#, Kobelt.. Lake Biwa. Messrs. Hungerford,
Schmacker, and Anderson have collected this fine species in some num-
bers, and I have seen no transitional forms which would necessitate its
combination with the preceding species.
The Paludinae collected by Dr. Anderson are all young or imper-
fect specimens.
OOOO OE OE LOLOL OO ON ONO lll
————— ee EEE
ete
ITI ‘AIT PAS SSRI Te8teg 209 FeIsy U
Inoe "SA TIO W 2
J
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
ee need
Part II—NATURAL SCIENCE.
———eeeeeEEOOOOOEOeE
No. II.—1885.
PAAR"
VII.—Natural History Notes fron H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer
‘ Investigator, Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N., Commanding.
No. 2. Description of a new Species of the Amphipod Genus Melita
from the Bay of Bengal—By G.M. Gites, M. B., F. R. C.S.,
Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey.
[Received April 21st ;—Read May 6th, 1885. ]
(With Plate IIT.)
The little animal described below was brought up by the hempen
tangles from 125 fathoms near the Mutla Light Ship. When placed in
a glass jar, it shewed a tendency to hide itself away amongst the pieces
of tangle which remained sticking to some specimens of Murew spinosa
that had been placed in the jar along with it, and when disturbed escaped
by rapid backward jerks.
Two specimens were taken, one slightly larger than the other.
The larger was used for dissection and proved to be a female. The
smaller was reserved for preservation. Fig. 1. was taken from it.
The relative proportions of its parts appeared identical in all respects
with those of the larger, with the exception of the propodite and
dactylopodite of the second gnathopod, which in the larger specimen
exceeded in size that of the smaller to an extent out of all proportion
to the difference of their sizes, which were about 5 and 6 mm. re-
spectively. Colour—ivory-white: marked with patches of chocolate-
coloured pigment.
10
——)
70 G. M. Giles—Description of Melita megacheles. [No. 2,
MELITA MEGACHELES, 0. sp.
Body generally depressed rather than compressed. Broadest at the
middle of the thorax, thence tapering to head and abdomen.
Head subquadrate, longer than broad, its depth nearly equalling
its length, irregularly mottled with chocolate-coloured spots. Hyes
situated at the anterior angles of the carapace, compound, prominent, of
a coppery violet colour. Antennules hairy, robust, as long as the head
and the anterior six segments of the thorax; peduncle three-jointed,
middle joint the longest ; flagellum as long as the first two joints of the
peduncle ; a minute appendage, as long as the last joint of the peduncle,
with a dilated antepenultimate joint, springs with the flagellum from the
peduncle. Antenne hairy, slightly shorter than the antennules, arising
a little below and behind them ; peduncle four-jointed, coxocerite short,
its antero-inferior angle prolonged into a pointed prominence; third
joint the longest, flagellum equals this in length. Mandibles triangular
with a long pediform appendage.
Thorax depressed. The posterior three-fourths of each segment deco-
rated with winged patches of madder-brown pigment, except the first
and seventh, which are only faintly mottled. Coxal plates considerably less
in depth than the segments, decreasing in size from before backwards ;
the anterior plate quadrangular with its anterior inferior angle prolonged
into a beak-like process; the remaining plates foliiform, each with a
central patch of pigment. Mazxillipedes small, pediform. 2nd pair of
appendages (lst gnathopod) very hairy, nearly the smallest of the
ambulatory limbs ; propodite with palm so vague as to be exunguiculate
rather than subchelate. 3rd pair of appendages (2nd gnathopod) of rela-
tively immense size; dactylopodite with its posterior margin entire
except for two slight smooth prominences ; propodite more than twice
as wide as the depth of the thorax, quadrangular, with rounded corners,
its inferior border furnished with four large reserrations with three isolat-
ed bundles of hairs in the intervals. 4th and 5th pairs of appendages
subequal, hairy, exunguiculate, closely resembling each other in every
detail, closely approaching in length to 2nd gnathopod. 6th pair of
appendages the shortest of the ambulatory limbs; the basipodite having
its posterior border strengthened by a lamellar, buttress-like expansion ;
the dactylopodite forming a strong claw. 7th and 8th pairs of appen-
dages much resembling each other, but the 8th considerably the larger in
all points ; basipodites with buttresses like the 6th pair of appendages ;
the daclylopodites forming long strong claws; the eighth is the longest
of all the thoracic limbs.
Abdomen somewhat compressed, especially the last four segments,
the first two with large pigmented marks, the third faintly blotched, the
G.M.GILES, Journ. Asiat.Soc.Bengal,1885, Vol. LIV, Pt Il.
pee 2
4g
@@O22 a2
G.M.G.del. Mintern Bros .imp .
Padina pevonia
Parker & Coward hth.
, a"
ee
"%
G.M.GILES , Journ. Asiat.Soc.Bengal,1885,Vol. LIV, Pt.II.
Parker & Coward. hth
Mintern Bros amp
G.M.G.del .
Padina pavonia :
; = ‘ .
7 a =. x <
F — a =
oe CM ~~ a :
B : 3 ——
“a q aig cs
: hl ‘ > oe
= cs : — h
.-
a =
; ce a ” 7
i. ie |
>
= *
*
a =
.
1885. ] G. M. Giles—On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia. 71
last three earthy-brown marked with madder-brown blotches. Anterior
three pairs of appendages subequal, of the usual amphipodal swimmeret
type. 4th and 5th pairs of appendages robust, biramous, the rami sub-
equal with short, stout, straight spines; the fourth much larger than
the fifth. 6th pair of appendages short, stout, internal ramus almost
rudimentary, armed, like those of the 4th and 5th, with short, stout,
straight spines. Telson nodular with a few short spines.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
Fig. 1. Side view of Melita megacheles in natural colours, x 25.
Fig. 2. Distal joints of 2nd gnathopod of the female specimen, x 20 about,
7. e., drawn as if belonging to a body on the same scale as fig. 1, to shew the compa-
rative size of these appendages in the two specimens.
Fig. 3. Distal joints of antennular appendage, x 275. In the before-mentioned
dilated joint are some highly refractile bodies probably of the nature of otoliths.
Fig. 4. Abdominal appendage of the 6th pair, x 60.
VIII.—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey Steamer
‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N., Commanding.
No. 3. On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia.—By G. M. Guiuus,
M. B., F. R. C.8., Surgeon-Naturalist, Indian Marine Survey.
[Received April 21st ;—Read June 6th, 1885.]
(With Plates IV and V.)
The reproductive process of the genus Padina isa subject which
has, I believe, been involved in some uncertainty.
The most recent work which I possess that deals at all minutely
with the marine alge is the last edition of the Micrographic Dictionary.
In this only one kind of “ spore” is described alternating with tufts
of jointed hairs (paranemata) ‘‘ which Agardh appears to have mistaken
for antheridia.”’ This is, I believe, a correct surmise, more especially as
I have recently had the good fortune to meet with a body which, there
can be little doubt, is the prothalloid or sexual stage of the plant; the
stage usually found being non-sexual, like that of fully formed ferns.
To the description of the adult plant, as given in the above-quoted
work, there is little or nothing to add; but the spores dropped from its
indusia give rise not to a similar form but to an alternate stage possess-
ing both kinds of sexual organs.
Padina pavonia is a weed very common on the coast of British
Burmah, growing on rocky spots, more especially in situations where there
is a good deal of sand and mud in the interstices of the rocks.
72 G. M. Giles—Ox the Prothallus of Padina pavonia. [No. 2,
Some days ago, while collecting marine alge amongst the rocks of
Kyouk Phyou harbour, a place was visited where this plant was excep-
tionally abundant. It was also as remarkable for its bareness of other
alow, the only others present being Caulerpa sedoides and a small rhodos-
perm not in fruit but probably belonging to the genus Acanthophora, and
even these were very few and far between.
On the rocks on which the Padina were growing was noticed a
number of small bodies about 5 mm. in diameter of a beautiful deep green
colour, and generally of oval outline. Some of these were growing
actually on the fronds of the Padina, while immense numbers were
clustered on the rocks around.
On closer examination, with a pocket lens, it was seen that in many
instances very young fronds of the Padina were sprouting from the
circumference of the green bodies, On taking these up, it was observable
that the little buttons of tissue were beginning to shrivel and decay, and
that the young Padina fronds were firmly attached to their remains.
These circumstances appeared to point to some intimate connection
between the two growths, and a number of the “ prothalli’”’ were
accordingly collected and carried back to the ship for more minute
examination.
On placing one of them beneath a Coddington lens, it was seen that
the green substance was encased in a coating of white transparent tissue,
much thicker and more opaque on its under than on its upper surface.
The green substance itself was beautifully marbled with oval or circular
markings of a deeper green than the rest.
These points having been noted and drawn, one of the specimens
was placed in the microtome and a number of transverse sections taken,
On placing these beneath the microscope, a structure of really wonderful
complexity was displayed (Fig. 3.) Enveloping the mass is the white
tissue, in which, so far as could be seen, there are no apertures. This
tissue is composed of a network of stellate cells with anastomosing tails,
exactly like the structure known in animal histology as adenoid con-
nective tissue; in the meshes of this, on the under surface of the
prothallus, are enclosed a number of opaque bodies to be more minutely
described further on. Enclosed in this are a number of tubular bodies,
containing the reproductive organs, supported by bands of tissue spring-
ing from the peripheral layer. The space between these is filled up by
a mass of spherical nutritive cells containing abundant chlorophyll.
To return to the ‘‘ tubular” bodies. These are scattered, in masses,
irregularly through the central substance ; and, on closer examination,
there are readily distinguishable in each mass two kinds of bodies,
differing markedly in size and contents, though evidently primarily of
the same morphological character.
’
1885. | G. M. Giles—On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia. 73
From the appearances presented in section, as well as from teazed
preparations, it is evident that, in each case, we have to do with specia-
lized tubular masses of cells embedded in a tissue consisting of cells
differing somewhat from the ‘ nutritive cells” that form the body of the
central mass, and more liberally permeated with bands of the adeniform
tissue.
Let us first take the smaller kind. Through the greater part of
their length they are simple tubes consisting of a sort of basement mem-
brane, lined with small flattened granular cells, containing but little
chlorophyll, about 5 m.in diameter. They appeared to end cecally,
and their lower part was filled with masses of cells having the following
characteristics. Hach little mass (Fig. 5) consists of a mother-cell of
oval form about 40 m. long by 25 m. cross measurement, containing three
daughter-cells. In the interior of these latter a curious change was in
the process, resulting in the formation of a number of small spherules of
a brilliant carmine colour about 2 or 3m. in diameter, which in their
turn break up into a number of minute rods of the same bright colour
about 2 or 3 m. long by 1 m. or less in diameter. From the general
characteristics of this organ, there can be little doubt that these rods
come under the category of antherozoids, and that the organs themselves
are antheridia.
The larger tubes are usually found in close proximity to the smaller
kind, being commonly enclosed in the same sheath of small-celled tissue.
Their cellular lining is usually much thicker than that of the antheridial
tubes consisting usually of at least two layers of larger cells. The
ereater part of their length is usually filled up with mother and daughter
cells, differing from those of the antheridial tubes in containing no
coloured spherules or rods, and in the more abundantly granular
character of their contents The portion of the section shewn in Fig. 6.
appears to shew their mode of origin: here a cell of the lining has
grown out into the lumen of the tube, and has produced a string of cells
which has curled round on itself fora turn and a half in a circinate
manner ; the oldest cell in the middle of the helix is dividing into
daughter-cells; some of these, however, were elsewhere met with
of considerably greater size than those shewn here, which are obviously
in the earliest stage of their development.
So far as could be made out, these tubes had no communication
with the exterior, being rather of the nature of closed elongated sacs.
Many were met with ina broken-down condition ; and fertilization no
doubt takes place by this retrogressive process setting free the ripe con-
tents of the tubes, which, being thus liberated in close proximity, and
suspended in the grumous matter resulting from the degeneration of the
74. G. M. Giles—On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia. [No. 2;
tube structure, can hardly fail to be brought into actual contact by the
gentle osmotic currents which must always be in progress in such a
structure as this.
This suposition is strengthened by the fact that young Padina
fronds appear always to spring up, not in the neighbourhood of, but
actually from the substance of the decaying prothallus. There can be
little doubt, then, that the two kinds of tubular body are respectively
of the nature of antheridia and archegonia. The rod-shaped produce of
the smaller form make its antheridial nature little doubtful, and the
produce of the larger kind is so much like the spores produced by directly
sexual sea-weeds that there can, I think, be equally little doubt as to
the-réle.to be assigned to them.
There remain to be described the peculiar opaque bodies previously
noted, and as to their nature no such relative certainty can be felt.
The surmise to which one feels most naturally led, is that they may
be the fertilized spores in an early stage of development. They are,
however, like nothing I have met with elsewhere either amongst algee or
in animal or vegetable histology. The bodies in question (Figs. 7 and 8)
lie loose in the meshes of the adeniform tissue of the white peripheral layer
of the prothallus. They are from 15 to 25 m. in diameter and of
generally spherical form. In their fully developed form they appear to
consist of one or more layers of minute colourless rods radiating from a
common centre, so that their entire periphery is beset with minute blunt
spines, on which account I have named them hedgehog cells. Inter-
mediate stages can be traced between these and cells closely resembling
the “spores ” of the contents of the larger form of tubular body. They
are quite white when seen by direct illumination, while their opacity
renders them quite black when examined by transmitted light. They
are confined to the under surface of the prothallus, where it comes
in contact with the rock and are there very abundant; the lateral
and upper parts of the peripheral layer of the thallus being composed
of the adeniform tissue without any such contents.
The parts of the central substance between the groups of tubular
bodies is filled up with very loose adeniform tissue enclosing in its
meshes immense numbers of spherical cells containing abundant chloro-
phyll. These are from 12 to 15 m. in character, and probably fulfil a
nutritive function.
The curious resemblance of the tube-bodies to an ovo-testis can
scarcely be missed, and more than once caused me to reflect whether or
not the structure might by any possibility be of animal origin. Repeated
examinations, however, have assured me that this is not the case and
that the body in question is an intermediate stage of the sea-weed in
1885. | G. M. Giles—On the Prothallus of Padina pavonia. 75
question. There are many points in connection with these bodies that
require clearing up, but these can hardly be solved without continuous
observation of the living plant. Like all surf-line weeds, Padina pavonia
requires a very free supply of oxygen, and the conditions necessary for
observing it in, if I may so speak, captivity are wanting on board ship ;
so that the solution of these points must, I fear, be reserved for other
observers more favourably situated. Assuming, however, that the body
which has just been described is really the prothallus of this weed, it
would render it extremely probable that all alge producing “‘ spores’”’ of
but one kind gothrough some such cycle of changes; and a very large
field of investigation appears in prospective as to the determination of
the prothallus of each species. Some no doubt have been described as
distinct species of alge, as, assuming their existence, they can hardly
have been entirely overlooked up to now.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate IV.
Fig. 1. Padina pavonia, nat. size. The sori are disposed in concentric lines
consisting of a structureless flattened indusial sac and a number of pear-shaped
sporanges. Tufts of paranemata disposed along their sides give to the sori a woolly
appearance.
2.° Vertical section of frond through a sorus showing sporanges and parane-
mata, x 200. ’
PLATE V.
Fig. 1. Prothallus of Padina pavonia, natural size.
2. The same, x 10.
3. Transverse section of same, x 20.
» 4. Portion of the section shewing male tubes in oblique section, x 300.
5. Male mother-cell containing daughter-cells producing red-pigmented
rods, x 400.
» 6. Portion of the section shewing a female tube in transverse sec-
tion, x 300.
» 7 Adeniform tissue of lower surface of the prothallus containing
“hedgehog” cells in its meshes, x 300.
» 8 One of the ‘‘ hedgehog” cells more carefully drawn, x 500.
76 Hi. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
IX.—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 3.—By E. T. Atkinson, B. A.
[Received June 15th ;—Read July 1st, 1885. ]
| The notes are taken as far as possible from the original descrip-
tions, most of which are practically unprocurable by observers in India,
or from Stal, Signoret, Butler, or Distant &c. where these authors have
redescribed a species: the measurements of specimens not in the Indian
Museum have been converted into millimetres from the recorded mea-
surements of the several authors. |
The insects belonging to this section have been so little worked
in India that the collector may feel sure of a rich harvest of new species.
At the same time, we may take warning from the confusion in the
results of the investigations into the European forms how very necessary
it is, from the similarity in appearance and small size of the great
majority of the species, to use the microscope more freely than has
apparently hitherto been the practice in ascertaining the generic charac-
ters. Wemust wait some time before we can usefully attempt to
do more than collect, compare, and fix the locality for the new forms of
Membracide and Jasside which exist in such profusion in this country.
In the meantime, these notes summarising what has been done in, as near
as possible, the words of the authors, is a contribution to the work.
Family MempBracipa, Stal.
Subfam. Membracida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 83 (1866): Mees, Rey. Mag.
Zool. (3 sér.) iii. p. 8332 (1875).
Subfamily Cuntrorina, Stal.
Centrotida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 83: Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 280 [(1869) :
Centrotina, ibid. p. 727 (1870).
Scutellum distinct, produced backwards behind the metanotum,
very often sinuated at the apex and furnished with acute apical angles.
The scutellum is wanting in Oxyrhachis, which in Hem. Afric. iv. p. 84
(1866) is placed by Stalin his subfamily Membracida (Membracina),
and in Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Forh. p. 280 (1869) in his subfamily
Centrotida (Centrotina): in Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 47 (1869), it is again
transferred to Membracina.
~Genus OxyrHacHis, Germar.
Silbermann’s Rey. Ent. iii. p. 232 (1835) : Fairmaire, A. 8S. E. F. (2 sér.) iv. p.
267 (1846) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p, 84 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh, p. 280 (1869) ;
Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) iii. p. 333 (1875).
Head perpendicular, frons a little elevated: thorax cornuted
above the lateral angles, horns three-cornered ; posterior process long,
1885. | H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. ig:
narrow, broad at the base, gradually narrowed, three-cornered, reaching
the interior margin of the tegmina ; beneath, posteriorly compressly-
amplified, furnished with a ridge continued throughout the entire thorax :
tegmina with five oblong, apical areas ; wings with three apical areas :
sides of the pro- and meso-stethium armed with a small lobe or tooth :
tibiz dilated (Stal).
. 1. OXyYRHACHIS TARANDUS, Fabricius.
Membracis tarandus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 514 (1798).
Centrotus tarandus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 19 (1803).
Oxyrhachis tarandus, Germar, in Silbermann’s Rev. Ent. iii. p. 232 (1835):
Burmeister, Handb. Ent. ii. (i.) p. 1383 (1835): Amyot and Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins.
Hém. p. 536 (1843): Fairmaire, A. S. EH. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 268 (1846), t. 4. £.18:
Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 503 (1851) : Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 84 (1866): Hem.
Fabr. ii. p. 47 (1869) : Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 sér.) iv. p. 12 (1876).
Body obscure, dorsum fuscous; pronotum with two compressed
horns, arched, obtuse, posteriorly subulate, longer than the abdomen ;
tegmina hyaline, veins fuscous: wings white; feet ferruginous (Fabr.).
Long 7-8; breadth of pronotum, 3 millims.
8. Brown-red ; $, reddish-yellow or russet ; vertex usually russet,
sometimes brownish, with two small callosities prolonged to the ocelli,
the angles straight : head, or towards the base only, black: the prono-
tum with a red or russet-yellow median ridge running from the anterior
margin, little defined, to the space between the lateral protuberances,
thence defined and prolonged throughout the entire posterior process :
lateral protuberances of the pronotum turning outwards and backwards
and sometimes slightly upwards, a little compressed, varying in size,
tip acute or obtuse: the posterior process reaching to or extending
beyond the apex of the tegmina by about the fourth of its length,
more or less recurved towards the apex, narrowly lanceolate in its pos-
terior half with a median keel on the sides, its lower edge finely ser-
rated : feet with sunken dots, ciliated and setiferous : tegmina sordid
hyaline, the two corneous patches at the base and the veins, russet-yel-
low (or fuscous-ferruginous) : abdomen in the ¢, black; all the feet
and the venter in the ¢, russet-yellow or reddish. Genitalia in the ¢,
seen from above, transversely semioval ; seen from the side, trapezoidal,
briefly truncated behind and directed obliquely towards the base, and
forwards in a weak arch: anal styli yellow, projecting on the sides,
widened almost into a lozenge-shape, on a short narrow pedicel: anal
tube short, cylindrical, brown : genital plates placed one opposite the
other, brown, gradually contracted together behind ; their tip spatul-
form, rounded and relieved: body whitish pubescent.
11
78 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. — [No. 2,
¢. Last ventral arch obtusely emarginate : lateral plates (gaine)
broad, oval, acuminate behind; vagina (tariére) straight, a little longer
than the gaine; anal tube cylindrical, extending beyond the tariére:
abdomen russet yellow (Fieb., Stal.).
Reported from 8. France, Egypt, Abyssinia, Senegal, Bengal. The
Indian Museum possesses specimens from Calcutta.
2. OXYRHACHIS UNICOLOR, Walker.
Owyrhachis unicolor, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 509 (1851).
Piceous, densely fulvous pilose : head and pronotum thickly punc-
tured : head transverse, not much broader than long, flat, slightly con-
vex along the posterior margin, truncated in front, a little narrower than
the pronotum between the shoulders, the pronotum ridged, rather low,
rising vertically from the head, shoulders rounded, not prominent; horns
above conical, prismatic, inclined forward, ascending, slightly diverging,
their length equal to rather less than twice the breadth of the pronotum
between them: posterior process ridged, reaching well beyond the tip of
the abdomen, very slightly tapering from the base to the tip which is
acute; very slightly undulating along the ridge; legs ferruginous ;
femora black ; tibiz dilated : tegmina almost without colour, long, nar-
row, lanceolate, punctured, ferruginous and partly tawny at the base; veins
ferruginous, stout: wings colourless (Walker). Body long, 6: wings,
145-15 millims.
3. OXYRHACHIS RUDIS, Walker.
Ouyrhachis rudis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 509 (1851).
Ferruginous : head piceous, transverse, flat, finely punctured, trun-
cated and with a ferruginous spot on each side in front; not much broad-
er than long, a little narrower than the pronotum between the shoulders ;
pronotum itself very roughly punctured, slightly ridged, rising vertically
from the head, with the shoulders rounded not prominent ; horns above
very broad, conical, diverging, almost horizontal, slightly curved, dise of
the inner side slightly concave towards the base ; posterior side less than
half the breadth of any other : posterior process keeled or ridged, extend-
ing well beyond the tip of the abdomen, tapering and slightly declining
from the base to the middle where it is deepened and keeled beneath
and from thence to the tip is serrated beneath and slightly inclined
upwards: tibie dilated; tegmina and wings colourless: tegmina narrow,
lanceolate, with a small pale brown spot on the angle of the posterior
border; veins thick, ferruginous; three discoidal areolas (Walker). Body
long, 6-7: wings, 13-143 millims.
Reported from India.
;
1885. ] K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 79
4, OXYRHACHIS suBJECTA, Walker.
Owyrhachis subjecta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 504 (1851).
Smaller than O. tarandus, the dorsal horns shorter in proportion and
less diverging, posterior process more inclined upwards and not serrated
beneath. Black with a white pubescence : head transverse, subquadrate,
flat, slightly impressed, finely punctured, not much broader than long, a
little narrower than the pronotum, truncated and ferruginous in front :
pronotum somewhat elevated in front, rather roughly punctured, rising
almost vertically from the head with a ferruginous keel or ridge: shoulders
of pronotum rounded, not prominent : horns above very broad, prisma-
tic, conical, diverging, ascending, hardly curved downwards: posterior
side much the shortest of all the sides ; length of the horns rather less
than the breadth of the pronotum between them: posterior process
mostly ferruginous, reaching well beyond the tip of the abdomen;
inclined upwards, and ridged beneath, but not serrated from the middle
to the tip: pectus and abdomen whitish pubescent: legs red; tibie
dilated : wings colourless : tegmina tawny, punctured at the base and
with a brown spot on the angle of the posterior border ; veins stout,
ferruginous, four discoidal areolas (Walker). Body long 6; wings, 113
millims.
Reported from India.
In O. tarandus, the pronotum is elevated in front, the posterior pro-
cess is ridged and also serrated beneath, the length of the horns is rather
more than twice the breadth of the pronotum between them, and there
are four discoidal areas: in O. subjecta, the posterior process is not ser-
rated beneath and the length of the horns is rather less than the breadth
of the pronotum between them, otherwise as in O. tarandus : in O. wni-
color, the pronotum is rather low in front and the length of the horns is
as in O. subjecta : in O. rudis, the posterior process 1s keeled and serrated
but there are only three discoidal areas.
Species of uncertain position.
5. Mempracis Fruscata, Fabricius.
Membracis fuscata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 9, (1803); Fairmaire, A. S. E. F.
(2 sér.), iv. p. 247, (1846).
Thorax foliaceous, rounded, fuscous; streak before the anterior
margin and posterior band, white (Fabr.). This species does not seem
to have been rediscovered since it was described by Fabricius. Reported
from India.
80 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
Genus HypsaAucHENIA, Germar.
Silber. Rev. Ent. iii. p. 231 (1835) : Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 535
(1848) ; Fairmaire, A. S. E. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 520 (1846) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p.—
86 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 280 (1869).
Head almost triangular, trilobed at the extremity : prothorax a little
shorter than the tegmina, without lateral horns, produced upwards in a
compressed horn which is usually curved backwards and is bilobed at
the tip: posterior process unilobed, slender, narrow at the base, nar-
rower than the scutellum : tegmina free, slightly emarginate, extending
much beyond the apex of the abdomen, very obliquely truncated at the
apex, apical angle produced for some distance ; tibie simple.
6. HyYpPSAUCHENIA UNCINATA, Stal.
Hypsauchenia uncinata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 283 (1869).
Obscurely ferruginous, ochraceous pubescent: dorsal horn of the
pronotum bending a little forwards, posteriorly sublobate, acuminate and
recurved at the apex ; tegmina punctured before the middle, pellucid
behind the middle. ?, long, 8; broad 2% millims.
Reported from N. H. India : the Indian Museum possesses a speci-
men (mutilated) from the Naga hills.
The anterior horn is much shorter and differently formed from other
species of this genus : pronotum punctulate, furnished anteriorly with a
compressed dorsal horn, somewhat shorter than the posterior process,
bending a little forwards, posteriorly roundly amplified a little above the
middle, apex slender, acuminate and much recurved ; posterior process
somewhat elevated behind the middle : tegmina fairly densely reticulated
behind the middle (Stal).
7. HYpsAUCHENIA HARDWICKII, Kirby.
Centrotus hardwickiu, Kirby, Mag. N. H. ii. p. 21, f. 5 b (1829).
Hypsauchenia hardwicku, Fairmaire, A. 8. EB. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 520, t. 3, f. 20,
21 (1846) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 631 (1851) ; J. L. 8. Zool. x, p. 183 (1867).
Brownish black, sprinkled with short, decumbent, inconspicuous
hairs; legs (except the femora) paler than the rest of the body: prono-
tum minutely punctured, elevated above the head into a recurved quad-
rangular horn and terminating in a fork resembling a pair of concayo-
convex, pedunculated, pointed leaves ; scutellum (posterior process) of the
length of the body, punctured, acute and elevated into a rounded lobe,
near the apex : tegmina naked, punctured, veined longitudinally (Kirby).
Body long, 7-9 millims.
Reported from Nepal: the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Sikkim and Assam.
’
1885. | K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 81
The Hypsauchenia ballista of Germar (Silb. Rev. Ent. iii. p. 231.
1835) nec Am. & Serv. (Hist. Nat, Ins. Hém. p. 535, t. 9, £. 5, 1843) is
referred to H. hardwickti by Fairmaire (1. c. p. 520) and Am. & Serv.’s
species H. balista is referred to the genus Sphongophorus from Mexico
(l.c.p.261). S. balista, Am. and Serv., differs from H. ballista, Germar,
in the posterior process ending in an erect ensiform prolongation, which
is wanting in hardwickii from India.
Genus Lerprospetus, Stal.
Hem. Afric. iv. p. 86 (1866) : Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. p. 280 (1869).
Frons without a basal lateral lobe, gradually narrowed : sides of the
pectus unarmed: thorax with the disc elevated, the elevated part furnished
on both sides with a slender horn, and posteriorly with a slender process,
well apart from the body : scutellum elongate, longer than broad, gra-
dually acuminated or much narrowed towards the apex, and with the
apex slightly and narrowly obtusely or subsinuately truncated: exterior
discoidal area of tegmina petiolated: wings with four apical areas :
tibize very rarely dilated (Stal).
8. LeproBpeLus DAMA, Germar.
Centrotus dama, Germar, Silbermann’s Rey. Ent. iii. p. 258 (1835): Fairmaire,
A.S. EH. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 510 (1846), t. 3, f. 14: Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 602
(1851).
Leptobelus dama, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitsch. p. 386 (1866) : Ofvers. K. V.-A.
Forh. p. 284 (1869).
Black: thorax, posteriorly, with white scales; furnished with a
short slender process on the dorsum anteriorly, turning upwards, armed
at the apex on both sides with a spine which is produced outwards, and
inflexed at the apex: scutellum elongated, spinose, white at the base :
exterior discoidal area of corium petiolated (Iairm.). Body long, 9
millims.
Reported from India: the Indian Museum possesses a specimen
from the Khasiya hills.
9. LEPTOBELUS GAZELLA, Fairmaire.
Centrotus gazella, Fairmaire, A. 8. H. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 510 (1846): Walker,
List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 602 (1851).
Leptobelus gazella, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. x. p. 386 (1866) : Ofvers, K. V.-A.
Forh. p. 284 (1869).
Cerulean black, thorax elevated in the middle, the elevated part
trispinose, spines not inflexed, posteriorly not scaly with white. Closely
allied to LZ. dama, from which it differs by its smaller size, the lateral
spines shorter proportionately and slightly turned up: the prothorax is of
82 HE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,
a bluish black without a white patch posteriorly : the scutellum is elon-
gated, white at the base: the tegmina are transparent, more yellow,
black at the base; exterior discoidal area of corium, petiolated. Body
long 8 millims.
Reported from India.
10. LeEproBELus PALLIPES, Stal.
Leptobelus pallipes, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A.Férh. p. 284 (1869).
Black, distinctly punctulate : thorax anteriorly without a dorsal pro-
cess : sides of thorax and pectus, also base of scutellum, densely ochre-
ous-sericeous : tegmina sordidly vinaceous, base of clavus and entire
costal area and radial area at the base and outwards beyond the middle,
black, punctured: lateral horns of pronotum, slender, moderate, gradually
acuminated, straight, turning outwards, above unicarinate, beneath bica-
rinate; posterior process slightly curved towards the base, thence straight,
distant from the scutellum: exterior discoidal area of corium petiolated ;
feet yellow-ferruginous. ¢ body long 5-55: breadth, 2 millims.
Reported from India.
Very like L. curvispinus, Stal, (Ceylon), lateral horns of thorax
shorter, more slender, turning outwards ; very little upwards; posterior
process not reaching the apex of the scutellum and the frons narrrower
at the apex (Stal).
11. Lepropetus varius, Walker.
Centrotus varius, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 162 (1858).
Leptobelus varius, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 285 (1869).
Black, minutely punctured: head somewhat excavated between the
eyes; pronotum keeled, unarmed on each side, with a smooth shining
spot on each side in front, shoulders somewhat acute: posterior process
slender, acute, undulating, testaceous in the middle, not extending
beyond the tip of the abdomen : legs piceous: knees, tarsi and tips of
the tibie tawny: tegmina punctured towards the base, with various
vitreous marks hindward, and with a large vitreous patch near the tip of
the costa (Walker.) Body long 4¢: exp. teg. 85 millims.
Reported from Burma.
The species of this genus appear to be distributed as follows :—
A. Thorax furnished on the dorsum anteriorly with a short, slender
process turning upwards and armed at the apex on both sides witha
spine produced outwards, exterior discoidal area of corium petiolate: LD.
dama, L. gazella.
B. Thorax anteriorly without the dorsal process, either cornuted
or ridged above the lateral angles.
’
1885. } K. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 83
B. a. Posterior process of thorax distinctly curved towards the
base: exterior discoidal area of corium petiolate: L. cwrvispinus, L.
pallipes. j
B. b. Posterior process of thorax straight, subundate, reaching
the apical part of the scutellum, discoidal area of corium sessile, gradually
much narrowed towards the base: LZ. varius, L. awriculatus, (Stal).
12. LeEPToBELUS SCUTELLARIS, Fabricius.
Centrotus scutellaris, Fabr., Syst. Rhyne. p. 19 (1803) : Germar, Silb. Rev. Ent.
iii. p. 257 (1835): Fairmaire, A. 8S. H. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 510 (1845): Walker, List
Hom. B. M. ii. p, 602 (1851).
Stal, in index to Hem. Fabr. (ii. p. 115), places a query after this
Species ; and all that seems to be known is that it is reported from
India.
13. LmproBELUS PARIA, Fairmaire.
Centrotus paria, Fairmaire, A. 8. EH. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 513: (1846) : Walker,
List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 609 (1851).
Ferruginous: eyes projecting: hornsa little divaricate, slender,
‘acute, compressed : posterior process very slender, bordered on each
side by the scutellum which is broad and white, as long as the abdomen :
sides of the pectus white: feet yellowish: tegmina transparent (Fairm.)
Long 6 millims.
Reported from India.
Genus XipHoPmuUS, Stal.
Hem. Afric. iv. p. 87, 91 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 281 (1869).
Frons prominulous below in the shape of a tubercle; thorax cornuted
above the lateral angles; posterior process much distant from the
scutellum and abdomen, much curved from the base or geniculated near
the base ; beneath, armed with small spines, at least towards the base,
not dilated in the middle beneath; tegmina with five apical and two
discoidal areas, none of which are petiolated: wings with four apical
areas: tibize simple or very slightly dilated (Stal).
14. XrpPHoP#uS PILosus, Walker.
Centrotus pilosus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 606 (1851).
Xiphopeus pilosus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 285 (1869).
Ferruginous, very thickly clothed with sordid white down: head
punctured, short, transversely subfusiform, a little narrower than the
thorax, with a metallic lustre in front, nearly twice as broad as long :
face small: thorax punctured, deep in front, partly black, rising almost
vertically from the head, slightly ridged, shoulders obtusely angular,
84 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
somewhat prominent: horns above rather long, broad, irregularly pris-
matic, slightly diverging and inclined forwards ; tips more diverging,
almost trifurcate, slightly amplified ; inner side and outer side much
broader than the hinder side, angles slightly serrated ; of the three
forks or angles at the tip, the fore one is slightly obtuse, the mid-
dle one acute, and the hind one rectangular; hind horn stout and
vertical for ashort space from the base, then forming a right angle and
extending backward much beyond the tip of the abdomen ; hind part
tawny, slender, tapering, very slightly undulating, with an acute black
tip: pectus and abdomen piceous: legs tawny : a brown spot on the hind
angle of each tegmen: veins tawny, here and there, brown (Walker).
Body long 4; : exp. teg. 95 millims.
Reported from N. India.
Genus ACANTHOPHYES, Stal.
Hem. Afric. iv. p. 87, 89 (1866) ; Ofvers. K. V.-A. p. 281 (1869).
Thorax much elevated between the lateral angles, very often cornuted
above the same angles ; posterior process distant from the scutellum,
bisinuate beneath, more or less amplified or lobed in the middle, between .
the sinus, with the amplified part reaching the dorsum of the abdo-
men or the apex of the scutellum : tegmina with five apical, two discoi-
dal areas : wings with four apical areas : tibize simple (Stal).
15. ACANTHOPHYES CAPRA, Fabricius.
Membracis capra, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 514 (1798).
Centrotus capra, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 20 (1803).
Acanthophyes capra, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 50 (1869).
Body altogether fuscous, immaculate : horns of thorax, large, thick,
obtuse ; thorax posteriorly short, emarginate : tegmina fuscous (fabr.).
Ferruginous black or ferruginous, remotely flavescent-grey-sericeous, two
small basal spots on scutellum and sides of pectus very densely sericeous :
lateral horns of thorax depressed, truncated, bicarinate above. ¢ : long
with termina 65 ; thorax broad, 3; exp. thoracic horns, 44 millims.
Head between the eyes a little shorter than broad, beneath the eyes
abruptly very much narrowed; frons gradually slightly narrowed, sub-
truncate, freely produced downwards for a distance : thorax punctured,
armed on both sides anteriorly above the lateral angles with a depressed
horn, very slightly narrowed towards the apex, truncated at the apex,
bicarinate above and below ; anterior apical angle of the horns round,
posterior somewhat acute; posterior process distinctly carinate, very
broadly sinuated in the middle above, a little amplified beneath in the
middle, reaching the apex of the scutellum, very slightly decurved
1885. ] HE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 85
towards the apex: tegmina fuscous-ferruginous or ferruginous-grey,
punctured at the base (Stal).
Reported from Tranquebar, India.
‘
Genus Leprocentrus, Stal.
Hem. Afric. iv. p. 87, 90 (1866) : Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 281 (1869).
Frons more or less prominulous downwards: thorax cornuted above
the lateral angles ; posterior process, slender, three-cornered, acute, emit-
ted a little before the posterior margin of the thorax, altogether distant
from scutellum and abdomen, not unless posteriorly touching the inte-
rior margin of the tegmina, not sinuated beneath nor amplified in the
middle: scutellum emarginate at the apex, moderate : tegmina with five
apical, two discoidal areas, none of them petiolated: wings with four
apical areas: tibice simple.
16. Leprocentrus TAURUS, Fabricius.
Membracis tawrus, Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 676 (1775) : Spec. Ins. ii. p. 317 (1781) :
Mant. Ins. ii. p. 244 (1787) : Ent. Syst. iv. p. 14 (1794) ; Olivier, Enc. Méth. vii. p.
665 (1792).
Membracis rupicapra, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 514 (1798).
Centrotus rupicapra, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 18 (1803).
Centrotus tawrus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 20 (1803); Germar, Mag. iv. p. 32
(1821) ; Silb. Rev. Ent. iii. p. 257 (1835): Fairmaire, A. 8.H. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 510
(1846) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 602 (1851) ; ibid. Suppt. p. 158 (1858) ;
J. Linn. 8. Zool. i. p. 93 (1856) ; ibid. p. 163 (1857).
Membracis tricornis,, Hardwicke, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 114, t. Suppt. 30, fig. c. d. f.
(1828).
Centrotus terminalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 604 (1851).
Centrotus vicarius, Walker, 1. c. p. 605 (1851).
Leptocentrus tawrus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 491 (1862) ; Berlin Ent.
Zeitsch. x. p. 386 (1866): Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 50 (1869).
Fairmaire makes M. tricornis, Hardwicke, a synonym for L. taurus,
Fabr., to which Walker adds his own C. vicarius and C. terminalis, and
Stal adds C. rwpicapra, Fabr.
Head fuscous, eyes castaneous, a white spot before the eyes : thorax
fuscous with two stout horns, a little arched, produced posteriorly, fili-
form: sides of pectus white : wings obscure: body fuscous (M. taurus,
Fabr.). Body small, fuscous; thorax with three horns, the lateral
thicker, obtuse or rather truncate, subdentate ; the intermediate, poste-
rior, recurved: tegmina fuscous hyaline; wings whitish (Ml. rupicapra,
Fabr.). Fairmaire remarks that O. tawrus is black with the scutellum
and sides of the pectus white and the tegmina with the costa fuscous.
Hardwicke describes his M. tricornis as head, thorax, and body black ;
12
86 i. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
wings ash-grey, longer and broader than the body, and incumbent: thorax
three-horned, two of which are placed in front behind the eyes, about as
long as the thorax, strong, erect and curved outwards ; the third horn
rises from the posterior margin of the thorax, extending in a gentle arch
the whole length of the body and tapering to the apex. Stal notes that
the type has the lateral margins and apical spine of the scutellum sordid
whitish. Walker’s C. terminalis is thus described: “ Black, clothed with
tawny hairs ; head and pronotum roughly punctured: head convex very
short, transversely subfusiform, a little narrower than the pronotum,
undulating along the hind border, retuse in front, on each side of
the face whose hind border is semicircular and occupies much less than
half the length of the face ; clypeus prominent, retuse: pronotum thick
in front rising vertically above the head, indistinctly ridged ; shoulders
very obtusely angular, not prominent ; above them are two long, stout,
prismatic, diverging, acute horns which are curved backwards, especially
towards the tips; their sides are slightly concave, their inner and outer
sides are of equal breadth, their hinder side is narrower ; behind them
the pronotum is armed with a long, slender, smooth, acute triangular
horn which is slightly curved downwards and extends to the tip of the
abdomen: abdomen above with hoary reflections: tibise pitchy ; hind
tarsi tawny : wings very pale lurid; a narrow pale brown streak on the
fore-border near the tip of each tegmen; two discoidal areolas ; veins«
tawny: wings colourless, veins black.”” Body long 6-8 millims.
Fairmaire notes that he cannot separate from this species smaller
ones of which the horns are very acuminate and hardly recurved, and
others in which the horns are relieved and oblique. WM. vicarius, Wal-
ker, is one of those in which the horns are short.
Reported from India: the Indian Museum possesses specimens from
Calcutta, Sikkim.
17. Leprocentrus rEPoNENS, Walker.
Centrotus reponens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 604 (1851): J. L. 8. Zool. x.
p. 183, (1867).
Centrotus antilope, Stal, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. p. 284 (1859).
Leptocentrus antilope, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 727 (1870).
Fuscous ferruginous : rudely punctured, sparingly covered with
whitish down, head and thorax anteriorly more densely clothed; thorax
anteriorly subreclinately sloped, armed on both sides with a horn,
strong, long, produced somewhat upwards, recurved towards the apex,
three-cornered ; posterior process from its base distant from the abdo-
men, somewhat curved at the base, thence straight, equally thick,
extending somewhat beyond the apex of the abdomen, three cornered
ees ee ee ee ee
a"
et oe =
1885.] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 87
with a high median ridge: tegmina weakly fuscescent-hyaline, veins
fuscous. Size almost the same as that of L. taurus, but differs in
being longer, proportionately narrower, anterior horns longer, more pro-
duced upwards, scutellum concolorous (Stal). Body long 9: broad
5 millims.
Reported from New Guinea, Timor, Philippines, Ceylon, India :
the Indian Museum possesses specimens from Calcutta.
18. Leprocentrus susstiturus, Walker.
Centrotus substitutus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 605 (1881).
In structure like the preceding : horns of thorax short as in var. vica-
rius, Walker, of L. taurus ; pectus with a thick patch of pale yellow down
on each side in front; legs black ; tarsi pitchy ; hind tarsi tawny ; wings
black ; tips colourless ; veins tawny. Body long 64: wings long 123
millims. (Walker).
Reported from N. Bengal.
Genus CrentRrorypus, Stal.
Hem. Afric. iv. p. 88 (1866): Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 281 (1869).
Frons gradually narrowed from the base, without a lobe on both
sides at the base: posterior process of thorax not sinuated on each side
from the base to the scutellum, never distant from the scutellum, gra-
dually narrowed, covering the whole or almost the whole of the scutel-
lum ; dorsum of thorax distinctly keeled, the keel not (or very obsoletely)
continued forward through the thorax, which instead of a keel has a some-
what smooth line: sides of scutellum not prominulous, scutellum not or
only a little, seldom twice, as broad as the base of the posterior process
of the thorax : tegmina with five entire, oblong, apical areas; costal area
punctured at the base, costal and radial areas abbreviated at the same
distance or almost so from the base (Stal).
19. CrnrRoTypeUS FLEXUOSUS, Fabricius.
Membracis flexuosa, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 12 (1794).
Centrotus flecuosus, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p.18 (1803): Fairmaire, A. S. HE. F.
(2 sér.) iv. p. 516 (1846): Walker List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 611 (1851).
Centrotus anchorago, Guérin, Icon, Régne Anim. t. 59, f. 4 (1829-43).
Centrotypus flecuosus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 51 (1869): Ofvers. K. V.-A.
Férh. p. 286 (1869).
Thorax punctured, ccerulean ; with a stout horn on both sides, flat,
acute, black, a little flexuose, posteriorly produced in a spine, longer
than the abdomen: wings black, a spot on the slender margin whitish :
body black (M. flewwosa, Fabr.)._
88 BE. T. Atkinson—wNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
Ceerulean black : lateral horns of thorax long, somewhat recurved,
scarcely turning upwards, above unicarinate, hardly broader than the
median part of the posterior process, acute: tegmina subvinaceous,
ferruginous towards the apex, with the base and the broad costal limbus
beyond the middle, blackish (Stal) ¢. Body long 10: breadth of prono-
tum 3¢: exp. horns of thorax 85 millims.
Reported from India: the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Sikkim.
20. CENTROTYPUS ASSAMENSIS, Fairmaire.
Centrotus assamensis, Fairmaire, A. 8 EH. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 517 (1846).
Centrotus costalis, Walker, Ins. Saunders. Hom. p. 27 (1858).
Centrotypus assamensis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 286 (1869): Distant,
J. A.S. B. xlviii. (2), p. 38 (1879.
Greenish black, blue on the horns: allied to OC. flewuosus, Fabr.
thoracic horns less dilated, ridged before and behind, more relieved :
tegmina yellow, pellucid, with the external margin blackish brown, a
brown patch at the internal angle (fairm.). Long 11 millims.
Reported from Assam and Tenasserim ; the Indian Museum pos-
sesses specimens from the latter locality.
21. CENTROTYPUS OBESUS, Fairmaire.
Centrotus obesus, Fairmaire, A. 8. H. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 518 (1846) : Walker, List
Hom. B. M. ii. p. 612 (1851) : Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitsch. x. p. 386 (1866).~
Centrotus malleator, Walker, List 1. c. p. 612 (1851), Java.
Centrotus malleolus, Walker, List 1. c. p. 613 (1851), Java.
Centrotus malleus, Walker, List 1. c. p. 613 (1851), Ceylon.
Centrotypus obesus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 286 (1869).
Coerulean-black, shining: prothorax tumid and rounded anteriorly
and between the shoulders (especially in 2), deeply punctured : horns
conical, slightly projecting, almost horizontal : posterior process, sinuat-
ed, slender, slightly curved below at the tip, longer than the abdomen :
scutellum white, short ; basal half of tegmina of a transparent yellow, rest
brown, external border blackish (Fairm.). Long 8-10 millims.
Reported from Java, Ceylon, India.
Genus CoccosTerPuus, Stal.
Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 51 (1869).
Body small, obovate: head with the eyes equal in breadth to
the anterior part of the thorax, with the eyes, deflexed, somewhat
transverse, slightly inflexed beneath the eyes, frons a little eleva-
ted, not freely prominent, with the apical margin a little prominu-
1885. ] H. T, Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 89
lous: ocelli twice as distant from each other as from the eyes:
thorax moderately convex, unarmed on both sides anteriorly, gra-
dually narrowed behind the slightly prominulous lateral angles and
gradually passing into the posterior process; the posterior process
entire on both sides at the base, not sinuated, gradually acuminated,
straight, slightly deflexed at the apex, equalling the apex of clavus,
somewhat highly ridged, much depressed in the middle. No complete
scutellum: mesonotum furnished on both sides at the apex with a spinule
turning backwards. ‘Tegmina short, not extending beyond the apex of
the abdomen, gradually somewhat amplified towards the apex which is
obliquely rounded, opaque and coriaceous at the base ; exterior vein of
clavus united with the commissure at some distance beyond the middle ;
corium emitting the ulnar and radial veins from the base, ulnar vein
somewhat forked before the middle of the corium, two discoidal areolas
or, if the areola behind the fork of the ulnar vein be included, three;
the exterior discoidal areola stylated, stylus separating the interior
(or intermediate) discoidal areola from the first apical area, five apical
areas. Wings with three apical areolas. Feet moderate, tibiae prisma-
tic, anterior a little depressed: anterior trochanters unarmed within.
A curious genus allied to Gargara, Stal; but very distinct in having
the thorax behind the lateral angles gradually passing into the posterior
process which has no sinus at the base; there is no produced complete
scutellum, but the mesonotum is armed at the apex with two very distant
spines (Stal).
22. CoccOsTERPHUS MINUTUS, Fabricius.
Membracis minuta, Fabricius, But. Syst. Suppt. p. 514 (1798).
Centrotus minutus, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 22 (1803).
Scaphula (2?) minuta, Fairmaire, A. 8. H. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 495 (1846) ; Walker,
List Hom. B. M ii. p. 589 (1851).
Coccosterphus minutus, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 51 (1869).
Minute : head and thorax black, scabrous with elevated dots: tho-
rax subunarmed, produced posteriorly, attenuated, a little elevated before
the apex, as long as the abdomen : tegmina obscurely whitish, somewhat
spotted fuscous, black at the base ; wings shorter, hyaline: body black
(Fabr.). Black, flavescent-greyish-sericeous: head, thorax and tegmina
remotely sprinkled with somewhat large granules : thorax furnished with
a ridge or keel, obsolete anteriorly, very elevated in the posterior pro-
cess, in its medium depressed part interrupted: tegmina palely greyish-
flavescent, subpellucid, obsoletely dotted with white, veins here and there
infuscate, granules and almost third basal part, black ; black part punc-
tured ; ulnar vein running through this part greyish-flavescent (Stal).
3. Body long 3¢: broad 2 millims.
Reported from H. India, Tranquebar.
90 BR. T. Atkinson—wNofes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
Subfamily Darnina, Stal.
Darnida, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. p. 556 (1867) ; p. 250 (1869).
Genus Hrmiprycua, Germar (in part).
Fairmaire, A. 8. EB. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 312 (1846): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh.
p. 557 ((1867), p. 250 (1869). |
Thorax without an impression above the lateral angles, much eleva-
ted anteriorly, furnished on both sides with a long horn, strong, curved,
acute, turning upwards, reaching with the lateral margins of the poste-
rior process the longitudinal vein of the clavus, covering part of the
apex of the clavus and narrow interior posterior part of the corium,
apical half or more very slightly deflexed ; entire dorsum tectiform or
compressly acute, sinuated above beyond the middle, behind the sinus
eradually decreasing in height, equal to or extending a little beyond
the apex of the tegmina ; head obtusely triangular: ocelli a little more
distant from the eyes than from each other.
23. HemiptycHa crux, Linneeus.
Cicada cruz, Linn., Syst. Nat. (ed. 10) i. p. 485 (1758) : Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 154
(1764).
Hemiptycha crux, 8tal, Berlin Ent. Zeitsch. v, p. 389 (1866).
Fuscous-testaceous : thorax black, anteriorly obsoletely spinkled
testaceous, behind the lateral horns broadly margined with yellow,
this yellow margin narrowed backwards, extended beyond the middle of
the posterior produced part : tegmina fuscous. Thorax distinctly punc-
tulate, furnished with a very strong and long horn above the lateral
angles, compressed, turning outwards and moderately upwards, at the apex
obliquely truncated, anteriorly rounded, at the apex posteriorly acumi-
nate, slightly amplified towards the tip ; posterior produced part gradu-
ally acuminated, extending a little beyond the tip of the tegmina; apex
itself very slightly recurved: dorsum seen from the side somewhat
straight and with a distinct ridge, lateral margins straight (Stal). ?,
body long 18; exp. horns of thorax 17 millims.
Reported from India (Linn.).
Genus ScApPHuLa, Fairmaire.
A. 8. E. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 494 (1846).
Head triangular, rounded at the tip: eyes very broad, prominent,
ocelli contiguous: prothorax smooth, sometimes elevated, slightly
rounded posteriorly : tegmina free, with posterior veins waved, one small
discoidal; the internal extremity sometimes slightly covered by the
prothorax : posterior tarsi longer than the anterior (Muwirm,).
———
Ss. Fe ee
:
;
;
1885. ] B. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. oe St
24. ScaPHULA SEMIATRA, Fairmaire.
Scaphula semiatra, Fairmaire, A. 8. EH. F. (2 sér.) iv. p. 494, t. iii. f. 18, 19; t.
vii, f. 20 (1846) ; Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii. p. 589 (1851).
Brownish black, shining ; prothorax somewhat elevated in the mid-
dle, terminated posteriorly by a defined, rounded border; tegmina free,
dull black, posterior third transparent : abdomen beneath, anterior feet,
knees, and tarsi yellowish; posterior feet blackish (Fairm.) Body
long 6 millims.
Reported from Coromandel P
Family Jasstpa, Stal.
Jassida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 82 (1866) ; Fieber, Kat. p. 8 (1872); Rev.
Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) iii., pp. 337, 386, (1875).
Subfamily Paropina, Fieber.
Paropida, Fieber, Kat. p. 7 (1872) ; Rev. Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) iii, p. 384 (1875) :
Paropides, Sign. A. 8. H. F. (5 sér.) ix, p. 47 (1879).
Genus Sicnorptra, Stal.
Free. Hug. Resa, p. 289 (1859).
Body elongate, subparallel : head with the eyes broader than the
thorax, round in front, semilunated on the vertex, subconcave, furnished.
posteriorly with a high transverse ridge; frons large, convex, with a
much elevated longitudinal ridge ; ocelli placed in a small excavation
in the margin of the base of the frons at the eyes : thorax shorter than
broad,. parallel, anteriorly semicircularly rounded and produced between
the eyes, rounded behind, posteriorly convex, anteriorly semicircularly
depressed, where it is furnished with two ridges before the apex, lying
close to each other: scutellum small, triangular: tegmina longer
than the abdomen with the longitudinal veins towards the apex, once
joined by the transverse nervures, the intracostal longitudinal vein
forked behind the middle : feet moderate, posterior tibie three-cornered,
angles remotely spinose. Allied to Paropia: ocelli nearer the eyes, frons
convex, ridged, thorax differing in shape, the suctellum very small
(Stal).
25. SIGNORETIA MALAYA, Stal.
Thamnotettia malaya, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 192 (1855).
Signoretia malaya, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, p. 290, t. 4, £. 9, a. b. (1859).
Virescent-whitish, densely and roughly punctured ; tegmina vires-
cent whitish hyaline; entire clavus, space between the costa and the
92 K. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,
second longitudinal vein, also other veins on both sides, fairly roughly
punctured (Stal). Long 7; broad, 14 millims.
Reported from Malacca, Tenasserim (?).
Subfamily Luprina, Stal.
Ledrina, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. p. 731 (1870): Scarida, Fieber, Kat. p. 7,
(1872) ; Rev. Mag. Zool. (3 sér.), iii, p. 386, (1875).
26. LepRA SERRULATA, Fabricius.
Ledra serrulata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 24 (1803) : Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 58,
(1809).
Greyish or flavescent-greyish : body beneath and feet weakly testace-
ous flavescent or testaceous whitish : tegmina greyish pellucid behind the
middle, near the base with a pallescent, broad, obsolete band; wings
sordidly hyaline : the dorsum of the abdomen flavescent-sanguineous :
thorax elevated posteriorly and furnished on both sides with a lobe,
erect, produced forwards, crenulated posteriorly on the margin. Some-
times with two interrupted bands on the inferior part of the head and
certain median marks on the thorax, black (Stal). ¢@ Body long, 18 ;
broad 5 millims. Stature of ZL. aurita, Linn. (Britain) head more
roundly produced, lobes of thorax longer. Head somewhat shorter than
the thorax, gradually distinctly amplified through a short space before
the eyes, thence abruptly angulated and anteriorly much rounded, the
ocellar tract impressed, the impressed part amplified forwards and
gradually merging in the anterior disc, anteocular part remotely sprinkled
with distinct granules. Lateral margins of thorax parallel at the apex,
thence somewhat divergent backwards, two parallel ridges behind the
middle anteriorly slightly divergent, obtuse, minutely tuberculate, and
towards the sides a lobiform crest, very high, slightly bending forwards,
remotely granulate, posteriorly crenulate. Scutellum gradually trans-
versely depressed towards the middle, before the middle sprinkled with
granules towards the sides, posteriorly much elevated, the elevated part
posteriorly black and granulate. Tegmina gradually slightly amplified
beyond the middle, thence rounded outwards: almost entire clavus and
corium towards the base punctured and sprinkled with granules at
intervals, veins here and there infuscate. Tibiz above sparingly gra-
nulate.
Reported from Malacca, Teaaiquober:
27. Lepra mutica, Fabricius.
Ledra mutica, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 25, (1803) : Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 59,
(1869).
Ledra fornicata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 815, Cee
Ledra carinata, Walker, List 1. c. p. 815, (1851).
SS — ee
a a
a
~
1885. ] K. T. Atkinson—wNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 93
Greyish mingled with fuscous or weak ferruginous and granulated,
beneath palely sordid flavescent : head and thorax equal in length, the
head obtusely angulated at the apex, the thorax posteriorly quadricari-
nate : dorsum of abdomen weakly sanguineous : clavus sometimes marked
anteriorly with a large pale spot : wings sordid hyaline, sanguincous at
the base. @, body long, 18; broad 4; millims.
Allied to L. dilatata, Walker, but narrower, head longer. Head
very obtusely tectiform, much produced, furnished with a median wrin-
kle, running through it, and posteriorly with four longitudinal wrinkles,
the exterior a little oblique ; somewhat roundly amplified before the eyes,
thence gradually obtusely angulated towards the apex, gradually very
obtusely roundly-narrowed, sprinkled with granules and small tubercles.
Thorax hardly narrowed forwards, subsinuate before the middle on both
sides, behind the middle gradually elevated backwards, remotely sprin-
kled with granules, posteriorly furnished with four parallel ridges.
Scutellum with the apical part much elevated and longitudinally birugose,
the wrinkles (ruge) granulated. Tegmina gradually a little amplified
beyond the middle, thence rounded externally, behind the middle more
pellucid, towards the base sprinkled at intervals with granules, greyish,
veins more obscure, here and there infuscate or palely ferruginous.
Tibize above sprinkled with some granules (Stal).
Reported from Tranquebar, N. India, N. Bengal.
28. Lepra pitatTata, Walker.
Ledra dilatata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 811, (1851) : Stal, Ofvers, K. V.-
A, Forh. p. 495, (1862) ; Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 59, (1869).
Ledra scutellata, Walker, 1. c. p. 812, (1851).
Ledra plana, Walker, 1. c. p. 812, (1851).
Closely allied to L. mutica, Fabr. Testaceous, paler beneath : head
and prothorax, with ferruginous tubercles: head broader than the thorax,
very slightly arcuated, anterior margin rounded, each side somewhat
angulated, hinder margin very slightly sinuate, weakly tricarinate, the
lateral ridges short and oblique ; its length hardly half its breadth : thorax
convex on the disc, furrowed across, very slightly convex along the ante-
rior margin, with a pale band on the disc, which has five slight ridges,
the middle one short: posterior margin concave in the middle, convex on
each side: scutellum gibbous with two slight crests towards the tips:
abdomen red above: tegmina whitish, very convex along the fore-
borders towards the tips; veins pale ferruginous with a few piceous
tubercles towards the base: wings colourless: tibize with piceous tuber-
cles, slightly widened and fringed (Walker). Body long 103: teg. 25
millims.
Reported from H. India.
13
94 BH. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
29. Lepra porsaLis, Walker.
Ledra dorsalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 810, (1851) ; Stal, Ofvers, K. V.-
A, Forh. p. 495, (1862).
Ferruginous, testaceous beneath, head a little broader than the
thorax: very slightly arched, rounded in front, obtusely angular on
each side, slightly sinuate on the posterior margin ; its length hardly
half its breadth ; three broad, low, rounded ridges on the vertex, the
side pair oblique; face with three black stripes corresponding to the
ridges above: shield roughly punctured, slightly convex in front, very
concave on the hind border, armed with six crests, outer pair irregular,
horizontal, and oblique ; next pair vertical, very high, marked with black,
convex above, perpendicular and forming right angles behind ; inner
pair sight, interrupted with two black dots on each towards the hind
border, scutellum convex : abdominal appendages short: legs testaceous :
tegmina ferruginous, tuberculate, especially towards the base, almost
colourless towards the tips: wings almost colourless (Walker). Body
long 21; teg. 375 millims.
Reported from Silhat.
The following three species are of doubtful position :—
30. Lepra punctaTa, Walker.
Ledra punctata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 824, (1851).
Testaceous, paler beneath : head and thorax broad, roughly pune-
tured ; head very short-conical, narrower than the thorax, not arched,
hardly ridged, very slightly concave along the hind border, with irregu-
lar whitish reticulations ; its length less than half its breadth; face
with a furrow along each side: shield green on the disc, with irregular
whitish reticulations in front and on each side, where it is slightly
widened and angular: legs pale testaceous : tegmina almost colourless,
punctured from the base to the tips, tinged with pale green and along
the borders with pale brown ; tips darker brown; veins very few: wings
white (Walker). Body long, 73; teg. 153 millims.
Reported from Malabar.
31. Lepra tingata, Walker.
Ledra lineata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 830 (1851).
Stramineous, fusiform : head and thorax flat; head almost smooth,
conical, almost as broad as the thorax, not arched nor ridged, with a
slight rim, hardly smuate along the hind border ; its length less than
its breadth ; face flat on the disc, with very oblique and indistinet
strie on each side: shield minutely striated across; scutellum with a
ves
ad Bec:
ahs A
1885. ] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 95
slightly arched transverse suture near the tip: tegmina whitish, semi-
transparent ; veins bordered with a darker colour; wings colourless
(Walker). Body long, 7+: teg. 10} millims.
Reported from N. India.
32. Lepra PUNCTIFERA, Walker.
Ledra punctifera. Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 249 (1858).
Greenish-testaceous (pale green ? when alive) ; very minutely punc-
tured, whitish testaceous beneath: head flat, short, conical, very shghtly
impressed on each side above, and with a very slight keel beneath :
thorax with a very slight impression on each side : tegmina with ramose
veins and with a black point in each disc towards the hind border: wings
vitreous (Walker). Body long, 143: teg. 25 millims.
Reported from Darjeeling.
Genus Lepropsis, White.
A. M. N. H. xiv, p. 425 (1844).
Head with its prolongation longer than wide, parallel in front of the
eyes, as wide as the thorax, then gradually curved to the tip, which is
somewhat obtuse ; ocelli on the same line with the front of the eyes and
rather more distant from each other than from the eyes: eyes large but
not very prominent ; prolongation hollowed out beneath, with a spear-
shaped elevated ridge running down the middle, the base of which, on
the face between the eyes, is hollowed out: antenne spring from a depres-
sion in front of the eyes beneath, 3-jointed, the terminal joint ending in
a longish bristle : thorax rounded in front, very deeply notched behind,
the posterior angles truncately rounded: tegmina with many inclosed
cells at the end, the veins robust: body elongate, margined beneath :
tibiz of posterior feet not dilated, serrated behind (White).
33. Lepropsis oBLIGENS, Walker.
Ledra obligens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 251 (1858).
Ledropsis obligens, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 495 (1862).
Reddish, very elongate-subfusiform, testaceous beneath: head convex,
elongate-conical, much longer than broad ; under side concave, with a
very broad border, the middle compartment lanceolate, black towards
the tip of the vertex: thorax convex: abdomen compressed, with a
dorsal ridge : tegmina tawny, reticulated; veins very numerous with
some whitish marks: wings greyish-vitreous (Walker). Body long 123 ;
teg. 165 millims.
Reported from India P
96 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No, 2,
Genus Tiruria, Stal.
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 158 (1865) ; Hem. Afric. iv. p. 102 (1866).
Body large, oblong : head foliaceous, clypeated, triangular, rounded at
the apex, produced forwards and a little downwards, vertex flat ; frons
narrow, flat: face beneath the eyes, abruptly much narrowed, thence
gradually narrowed, margins very slightly amplified : eyes small: ocelli
placed behind the middle of the vertex between the eyes, more distant
from the eyes than from each other: thorax and vertex in the same
plane, somewhat sloped, the former sexangular, angulately amplified on
both sides, lateral margins acute, anterior margin straight, posterior
margin slightly sinuated: scutellum triangular: tegmina coriaceous,
densely punctured, tectiform, reaching the apex of the abdomen, clavus
very broad in the middle, corium triangular, obliquely or roundly trun-
cated behind the clavus; veins irregularly anastomosed towards the
apex, less elevated : feet somewhat short: anterior coxse free ; last tibie
remotely dentated above. Allied to Petalocephala, (Stal).
34. TituriA PLANATA, Fabricius.
Membracis planata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 11 (1794).
Ledra planata, Fabr., Syst. Rhyng. p. 25 (1803).
Epiclines planata, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 578 (1843); Walker,
List Iiom. B. M. iii. p. 831 (1851).
Epiclines hebes, Walker, Ins. Saund. Hom. p. 100 (1858).
Petalocephala planata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 501 (1862).
Petalocephala expansa, Stal, Ofvers. 1. c. p. 158 (1865).
Tituwria planata, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 59 (1869).
Clypeus flat, triangular, entirely virescent, eyes oblong, fuscous : pro-
notum smooth, flat, virescent, produced on both sides in a flat point,
strong, acute: tegmina virescent, immaculate ; body virescent (Fabr.).
Olivaceous flavescent turning into virescent ; above with the proste-
thium densely and distinctly punctured ; head above finely and spar-
ingly punctured: costa sordidly flavescent : apex of the spines of the
last tibiee fuscous ; head obtusely triangular, more than twice as broad
as long; thorax much dilated on both sides, angles acute, the
anterior margin of the dilated part about one third longer than the pos-
terior margin, the latter infuscate ; the last ventral segment in the ?
deeply sinuated at the apex (Stal). %, body 18: breadth of pronotum
10 millims.
Reported from Malacca, India, Tenasserim.
Subfamily Proconiina, Stal.
Ofvers. K, V.-A. Forh. p. 733 (1870).
eee a oe.
’
1885. | KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 97
Genus Trrrraonia, H. Geoffroy (in part).
Hist. Ins. p. 429 (1764): Signoret, A. S. H. F. (2 sér.) i. p. 13 (1852).
Signoret (in l. swpra c.) reviews the history of the group, first esta-
blished by Geoffroy, in his work describing the insects found in the neigh-
bourhood of Paris, under the name Tettigonia. In 1794, Fabricius sepa-
rated the same group in his Ent. Syst. (iv. p. 27) under the name (cada,
and in his Syst. Rhyn. (1803) formed from it the genera Jassus, Flata,
and Uizius. In 1811, Latreille re-established Tettigonia, and, in 1821,
(Mag. Ent. iv.) Germar reduced it by creating the genera Gypona,
Ocelidea, and others. In 1825, Lepelletier de St. Fargeau and Audinet-
Serville (Enc. Méth. x. p. 600) formed two divisions, Tettigonia for those
in which the head is rounded beyond the eyes and Proconia for those in
which the head is conical. In 1829, Latreille (Régne Anim. 2nd ed.,
i, 221) separated Ciccus from Procoma, and, in 1832, De Laporte de
Castelneau (A. S. H. F. i, p. 222) formed Germaria and Rhaphidorhinus.
In 1835, Burmeister (Handb. ii, (i) p. 117) restored the Tettigonia of
Latreille and Germar with four subdivisions, and, again in 1840, Blan-
chard (Hist. Nat. Ins. iii) admits divisions only. In 1843, Amyot and
Serville (Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 569) admit Tettigonia, Germaria, Ciccus,
Rhaphidorhinus, and Procona, and add Aulacizes, Diestostemma, and
Acopsis. In 1850, Spinola (Tay. Sin. Modena) created Diedrocephala
and Wolfella, and, in the same year, Signoret created Dilobopterus (Rev.
Zool. (2 sér.) ii, p. 284). In 1851, Fitch formed Helochara for an
American species, and, in the same year, Walker created Propetes.
In 1852-54, Signoret (A. S. H. F'. (3 sér.) 1iii.) keeps one genus
and five groups, and notices some 396 species then recorded from all parts
of the world. Stal, in 1869 (Hem. Fabr. 1, p. 59, note), includes the
group in his subfamily Jassida and division Proconiida, preserving (rer-
maria, Oiccus, Diestostemma, Rhaphidorhinus, Procoma, and Tettigonia
and adding a number of his own genera. In 1870, Stal (Ofvers. K. V.-
A. Forh. p. 733) raises the group to the dignity of a subfamily under
the name Proconiina. In 1884, Taschenberg (Zeitsch. Nat. Wiss. Halle,
p. 431) sinks the genera and reviews the whole as one genus with sub-
divisions running so closely the one into the other as not to afford good
generic characters. After examining the figures given by Signoret, this
appears to me to be the most reasonable solution of the difficulties con-
nected with the arrangement of the insects belonging to this group,
which now number nearly five hundred.
35. TEYTTIGONIA SEMICIRCULARIS, Signoret.
Tettigonia semicircularis, Signoret, A. S, EH. F, (3 sér.) i, p. 348, t. 10, f. 5 (1853)
Walker, List B. M. Suppt, p. 219 (1858).
98 KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
Head rounded anteriorly, yellow, with two frontal bands united on
the clypeus, white : clypeus and rostrum black : two half moons united
on the vertex, a median band and on each side two spots, black: prono-
tum transverse with two bands, anterior one narrow and sinuated, poste-
rior broad, uniting with the first, and on each side between them a
transverse patch, black: scutellum with a semicircular band proceeding
from the base, black: tegmina fuscous, with a farinose, powdery sub-
stance; lateral margins transparent : abdomen black with the sides and
border of the segments, yellow; exterior margin pale, bordered with
black, anus white : feet yellow. Long 5-6 millims.
Reported from Pondicherry.
36. Turriconta Pavo, Signoret.
Tettigonia pavo, Signoret, A. 8. H. F. (3 sér.) i, p. 675, t. 22, f. 4 (1853): Wal-
ker, List B. M. Suppt. p. 218 (1858).
Bluish-black : head rounded, above bluish-black, beneath yellow
with the frons and vertex between the eyes depressed : prothorax ante-
riorly somewhat narrow, yellow, with five spots or patches, black, of
which three are on the anterior margin and two, corresponding to two
on the base of the scutellum, are on the posterior margin: tegmina red,
brown at the tips and exhibiting two bluish circles formed of an easily
removeable farinose powder, one of these circles is on the cubital dise
near the scutellary angle and the other is at the tip, half in the red part
of the tegmen and half in the brown tip : wings brownish : abdomen
bluish-black with the margins of the segments beneath, yellow: anal
appendage as in 7’. ferruginea: feet yellow. Long 15 millims.
Reported from Bengal.
37. TETTIGONIA FERRUGINEA, Fabricius.
Cicada ferruginea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iv. p. 32 (1794) ; Suppt. p. 218 (1798);
Syst. Rhyng. p. 62 (1803).
Proconia ferruginea, Walker, List B. M. iii, p. 783 (1851).
Tettigonia apicalis, Walker, List 1. c. p. 736, China.
Tettigonia confinis, Walker, 1. c. p. 736, China.
Tettigonia addita, Walker, 1. c. p. 737, Java.
Tettigonia gemina, Walker, 1. c. p. 737, Java.
Tettigonia obscura, Walker, 1. c. p. 738, E. India.
Tettigonia duplex, Walker, 1. c. p. 738, — ?
Tettigonia reducta, Walker, 1. c. p. 739, Hong Kong.
Tettigonia longa, Walker, 1. c. p. 740, Philippines.
Tettigonia immaculata, Walker, 1. c. p. 740, Quito ?
Tettigonia confinis, Walker, l. c. p. 745, — P
Tettigonia ferruginea, Germar, Mag. Ent. iv. p. 69 (1821): Signoret, Rey. Zool.
p. 176 (1853); A. S. H. F, (8 sér.) i, p. 676, t. 22, f. 5 (1853) : Walker, List B. M.
Suppt. p. 218 (1858).
}
1885. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 99
Fabricius describes this species thus :—‘‘ Head, thorax and scutel-
lum spotted with black: tegmina red: wings white. Of median size:
head glaucous, with band at the base of the rostrum, and dot on the
frons and vertex, dull black: thorax sub-cinereous with an anterior
spot and two posterior spots common to the scutellum, black: scutellum
concolorous, with the two common spots at the base and one towards the
apex, dull black: tegmina ferruginous, a little lighter at the tips: body
and wings black.’’ Signoret notes that the form of the anal appendage
in the ? distinguishes this species. This is very large, deeply emargin-
ate, covering a great part of the vulvar plates, more or less round on
the sides and in shape like two approximated lobes. Walker describes
his different species as varying from tawny to red-lead colour, testace-
ous, luteous or orange : the tips of the tegmina are black, lurid or brown :
posterior margins of abdominal segments and tip of abdomen, red,
tawny, luteous or ferruginous, so that the form of the anal appendage in
the ¢ is the most steady character for distinguishing a species so variable
in colour. Body long, 14-20 millims.
The Indian Museum possesses specimens from Sumatra, Tenasserim,
Arakan, Sikkim, and Assam.
38. 'TETTIGONIA UNIMACULATA, Signoret.
Tettigonia wnimaculata, Signoret, A. 8. E. F. (8 sér. ii. p. 26 (1854): Stal, Of-
vers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 734 (1870).
Tettigonia kinbergi, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins. p. 288 (1859).
Whitish with yellow veins: head triangularly rounded in front
with a black spot between the ocelli and on both sides, above the antennal
margin, near the eyes: ocelli blackish and placed in a deep groove:
basal band on thorax produced subtriangularly in the middle and two
basal spots on the scutellum, black: pronotum very convex in front,
straight behind above the scutellum, anteriorly transversly furrowed :
tegmina fuscous or yellow-white with the streaks a little brown, costal
half, whitish hyaline: abdomen and feet yellowish white; vertex im-
pressed on both sides. Allied to T. albida, Walker, from which it differs
in its smaller size, narrower head, anteriorly more or less obtusely roundly-
subangulated, in wanting the median black apical spot, in the thorax
being more narrowed forwards, posteriorly a little broader than the head,
and especially by the cavities on each side in front of the eyes in which
are inserted the ocelli (Sign., Stal) ¢ Body long, 5: broad, 15 millims.
Reported from Philippines, Malacca, India.
39. Turrigonta BELLA, Walker.
Tettigonia bella, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 778 (1851) : Signoret, A, S. E,
F, (3 sér.) ii, p. 10, t. 1, f. 8 (1854).
100 KE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
Black, striated and spotted yellow; head as broad as the thorax,
angularly rounded in front, somewhat concave posteriorly ; vertex with
a stripe, a band on the posterior margin and a curved stripe on each side,
frons and face with spots on each side and some larger marks in the
middle, yellow ; three pair of large contiguous luteous spots on the head
beneath, one of these on the clypeus: thorax black, with a curved
yellow band on each side: scutellum black : tegmina black, with eight
yellow patches or spots; two oblique, basal; two sutural forming a
patch common to the two tegmina and four marginal; of the latter those
on each side nearer the base, four times longer than the others, tips lurid:
abdomen black or purple, tawny at the tip beneath ; legs testaceous,
anterior femora marked with black : wings brown, irridescent, pale gray
towards the base. In some cases the marks on the tegmina are oblong
angular, more like longitudinal bands than spots (Sign., Walk.). Long
53-6; teg. 123 millims.
Reported from N. India, Silhat.
40. TrrrigontaA ASsAMENSIS, Distant.
Tettigonia assamensis, Distant, Ent. M. M. xvi, p. 203 (1880).
Head pale yellow, with a black fascia occupying the space between
the ocelli ; pronotum creamy white, the lateral margins carmine and _ six
black spots situated transversely, two smallest near anterior margin and
the four larger across the disc. Scutellum pale yellow with three black
spots, two basal and one subapical : tegmina pale creamy white with a
broad longitudinal subcostal carmine band, commencing near the base
and extending to about the middle ; a black narrow oblique band nearly
crossing the tegmina at the base and at commencement of the carmine
band and five dark fuscous spots situated, one in centre of carmine band,
three wide apart, longitudinally on the disc, and one at the marginal
apex of the coriaceous portion : wings dark fuscous with the apical bor-
ders broadly creamy white : abdomen above pitchy, underside of body
pitchy ; legs luteous and tarsi pitchy ; face orange yellow with a large
crescent-shaped black fascia about its centre and a small black spot
at the base: the head is rounded in front, much broader than long, and
transversely channelled on the dise (Distant). Body long, 13 millims.
Reported from Assam. :
4). TETTIGONIA EXTREMA, Walker.
Tettigonia extrema, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 761 (1851) : Sienoreb, Age's:
H. F. (8 sér.) i, p. 663, t. 21, f. 4 (1853): Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 495
(1862).
Euacanthus extrenvus, Distant, Scient. Res, 2nd Yarkand Mission, p. 15 (1879).
SS Se ae oe ee
_--™
F.
;
1885. ] W. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 101
Pale yellow: head luteous; vertex semicircular in front, hardly
concave on the posterior margin, with a slight ridge on the disc which is
mostly occupied by a black mushroom-shaped patch of which the stalk
rests on the posterior margin between the ocelli ; face smooth, shining,
with a slight ridge and on each side with indistinct oblique striz : tho-
rax with a median obconical patch and a rounded spot on each side, also
-scutellum and abdomen, brownish black : tegmina yellow with an elon-
gated subtriangular blackish-brown stripe towards the interior margin
and a similar stripe along the costa almost to the apex, gradually much
amplified towards the apex and itself striped paler: wings dark brown
(Walk., Sign.) Body long 63; teg. long 135 millims.
Reported from N. India, Murree.
42. TEYTIGONIA QUADRILINEATA, Signoret.
Tettigonia quadrilineata, Signoret, A. S. EH. F. (3 sér.) i, p. 669, t. 21, f. 12,
(1853) : Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 218 (1858).
Head, thorax, and scutellum yellow, with two median stripes from
the vertex to the posterior margin of the thorax, a fine line between these
stripes on the vertex, a stripe on the lateral borders of the thorax, and
three spots on the scutellum, dark brown : tegmina red with interrupted
narrow longitudinal black lines, irregularly disposed in rows, tips pale.
Long 12 millims.
Reported from E. India.
43. TETTIGONIA RUBROMACULATA, Signoret.
Tettigonia cardinalis, Walker (nec Fabricius), List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 744 (1851).
Tettigonia rubromaculata, Signoret, A. 8. H. F. (8 sér.) i, p. 668, t. 21, f. 11 (1853)
Walker, List. 1. c. Suppt. p. 218 (1858).
Above deep black : head with an irregular angular black mark on
the vertex, including a subquadrate black mark which proceeds from
the hind border: face flat with two black stripes which unite on the
clypeus, sides tawny ; rostrum piceous : thorax with a transverse band
and lateral bands, red: scutellum red with two triangular spots, their
bases resting on the anterior margin and a sagittate mark near the apices
of those spots, black : tegmina black with a number of uninterrupted
longitudinal red streaks, the ends of most of which on each tegmen meet
the ends of the corresponding streaks on the other tegmen: wings with
a metallic tinge: tip of abdomen red; legs red, feet tawny (Sign.).
Long with teg. 12-14 millims.
Reported from Nepal: the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Sikkim and Sibsagar (Assam).
14
102 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. { No. 2,
44, TrrTiGONIA OPPONENS, Walker.
Tettigonia opponens, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 757 (1851): Signoret, A. S.
E. F. (3 sér.) i, p. 667, t. 21, £. 10 (1853).
Black: head and thorax slightly convex, head bright orange, con-
cave along the posterior margin, more convex in front, with two clavate
stripes and a spot between the tips of the stripes, black ; beneath pale
yellow, twice broader than long ; face oval with a flat pale orange disc,
a black stripe along two-thirds ef each side is united to a black stripe on
the clypeus, which is ridged and slightly compressed ; rostrum pale
yellow : thorax with a broad orange band which is sometimes half inter-
rupted on the hind border and is waved along the fore border near each
side of which it includes a little black cross streak, also a large subqua-
drate orange spot whose hind border is notched on each side near the tip
of the scutellum which is tawny ; legs pale yellow: tegmina dark grey
with three orange stripes, costal and median united at the base, interior
hardly extending beyond the middle, veins brown (Walk., Sign.). Long
12 millims.
Reported from N. India.
Subfamily AcocrpHanina, Signoret.
Acocephalide, Fieber, Kat. p. 10 (1872) : Acocephalides, Puton, Signoret, A. S.
KE. F. (5 sér.) ix, p. 47 (1879).
45. ACOCEPHALUS STRAMINEUS, Walker.
Acocephalus stramineus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 847 (1851) ; Stal, Ofvers.
K. V.-A. Forh. p. 494 (1862) : Signoret, A. 8. E. F. (5 sér.) ix, p. 88 (1879).
Bythoscopus stramineus, Distant, Scient. Res. 2nd Yarkand Miss. p. 18 (1879).
Bythoscopus indicatus, Walker, List 1. c. Suppt. p. 266 (1858).
Pale testaceous ; head slightly rugose, a little narrower than the
thorax, rounded and almost semicircular in front, less sinuate behind ;
about four times broader than long ; vertex longer in the middle than on
the sides ; two black dots on the anterior border which forms a slight
rim ; face flat, broad, punctured: thorax transversely striated : scutel-
lum very slightly punctured: tegmina almost colourless, punctured
nearly to the tips, pale testaceous towards the base: wings colourless
(Walker). Body long, 95 ; teg. 21 millims.
Reported from Celebes, Java, N. China, Sind valley.
Genus Hecauus, Stal.
A.S. E. F. (4 sér.) iv, p. 65 (1864) : Hem. Afric. iv, p. 113 (1866) : Signoret, A.
S. E. F. (5 sér.) ix, p. 266 (1879) : includes Glossocratus, Fieber (Rey. Mag. Zool*
(3 sér.) ii, p. 403, 1875).
Se PR at Oe A Ce”
1885. ] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 103
Body oblong or elongate, depressed : head somewhat large or some-
what so produced, apical margin acute, more or less broadly foliaceous :
face dilated, somewhat deeply sinuated below the eyes ; frons a little
convex: eyes small or moderate : ocelli placed on the apical margin of
the head or at or near the eyes : thorax transverse, very obtusely round-
ed at the apex : scutellum triangular, a little broader than long: tegmi-
na almost as long as the abdomen, margined at the apex, valvate behind
_ the clavus, with five apical areas: feet moderate, posterior tibis very
spinose. Allied to Siva, Stal, but differs in the head larger, more pro-
duced, margin foliaceous (Stal).
46. Hcatus suncatus, Fieber.
Glossocratus sulcatus, Fieber, Verh. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien. xvi, p. 513, t.
7, f. 13 (1866).
Hecalus sulcatus, Signoret, A. 8S. EH. F. (5 sér.) ix, p. 272, t. 8, f. 28 (1879).
Sordid yellow: vertex parallel, parabolic in front, angles very ob-
tusely rounded : prothorax with four elongated cavities in front, finely
striated transversely behind: tegmina transparent, as long as the abdo-
men: veins strong, yellowish, not margined ; a blackish dot at the point
of the clavus : abdomen above with two bands of small brown patches,
two at the base of each segment: feet entirely sordid yellow, unicolo-
rous: ventral segments parallel, median lobe obtusely salient, sides sinua-
ted (Fieber). 2, body long, 11 millims.
Reported from H. India. Signoret considers this species to be probably
one with H. parva, Walker (List i, p. 828), though he gives the latter
also with a? asa synonym possibly of H. paykulli, Stal, who, however,
makes it a Selenocephalus in Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 494 (1862).
47, HeCALUS PAYKULLI, Stal.
Petalocephala paykulli, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 252 (1854).
Hecalus paykulli, Stal, A. 8. HE. F. (4 sér.), iv, p. 64 (1864): Signoret, ibid.
(5 sér.) ix, p. 270 (1879), t. 7, f. 26.
Sordid whitish-yellow, smooth, shining, clouded with brown on the
vertex, the length of the median line, and transversely on the prothorax,
the tegmina and the veins of the same colour but with a brown line on
each side. Head defined on the margin only, one and half times longer
than the prothorax, as long as broad between the eyes, angularly round-
ed, the sides almost parallel above the eyes, then forming an angle
at the tip ; two excavations on the vertex on each side. Frons convex
with a foliaceous border anteriorly, grooved on the sides, border con-
cave above the clypeus which is itself broader at the base than at the
tips but showing its greatest breadth in the middle, carinate in its
median part. Rostrum very short. Gene with the tip oblique from the
on
104. BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
clypeus to the eye forming a very acute angle, concave, sinuous towards
the clypeus then emarginate, concave near the eye. The prothorax a
little more than twice broader than long, finely striated transversely in
the posterior half and with several less marked impressions anteriorly.
Tegmina opaque with four discoidal areas of which two are anteapical,
five apical areas and three in the marginal space ; a black dot occurs at
the tip of the claval angle. Wings hyaline with the third sector re-
united at the internal branch of the bifurcation of the second sector,
then bifurcate and forming a long angular cell. Pectus and abdomen
yellow: the latter a little deeper towards the base of the dorsal segments.
é has last segment of the abdomen hardly longer than the preceding,
apical margin straight ; a very small genital appendage; genital plates
very narrow at the tip almost as long as the hypopygium and pubescent
on the sides ; the hypopygium a little broader and pubescent, the anal
tube is surrounded by it and extends beyond it by very little. The @
_has the last segment twice as long as the preceding, convex at the supe-
rior margin, angular in the middle and weakly sinuated on each side ;
the genital appendages or valvules are more than twice as long as the
preceding and the oviduct extends beyond them by about one-third
(Signoret). Stal writes :—Shining, sordid whitish-yellow ; head (eyes
excepted) almost equally long and broad, longer by half than the thorax,
anteriorly slightly narrowed, smoothish : tegmina opaque ; eyes fuscous.
é Body long 5; broad, hardly 2 millims: 2, body long 6; broad, 2
millims : Stal gives ? long 853; breadth thorax 2 millims.
Reported from China, Senegal, (Australia ?), Silhat.
Genus THOMSONIELLA, Signoret.
A. 8. E. F. (5 sér.) x, p. 52 (1880).
Separated from Hecalus, Stal, by the presence of six discoidal areo-
las. Body depressed : head prolonged in front, foliaceous on the ante-
rior margin of the vertex, with a groove throughout its entire length,
vertex depressed, also the frous, the latter with the grooves and lateral
sutures extending to the anterior border of the head: genx sinuated,
rounded in the middle : the lores occupying the entire space between the
margin of the gens and the frontal suture: sides of clypeus almost
parallel, rounded at the tip, one and half times longer than broad : pro-
thorax transverse, almost broader than the head with the eyes: tegmina
transparent hyaline with a narrow marginal limbus: rest as in Hecalus
(Signoret).
48. THOMSONIELLA KIRSCHBAUMII, Stal.
Hecalus kirschbawmii, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 737 (1870).
Thomsoniella kirschbawmv, Signoret, A, S. EH, F, (5 sér.) x, p. 52, t. 1, f. 44
(1880).
—_— oe
1885. ] EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 105
Pale yellow, shining, with a dot at the tip of the clavus and on the
middle of the first apical area, black : anterior margin of vertex blackish.
Head a little shorter than broad between the eyes, the anterior margin
weakly angularly rounded and reflexed, vertex concave, ocelli in the
groove very close to the eyes. Frons convex, almost as long as broad, the
sides much rounded : gene broad with the angle very obtusely rounded.
Prothorax convex anteriorly, concave behind, the lateral margins very
slightly convex, almost parallel ; finely, transversely striated. Clypeus
with the sides parallel, rounded at the tip. Tegmina rounded at the tips
with four broad apical and six discoidal cells, the sixth comprising a
small hexagonal cellule with equal sides before the third apical cell; there
is also a supplementary cellule ; limbus very narrow, a transverse vein
between the two veins of the clavus. Abdomen long, the last segment (2)
twice as long as the penultimate with the margin sinuous, emarginate
in the middle and furnished with a rounded median lobe; valvules one
half longer and the oviduct extending beyond them byathird. @¢,
body long, 6; broad, 2 millims. :
Reported from Philippines, Ceylon, India.
Resembles P. wallengrenit, Stal, but differs in the more rounded
head, in the number of discoidal cellules, and in the groove on the border
of the head (Sign.).
Genus SELENOCEPHALUS, Germar.
Silbermann’s Rev. Ent. i, p. 180 (1833): Burmeister, Handb. ii, (i), p. 111
(1835) : Amyot and Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 583 (1843): Stal, Hem. Afric.
iv, p. 108 (1866) : Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) iii, p. 399 (1875).
Body oblong : head short, broadly rounded at the apex, apical mar-
gin with a furrow : vertex flat, horizontal : face dilated, depressed at the
base, lateral margins slightly sinuated beneath the eyes: ocelli placed
in the furrow of the apical margin of the head at or near the eyes: thorax
transverse, rounded anteriorly : scutellum a little broader than long,
triangular: tegmina extending beyond the apex of the abdomen, mem-
branous, margined at the apex, valvate behind the clavus, with 4-5 apical
areas : feet moderate, posterior tibiz, a little compressed, very spinose
(Stal).
49. SELENOCEPHALUS EGREGIUS, Stal.
Selenocephalus egregius, Stal, A.S.H.F. (4 sér.) iv, p. 66 (1864): Signoret,
ibid. (5.sér.) x, p. 62; t. 2; f. 52 (1880).
Light olive green, smooth; vermillion spots on the head, protho-
rax and scutellum, glossy. Head very little broader than the prothorax,
rounded in front; vertex not longer in the middle than towards the
106 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
eyes, with a biarcuated band of vermillion, margin with a slight
groove, ocelli a little distant from the eyes; frons with the sutures
concave, then convex at the tip, weakly impressed in front. Clypeus
one and half times longer than broad, spatuliform; lores much round-
ed; gene broad, tip convex, a little sinuate in front of the sub-
ocular piece. Prothorax two and half time broader than long, thrice
longer than the vertex and with a vermillion band in front which starting
from the middle of the anterior margin proceeds obliquely towards the
middle of the lateral borders where it ends ina round spot. Scutellum
broader than long with four round dots at the base, two lateral towards
the transverse stria and the tip, vermillion. Tegmina hyaline golden-yel-
low with the side strong and vermillion up to beyond the middle, veins
blackish, the transverse blacker and with two lateral spots along the
border, three at the suture and the extremity, black. Wings slightly
infuscate with a lighter space in the supplementary cellule: body and
feet yellow olive with deeper shades at the base of the abdominal seg-
ments : last ventral segment in 2 scarcely longer than the preceding,
emarginate in the middle with a median lobe, the sides very oblique,
trilobate : valvules thick, round, pubescent at the extremity ; hairs yellow
at the base, black at the tip: oviduct blackish just extending beyond
the valvules (Sign.). 2, body long, 8 millims.
Reported from Burma.
50. SELENOCEPHALUS CULTRATUS, Walker.
Ledra culobata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 827 (1851).
Ledra cultrata, Walker, 1. c. iv, p. 1159 (1851).
Selenocephalus cultratus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 494 (1862).
Testaceous, almost fusiform; head conical, as broad as the thorax,
shagreened, very slightly arched, very slightly concave along the hind
border, with a very indistinct middle ridge, on each side of which there
is a very slight furrow ; its length a little less than its breadth; sides
slightly angular; fore-part of the underside with slight diverging ridges
which are at right angles to the slight oblique ridges on each side of the
face ; a piceous spot in front of each eye: ocelli near the hind border :
thorax very slightly convex, hardly striated transversely, indistinctly im-
pressed on each side ; scutellum with a slight arched transverse suture
near the tip: abdomen as broad as the thorax with seven slight black
stripes : legs marked with black: tegmina pale testaceous, not punctur-
ed: wings colourless (Walker). Body long 10; teg. 145 millims.
Reported from India.
Genus PETALOCEPHALA, Stal.
Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-A. Forh. p. 266 (1856) ; Hem, Afric. iv, p. 103 (1866).
Se a ee
’
1885. | H, T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 107
Body very oblong or a little elongate, depressed : head clypeated,
foliaceous, produced anteriorly ; vertex somewhat flattish ; face beneath
the eyes abruptly very much narrowed, thence gradually, margins very
slightly defined ; frons small, narrow, flattish: eyes small: ocelli situate
towards the base of the vertex, more distant from the eyes than
from each other ;: thorax transverse, sexangular, not or only very slightly
narrowed forwards, lateral margins acute, anterior-lateral much longer
than posterior-lateral, anterior margin slightly rounded: scutellum
triangular, subequilateral: tegmina subcoriaceous, pellucid, densely
punctured, tectiform anterjorly conjointly convex, clavus very broad
before the middle, corium obliquely rounded at the apex, veins irregular-
ly anastomosed towards the apex, less distinct : feet somewhat short ;
first coxee free; last tibiee above remotely dentated. Type Petalocephala
bohemani (Stal).
51. PETALOCEPHALA CHLOROCEPHALA, Walker.
Ledra chlorocephalus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii, p. 825 (1851).
Petalocephala chlorocephala, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 494 (1862).
Testaceous, paler beneath, almost fusiform ; head and thorax thickly
punctured ; head flat, conical, as broad as the thorax, very slightly arch-
ed, very slightly concave along the hind border, green in front with a
median ridge ; its length a little more than half its breadth; three
ridges beneath, the middle one tapering to the fore border, the side pair
curved outward : thorax almost flat, shield tinged with green on each side
of the hind border: legs pale testaceous : tegmina almost colourless,
testaceous towards the base, brown at the tips, with a small black spot
in each disc: wings colourless (Walker). 3, body long, 10; teg. 20 mil-
lims.
Reported from N. India.
Genus Siva, Spinola.
Gen. Ins. Artr., p. 167 (1852): Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 112 (1866) : Signoret, A.
S. HE. F. (5 sér.) x, p. 197 (1880).
Body very oblong, somewhat depressed, above slightly convex :
head narrower than the thorax, short, rounded anteriorly or obtusely
rounded subangularly, anterior margin somewhat acute but not folia-
ceous : vertex horizontal, flat, about twice broader than the eyes ; face
dilated, frons and clypeus somewhat flat ; frons longer than broad ;
clypeus spatuliform ; gene broad with the angle more or less angular
and more or less emarginate : ocelli placed at the eyes on the anterior
margin of the head: thorax transverse, narrowed forwards, twice
broader than long, slightly rounded at the apex, almost straight above
108 BE, T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
the scutellum, lateral margins acute: scutellum triangular, a little
broader than long: tegmina barely extending beyond the tip of the
abdomen, tip narrow, irregularly veined: feet moderate, last femora
compressed, last tibiee very spinose. Allied to Selenocephalus.
52. SIVA STRIGICOLLIS, Spinola.
Siva strigicollis, Spinola, Tav. Sinot. p. 127 (1852): Signoret, A. 8. H. F. (5 sér.)
x, p. 198, t. 6, f. 64 (1880).
Selenocephalus costalis, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins. p. 290 (1859): A. 8. HE. F.
(4 sér.) iv, p. 66 (1864) ?. .
Siva costalis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 736 (1870) 2.
Very pale yellow with two black spots on the tip of the vertex
and one at the tip of each clavus : head and pronotum striated transverse-
ly. Head narrower than the pronotum, round in front, thickened and re-
flexed, with two small black median spots, a median line and slight trans-
verse striz ; breadth between the eyes a little smaller than the eyes toge-
ther : face transversely striated, stronger and more oblique on the sides :
frons longer than broad, flat at the base, more convex at the tip, the
grooves and base of a brighter citron yellow: gene with parallel circu-
lar streaks on the upper border which is circular, slightly sinuate be-
neath the eyes, the portion below the eyes and antenne, glossy: cly-
peus twice longer than broad, broadly spatuliform at the tip, transversely
striated and a little carinate at the base : lores longer than broad. Pro-
notum twice broader than long, grooved strongly and almost parallel,
anterior border slightly convex, sides oblique and posterior border almost
straight, angles oblique: scutellum broader than long with three spaces
bounded by the angles, those at the base almost glossy, that atthe tip,
strongly transversely striated. 'Tegmina rugose, punctured, longer than
the abdomen, veins strong: wings large, milky. Pectus yellow with
paler spaces; feet yellow, femora flat, posterior tibize very spiny: abdo-
men uniform yellow.
é last ventral segment much larger than the penultimate but less
broad, pubescent, almost square with the apical margin almost straight
a little sinuate in the middle, angles round ; covering almost entirely
the plates of the genitalia and of half the hypopygium ; the former very
narrow, slightly pubescent ; the latter forming two valves irregularly
rounded at the tip and armed on the disc and sides with a few spiny
hairs.
? last ventral segment a little longer on the sides than the penulti-
mate not longer in the middle, lateral angles, acute, round at the tip,
the middle concave, without sinuosities: the valvules four times longer,
hardly pubescent, extending a little beyond the oviduct which is short
a
1885. ] BK. T. Atkinson—Nofes on Indian Rhynchota, 109
and enclosed by the dorsal tip of the valvules, the anal tip visible from
below, invisible from above (Sign.). Body long, 10-11 millims.
Reported from Philippines, Coromandel, India.
Genus Drasescus, Stal.
Subgenus, Ofvers. Kong. Vet. Aka. Férh. p. 738 (1870): Dabrescus, Signorot,
A. 8. E. F. (5 86x.) x, p. 207 (1880).
Ocelli remote from the eyes, almost more distant than the antenne :
anterior tibia above broadly subsulcate, superior margin of the first
tibiz distinctly dilated: formed from Selenocephalus.
53. DRABESCUS NERVOSOPUNCTATUS, Signoret.
Dabrescus nervosopunctatus, Signoret, A. 8. H, F. (5 sér.) x, p. 209, t. 7, f. 72
(1880).
Yellow, spotted with brown : vertex very short, at least four times
broader than long between the eyes, a little longer towards the eyes
than in the middle ; in front a blackish patch and in the middle, a black
median line: ocelli as distant from the eyes as from the median line:
frons black, very finely rugose, almost as long as broad at the base
which is yellowish, but bounded on the margin itself of the head by a
blacker line which is continued on the eyes in a lighter shade. Scrobe
oblique reaching the vertex at the level of the eyes. Clypeus black,
carinate, spatuliform, rugose and with two small excavations at the tip:
Genz yellow with a blackish spot beneath the antenna which is punc-
tured with yellow dots ; almost as broad as long, with the border free,
straight from the clypeus to the external angle of the eye with a weak
sinuosity above the anterior coxee and a stronger beneath the eyes. An-
tenn very short, yellow, the base of the second joint and the third joint
black. Pronotum nearly thrice broader than long, yellow-brown, with
brown spots furnished with light yellow round dots; finely striated
transversely in all its length. Scutellum brown, with irregular, long or
round dots, yellow. Tegmina golden-yellow hyaline, in appearance
rugose, and furnished with brown veins, almost black with white dots
regularly placed, the side brown, punctured white ; in addition a band at
the basal third and almost the upper half, brown, lighter in the middle
but forming deep spots on the side in a line with the transverse discoidal
vein on the suture at the level of the tip of the clavus, in a line with the
transverse veins of the apical cellules ; extremity of the apical cellules and
the limbus, blackish. Wings hyaline, infuscate at the tip: pectus and feet
yellowish brown; base of the spines of the posterior tibize and the tip
of the claws, blackish : abdomen yellow, with the median part of the
15
110 BE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
dorsum broadly, a narrow median band on the venter, the tip of the last
segment and the oviduct, black. ¢ with last segment twice as long as
the preceding, weakly sinuate at the tip with a very small extension in
the middle (Sign.). 9%, body long, 10 ; broad, 33 millims.
Reported from N. India.
54. DRABESCUS ANGULATUS, Signoret.
Dabrescus angulatus, Signoret, A. 8. EH. F. (5 sér.) x. p. 210, t. 7, f. 73 (1880).
In appearance very like D. nervoso-punctatus, Sign., from which it
differs by the vertex being angular in the middle, frons longer, tegmina
rugose although hyaline, the rugosities very close to each other, yellow,
whitish at the tip and streaked with black in the hollows which they
form, veins brown alternated with white dots, clavus with two transverse
veinlets, one between the two veins and the other between the anal vein
and the claval suture. Tegmina with a white, rugose, hyaline, basal
band; a broad band, streaked black; a white hyaline band ; a broad band
streaked with black on the anteapical areas; further the length of the
apical cellules, of a golden hyaline, yellow, glossy not rugose, the margi-
nal border deeper infuscate with a brown spot at the tip of the fourth
external apical area.
Vertex very short angularly rounded.in front, a little longer in the
middle than towards the eyes, concave in the latter direction, convex in
the middle, the extreme edge forming a light yellow ridge bounded on
the vertex by a black line, on the frons by a black band confluent with
the frons itself which is black, yellowish brown at the tip and along
the sides ; longitudinally striated and without lateral grooves. The re-
mainder as in D. nervosopunctatus, except that the 2 has the last ventral
segment strongly emarginate in the middle, sinuated on the sides, the
angles angularly rounded, and at this point twice as Jong as the preced-
ing segment, although in the middle it is hardly as long. Oviduet and
genital plates yellow, the latter a little shorter of the two (Sign.).
Body long, 9: broad 3 millims.
Reported from N. India.
Subfamily Jasstna, Stal.
Ofvers. K. V-A. Foérh. (pt.) p. 735 (1870).
Genus Jassus, Fabricius.
Syst. Rhyng. p. 85 (1803): Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 119 (1866): Spangbereg,
Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. no 8 p. 3 (1878) : Cwlidia, Germar, Burmeister.
Body oblong, subcylindrical ; head a little narrower than the thorax,
obtuse or very obtuse on the anterior margin: vertex horizontal, a little
’
1885. ] EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 111
narrower than the eyes, gradually somewhat amplified forwards; face
dilated, more or less reclined, frons occupying the greatest part of the
intraocular breadth of the face, very slightly convex ; clypeus produced
and amplified at the apex, truncated : ocelli situate on the apical margin
of the head near the eyes: thorax transverse, short, shorter than the
scutellum : scutellum hardly shorter than long, subequilateral, large :
tegmina margined at the apex, valvate behind the clavus, with five apical
areas : feet somewhat long; posterior tibiae very spinose (Stal).
59. JASSUS DEPLANATUS, Spangberg.
Jassus deplanatus, Spangberg, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. no 8, p. 28 (1879).
? Celidia indica, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 855 (1851).
? Tettigonia jactans, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 357 (1858).
Sordid yellowish white ; vertex, face and feet weakly subferrugi-
nous yellowish, sides of frons weakly cinnabar : pronotum and scutellum
black-fuscous, the former with sordidly flavescent-white granules; pec-
tus and abdomen black, the former more or less spotted with flavescent,
segments of the latter, posteriorly, narrowly margined with sordid yel-
low ; tegmina sordidly flavescent white, densely spotted with fuscous ;
costal spot a little beyond the middle subtriangular, large, sordidly
whitish hyaline and a fuscous spot placed behind the-preceding, both
fuscescent at the apex, veins more obscure, fuscous, sordidly spotted
with white: wings fuscescent. The last segment of the abdomen in the
2 almost twice as long as the penultimate, slightly sinuated on both sides
at the apex, median lobe somewhat produced, rounded posteriorly (Spang-
berg). ¢, body long, 8; broad, 25: body and tegmina long, 9 millims.
Reported from EH. India.
Genus THAMNOTETTIX, Zetterstedt.
Ins. Lapp. p. 292 (1840) : Stal, Hem. Afric. p. 101, 122 (1866): Scott, EH. M. M.
xii. p. 21 (1875).
Body oval or very oblong: head variable in breadth and shape,
obtuse or very obtuse on the anterior margin: vertex horizontal: face
dilated, reclined, slightly convex; frons occupying the greatest part of
the intraocular breadth of the face: ocelli placed on the anterior
margin of the head at or near the eyes: thorax transverse: scutellum
moderate or small, equal in length to the thorax or shorter: tegmina,
membranous with 4-5 apical areas, most often valvate and margined at
the apex: feet moderate, posterior tibise, very spinose (Stal).
56. THAMNOTETTIX BIPUNCTATA, Fabricius.
Cicada 2-punctata, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 78 (1803).
Thamnotettix bipunctata, Stal, Hem. Fabr, ii. p. 82 (1869).
112 Hi. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
Yellowish green, shining, smooth: frons (except the lateral margins)
entire lores or beneath the middle, a spot before the middle and the api-
cal two-fifths of corium and lateral spots on the pectus and abdomen,
black, the incisures of the abdomen greenish-yellow: wings infuscate. ¢,
body long 43; broad, 14 millims.
Reported from Tranquebar. Head scarcely as broad as the thorax
and a little shorter very obtusely roundly subangulate: vertex about
twice as broad as the eyes, hardly twice as broad as long, slightly im-
pressed within the anterior margin; face very slightly convex: thorax
hardly more than two and half times broader than long, obtusely rounded
anteriorly : tegmina rounded at the apex, valvate behind the clavus
(Stal).
Genus Hytica, Stal.
Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8 sér.) i. p. 593 (1868).
Body oblong-obovate : head acutely produced, face somewhat re-
clined : ocelli placed on the upper part of the head, near the anterior
angles of the eyes: rostrum very short: thorax somewhat elevated
backwards, tuberculated, anterior lateral margins long, anterior middle
angularly produced : scutellum elevated, tuberculated : tegmina subcoria-
ceous, broadly membranously margined at the apex: abdomen broader
than the tegmina, posterior segments acutely lobed and reflexed on both
sides: feet somewhat short, anterior tibizs above somewhat dilated, pos-
terior above spinose. Close to Tettigonia (Stal).
57. Hy ica PARADOXA, Stal.
Hylica paradoza, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon. (3 ser.) i. p. 593 (1863).
Body oblong-obovate, blackish or fuscous-testaceous ; face below the
middle (a black spot excepted), disc or two broad stripes on the venter
sordidly stramineeous. Var. a, feet sordidly stramineous, annulated with
fuscous. Var.b, feet fuscous-testaceous; femora palely banded. ?, body
long, 10: broad, 35 millims.
Frons produced at the base in a short, compressed, slightly curved
horn and furnished in the middle with two small tubercles: two posterior,
distant tubercles on the thorax, higher than the rest, compressed: scu-
tellam much elevated before the middle, furnished near the apex with
a conical tubercle ; disc of the elevated part hollowed out and more com-
pressly-elevated on both sides (Stal).
Reported from Burma.
Genus PrmnruimiaA, Germar.
Mag. Ent. iv. p. 46 (1823). Stal, Hem. Afric. iy. p- 100, 107 (1866): Fieber.
Rey, Mag. Zool. (8 sér.) ii. p. 892 (1875),
1885. | ¥. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 113
Body oval or ovate, somewhat depressed: head obtuse, anteriorly
rounded; vertex somewhat sloped, slightly convex before the middle ;
lateral margins of face, somewhat distinct ; frons a little convex ; cly-
peus flat or very slightly convex: eyes moderate: ocelli placed on the
disc of the vertex, more distant from each other than from the eyes:
thorax transverse, a little narrowed forwards, anterior margin round :
tegmina margined at the apex, valvate behind the clavus, 4-5 apical
areas: feet moderate ; femora compressed ; last tibiee very spinose (Stal).
58. PENTHIMIA ORIENTALIS, Walker.
Penthimia orientalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 841 (1851).
Deep black, oval: head and chest convex, thinly punctured: pos-
terior border of pectns, red: tegmina thickly punctured ; tips of tegmina
and wings brown. Body long, 7: teg. 145 millims. A variety has the
abdomen red on each side towards the tip: anterior tibie and feet most-
ly red (Walker).
Reported from N. India.
59. PurnruHimia compacta, Walker.
Penthimia compacta, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 842 (1851).
Ferruginous, short, broad: head and anterior margin of thorax,
black: head very short, nearly as broad as the thorax, slightly concave
posteriorly, rather more convex in front ; face convex, distinctly trans-
versely sulcated ; thorax convex, minutely punctured black towards the
fore border: tegmina piceous, ferruginous along the posterior margin :
_ wings almost colourless (Walker). Body long, 3: wings long, 6} millims.
Reported from N. India.
60. PENTHIMIA CASTANEA, Walker.
Penthimia castanea, Walker, J. L. 8. Zool. i. p. 98 (1856).
Ferruginous, smooth, shining: head black in front and beneath:
pectus black in front and with a black spot on each side behind: legs
black ; tibize very spinose : tegmina lurid and with black spots towards
the tips (Walker). Body long, 5; teg. 103 millims.
Reported from Malacca, Tenasserim.
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.
61. MoneceHora TRIMACULA, Walker.
Monecphora trimacula, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 682 (1851).
Body long, 77: exp. teg. 18} millims: reported from India.
114 EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 2,
62. SPHENORHINA contTicUA, Walker.
Sphenorhina contigua, Walker, 1. c. p. 695 (1851).
Body long, 83; teg. 18} millims: reported from N. India.
63. SPHENORHINA INTERMEDIA, Walker.
Sphenorhina intermedia, Walker, List 1. c. p. 695 (1851).
Body long, 77: teg. 16% millims: reported from N. India.
64. SPHENORHINA PROXIMA, Walker.
Sphenorhina proxima, Walker, List 1. c. p. 695 (1851).
Body long, 77: teg. 143 millims: reported from N. India.
65. SPHENORHINA BRACONOIDES, Walker.
Sphenorhina braconoides, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 185 (1858).
Body long, 63: teg. 16$ millims: reported from Burma.
66. SPHENORHINA APPROXIMANS, Walker.
Sphenorhina approximans, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 185 (1858).
Body long, 63-83 ; teg. 16$-19 millims: reported from N. India.
67. Poopuinus cosrais, Walker.
Ptyelus costalis, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 707 (1851) : Stal, Ofvers. K, V.-
A. Forh. p. 493 (1862).
Ptyelus concolor, Walker, List 1. c. p. 715 (1851).
Ptyelus dolosus, Walker, List 1. c. Suppt. p. 189 (1858).
Ptyelus rotundatus, Signoret, in Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 8332 (1858).
Ptyelus natalensis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 97 (1858).
Poophilus natalensis, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv. p. 74 (1866).
More or less weakly or obscurely ivory-grey, pubescent; tegmina
varied with fuscous ; frontal part of anterior margin of the head, pallid,
with five black spots : wings colourless, slightly infuscate at the apex :
ventral disc black : tegmina nearly thrice longer than broad, apical half
narrowed: frons and anterior feet, fuscous; apex of femora pallid (P.
natalensis, Stal). ¢, long 9-10; broad, 3-33 millims.
Reported from S, and W. Africa, Ceylon, N. India. Stal notes that
his Ceylon example differs from the S. African in the head being a little
more obtuse and more rounded.
68. CLOVIA CONIFER, Walker.
Ptyelus conifer, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 711 (1851); J. A. S. B. liv. (2),
p. 19 no. 38 (1885).
Ptyelus simulans, Walker List 1. c. p. 717 (1851).
Ptyelus frenulatus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 250 (1854): Lc. p. 493
(1862).
’
1885. ] E. T. Atkinson—Nofes on Indian Rhynchota. 115
Head and thorax ferruginous, flat, very thickly and minutely pune-
tured, covered with tawny down: head short, indistinctly striped with
brown, sinuate along the hind border, more rounded in front, its length
not more than one-fourth of its breadth ; face piceous, roughly punctur-
ed, with ten slight oblique ridges on each side of the disc which is flat ;
two yellow stripes along the sides unite near the front and form a cone
and are produced along the pectus: the clypeus shining, convex, fer-
ruginous, with an oblique furrow on each side; rostrum ferruginous,
tip piceous ; pectus with a broad black band between the anterior and
intermediate legs: abdomen ferruginous, testaceous at the base: legs
testaceous : tegmina ferruginous, conical towards the tips which are
almost pointed, nearly colourless for half the breadth beneath the fore-
border from the middle to the tips; some forked brown streaks in the
disc, a few of them communicating with an irregular curved brown stripe
which extends from three-fifths of the length of the fore-border to the
tip and is darkest at each end: wings colourless ; veins black, tawny at
the base (Walker). Body long, 6;; teg. 165 millims.
Reported from India, Java.
69. Crovia puNctTUM, Walker.
Ptyelus punctum, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 718 (1851); Stal. Ofvers. K.
V.-A. Forh. p. 493 (1862) : J. A. S. B. liv. (2), p. 19 (1885).
Ptyelus bipunctipennis, Stal, 1. c. p. 250 (1854) : Java.
Pale tawny, covered with pale down: head and thorax almost flat :
head very convex in front, with two furrows which diverge from the
fore border and communicate with two more oblique impressions near
the hind border; face very convex, with a blackish disc, which has
about eight oblique ridges on each side; disc of the breast, blackish :
tegmina witha dark brown dot on the hind border near the tip ; wings
colourless ; veins pale stramineous (Walker). Body long, 5: teg. 114
millims.
Reported from N. Bengal, Java.
70. PrynLus sexvirtatus, Walker.
Ptyelus sexvittatus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 715 (1851); J. A. S. B. liv.
(2), p. 19 (1885).
Yellow, shining : head and chest flat, minutely punctured, adorned
with six black stripes : head concave along the hind border, almost coni-
cal infront ; its length less than half its breadth; face very convex
with indistinct ridges on each side, black towards the clypeus which is
also black : disc of the pectus mostly black: abdomen picecus : a short
dorsal stripe, hind borders of the segments, and oviduct, tawny: legs
116 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. 2,
yellow ; tips of the hind tibiee and of the hind feet, piccous : tegmina
brown, narrow, with two very large white spots on the fore bor-
der, with two indistinct whitish marks near the base, and with two more
along the hind border: wings colourless ; veins tawny, pale yellow to-
wards the base (Walker). Body long, 5; teg. 123 millims.
Reported from N. India.
71. PryEeLus suprascratus, Walker.
Ptyelus subfasciatus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 724 (1851); J. A. S. Ben.
liv. (2), p. 19 (1885).
Pale tawny, shining, very finely punctured: head above Iuteous,
slightly concave along the hind border, very convex in front; face very
convex, piceous towards the clypeus which is also piceous ; ridges on each
side very slight: thorax with six brown stripes; a brown spot on each
side by the base of the tegmina: disc of the pectus, black: abdomen
piceous, pale tawny at the base: tips of the hind tibie, black: teg-
mina brown with a tawny spot on each side at the base and with two
white bands, the first not reaching the hind border, the second inter-
rupted in the middle: wings colourless, veins tawny (Walker). Body
long, 34: teg. 8} millims.
Reported from N. India.
72. UROPHORA HARDWICKII, Gray.
Urophora hardwickii, Gray, Griffith’s ed. Animal kingdom, Ins. ii. p. 261, t. 90,
f. 3; t. 138, f. 5 a-d. (1882) : Walker, List Hom. B. M. iii. p. 645 (1851).
The characters of the genus and species are given thus by Gray :—
“‘the thorax produced over the head ; the posterier legs simple and with
the ovipositor forming a long tube; fulvous with the tegmina spotted
between the veins with brown; the legs and ovipositor obscure”: near
Ajthalion, Latr. Body long, 18; ovipositor long, 13 millims.
Reported from Nepal: the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Sikkim, Assam.
Journal, li. (2) No. 3 for 1884, p. 219 No. 26, H. transversa, Wal-
ker is the same as Geeana dives, West |. c. p. 221, No. 34.
lc. p. 224, D. lateralis, Walker, No. 41 is the same as D. vibrans,
Walker, No. 43.
lic. p. 225, D. immacula, Walker, No. 52 is the same as D. manni-
fera, Linn, No. 39.
loc. p. 229, omit C. subtincta, Walker, No. 70: Walker’s locality is
incorrect.
l.c. p. 229. C. ancea, Walker, No. 71 is included in (. striata,
Walker, List i. p. 206.
L.ve NICEVILLE Journ. Asiat. Soc.Bengal. 1885.Vol. LIV. Pt. Il. PL. IL
Seu Dyek GCaCudele West, Newman & C2 chr. lth
Ee - ; ~¥ aati « x : ee . a ea ———
iit
Pp ‘ . < -
~ « * .
%) . . F . - ‘ 7 2 « 2
; 2 Cy ad . = :
. - ~ y -~*
- ._ .
“4 id : -
‘ ; — ——_— * °
¥ = a *
- ee i .
= - > “+ ‘
. 2 ; =
- = ~ * % :
- ~ Wi
> -~ * > >
~ ad ~ -
™ _ . : - >» “i
’ ~ “" 7 *
a ~
. - .. ea -
i ~~ “< -
‘ : - ‘me * .
, ~~ a — : : . >
- 7 i ~. = = a -
<= . — ‘ =
= 7 > al ~~ = > *
“+ be ‘ = . . .
Pa i = “a ~~ . — — _ <
1885. ] L. de Nicéville—On new Indian Rhopalocera. 117
l. c. p. 280. Cicada subvitta, Walker, No. 73 is a Tipicen.
1. c. p. 230. Cicada xantes, Walker, No. 75 is a CIcADATRA.
Lc. p. 231, Fidicina operculata, No.81 isthe same as Fidicina Bubo,
Walker, List, p. 82 and is a CRyPToTYMPANA.
lie. p. 231. Fidicina corvus, Walker, No. 82 is a CryprotyMPANA.
l.c. p. 232. 1. apicalis, Germar, No. 14 includes also Cicada semi-
cincta, Walker, List, 1. p. 142.
Le. p. 232. M. illustrata, Am. & Serv. No. 85 and M. recta, Walker,
No. 86 are the same as M. conica, Germar.
l. c. 233. M. quadrimacula, Walker, No. 93 is a CICADATRA.
l. ce. p. 233. M. terpsichore, Walker, No. 94 is a Dunpusta.
Journal liv. (2) No. 1 for 1885, p. 19. P. quadridens, Walker, No.
39 includes as a variety Clovia guttifer, Walker, 1. c. p. 20, No. 44 and is
a CLOVIA.
X.—Descriptions of some new Indian Rhopalocera.
By Lionet ve Nice’vite.
[ Received, Feby. 7th,—Read, March 4th, 1885. ]
(With Plate IT.)
. SYMBRENTHIA SILANA, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 9, 3.
$. Uprsrsive black, forewing with a very regular streak from the
base to beyond the cell extending slightly below the median but not
touching the subcostal nervure, a subapical irregular streak not quite
reaching to the costa or the outer margin, beyond which is a curved
narrow lunular line; a broad band placed obliquely from the second
median nervule to the inner margin. Hindwing with a broad discal
band, a submarginal one less than half the width of the discal band be-
coming attenuated anteriorly, an obsolete (hardly traceable) very fine
marginal line; all these markings bright ochreous paler in the middle.
Unpersipe with the markings as above but glossy opaline white, the
black ground-colour replaced by prominent black and yellow tesselations.
Hindwing with a discal series of five imperfect somewhat cone-shaped
ocelli of moderate size, the three nearest the anal angle centred with
brilliant metallic blue; three lunules of that colour at the anal angle.
Both wings with the margin black, a submarginal fine line defined with
yellow on both sides.
2. Larger, the forewing broader, the outer margin evenly curved.
Markings throughout paler, except the blue ones on the underside of the
16
118 Lionel de Nicéville—Descriptions of some [No. 2,
hindwing, which are larger and more prominent. The subapical streak
on the upperside of the forewing touching the costa, and a small narrow
spot just within it.
Hepanse $ 2°1, 2 2:3.
Has. Buxa, Bhutan (Moti Ram), Sikkim (Otto Moller).
Near to S. niphanda, Moore, which also occurs in Sikkim, but may
be at once distinguished from that species by the ochreous bands on the
upperside being much wider, and on the underside much paler also.
The five cone-shaped imperfect ocelli are less than half the size of those
of S. niphanda, and the centres of three of them and the anal lunules
are pure cerulean blue instead of green. 7
NacaDUBA HAMPSONII, n. sp., Pl. IT, Fig. 13, ot.
¢. Upprrsipge deep violet-purple, the outer margins of both wings
narrowly black. UNDERSIDE pale brown, tinged with ochreous on the
inner margin extending into the disc of the forewing, which wing bears
the following blackish markings outwardly defined with white :—a
quadrate spot across the middle of the cell with a small spot above it on
the costa, a similar but larger one closing the cell, a discal curved chain
of six spots (which is shifted inwards at the penultimate spot from the
inner margin), and a submarginal series of lunules. Hindwing marked
with some indistinct spots at the base, then four subbasal ones extending
across the wing, one closing the cell, and a much curved and irregular
discal series.- Submarginal lunules as in forewing but bearing three
black spots towards the anal angle, the outermost one large and pro-
minent, the others small. No tail. The usual anteciliary black line;
cilia pale brown, on the hindwing marked with dark brown at the ends
of the nervules.
He«panse 1:15 inches.
Has. Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills, South India. In eoll. G. F.
Hampson and L. de Nicéville.
Nearest to the tailless N. dana, de N., which also occurs at Ootaca-
mund, but differing on the upperside in being of a different colour (deep
violet-purple instead of light bluish-purple), and on the underside in
having the markings throughout darker and more conspicuous, and the
ground-colour also darker. The forewing is also narrower and more
produced at the apex.
CATAPACILMA BUBASES, Hewitson, Pl. IT, Figs. 11, ¢ &1, 2.
Hypochrysops bubases, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag., vol. xii, p. 38 (1875).
é. Urpnrstpp smoky purplish-black, obscurely shot with purple in
some lights, the cilia blackish marked with white towards the anal angle
1885. | new Indian Rhopalocera. 119
of the forewing and throughout the hindwing. Two very fine silvery
lines on the margin at the anal angle. Tails black tipped with white.
Unperrsipn black, densely and evenly striated with chrome-yellow, and
with scattered greenish-silvery metallic spots and streaks, which form a
marginal series on both wings.
2. Uppursipn, forewing pale blue, with the costa, the apex widely,
and the outer margin blackish. Hindwing with all but the outer margin,
which is blackish, pale blue. Towards the anal angle there is first a
fine pale blue line, then a yellow one defined on both sides by a black
one, and then another pale blue hne. UNpdsrstpE as in the male.
Hapanse & @ 1°25 inches.
Has. » Sikkim (Otto Moller), Malacca (Hewitson).
This is only the second known species of the genus recorded from
India; the first (CO. elegans, Druce) has a very wide range, occurring
in Borneo (whence it was described), the Malay peninsula, Cachar
(Wood-Mason), Ceylon, Cannanore, 8. India (Major-General Macleod) ;
Orissa (W. C. Taylor), and Sikkim (Otto Moller).
Hewitson’s description of C. bubases is very meagre; a comparison
of his Malaccan female type with Sikkim specimens may disclose specific
differences.
SATADRA SINGLA, n. sp., Pl. II, Figs. 8, ¢ & 7, 9.
é. Uprrrsipe very dark shining purple, with a somewhat broad
black margin. Forewing with a distinct black discocellular mark.
Unpersipt, forewing brown, paler towards the inner margin, widely
washed at the apex with pale violet, and bearing the following dark brown
spots with pale margins :—a circular one towards the base of the cell, a
large oval one just beyond its middle, and a quadrate one closing it, above
the last a small spot on the costa, one filling the base of the interspace
between the first and second median nervules, and a large one below
and within the latter reaching the submedian nervure ; a discal chain
of seven spots, broken and inclined inwards at the fifth spot, a sub-
marginal lunular band not reaching the apex, the margin dark brown.
Hindwing pale brown, all but the bands and spots powdered with pale
violet-whitish, giving it an unusual and peculiar appearance. The spots
and bands arranged as in other species of this group, somewhat indistinct.
The anal lobe rufous-brown (not black as in many species); in one
specimen a few metallic-green scales above and beyond it. Tail of
moderate length, pale brown, tipped with white.
Q. Upprrsipr, forewing with a large patch of bluish-violet in the
middle; hindwing with some traces of this colour in the cell and just
120 Lionel de Nicéville—Descriptions of some [ No. 2,
below it. Unperstpe with the ground-colour and markings paler
throughout than in the male.
Exzpanse & 1:8, 2 1:8 to 2°0 inches.
Has. Sikkim.
Near to Satadra buwpola, Hewitson, many specimens of both sexes
of which species, also from Sikkim, are now before me. S&S. singla d may
be distinguished at once from that species by the much narrower and
more produced forewing, by the colour of the upperside being of a much
darker shade of purple, and both sexes by the violet-whitish powdering
of the hindwing on the underside. Allied also to S. silhetensis, Hewit-
son, a female specimen of which from the typical locality is in the
Indian Museum, Calcutta. On the upperside of the latter the violet-
blue colour is far more extensive and lighter in shade, the underside is
also uniform bright brown throughout, not powdered with violet-white
as in 8. singla.
PLASTINGIA NOEMI, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 15, ¢.
$. Uprrrsipe black. Forewing with a fusiform chrome-yellow
streak on the costa from the base to nearly half the length of the wing,
a similarly-coloured streak placed below the median nervure and divided
by the submedian into two unequal parts, the lower portion the smaller,
extending to rather more than half the inner margin of the wing from the
base; and with two or three subapical conjoined increasing spots, two
lengthened spots at the end of the cell placed one above the other, the
upper one the smaller, a triangular spot towards the base of the second
median interspace, amuch larger one towards the base of the first, all semi-
transparent yellowish-white. Hindwing with a chrome-yellow patch placed
in the middle of the disc just beyond the cell, and divided by the black
nervules. UNDERSIDE, forewing black, the costa narrowly, the apex very
widely, and a patch placed in the middle of the submedian interspace
chrome-yellow. The semi-transparent spots as above. Five rounded
small black spots placed in an outwardly-angled subapical series. Hind-
wing chrome-yellow ; the margin increasingly to the anal angle, then
decreasingly up the abdominal margin black. <A subbasal spot, another at
the end of the cell, a series of eight spots placed round the cell, all black.
Antenne black, the club yellow. Thorax and base of abdomen above
clothed with long greenish-ochreous hairs, the rest of the abdomen black
ringed with yellow, the thorax and legs beneath chrome-yellow.
Hepanse 1°6 inches.
Has. Sikkim (Otto Moller and Dr. T. C. Jerdon). In coll. Colonel
A. M. Lang, collected by Dr. T. C. Jerdon.
1885. | new Indian Rhopalocera. 121
Belongs to the same group as the Hesperia callinewra of Felder
(? = Hesperia latoia, Hewitson), but is quite distinct.
HALPE SITALA, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 5, &.
3. Upprersipe, forewing dark brown; two minute conjoined sub-
apical dots, two well-separated spots placed obliquely near the end of the
cell, and two similar ones on the disc, semi-diaphanous ochreous- white.
The usual sexual mark, somewhat indistinct. Cilia ochreous, dusky at
the ends of the nervules, Hindwing dark brown, with a patch of ochre-
ous hairs in the middle of the wing; cilia ochreous. UNperrsipp, fore-
wing dark brown, the costa and apex widely ferruginous-ochreous ; the
spots as above. Hindwing ferruginous-ochreous ; two conspicuous white
dots placed in the median interspaces, two indistinct ochreous spots
placed close together between the innermost of the two spots and the
anal angle. Antennce dusky above, the club and upper portion of the
shaft below ferruginous.
Hapanse 1°5 inches.
Has. Ootacamund, S. India (G. F. Hampson).
HALPE KUMARA, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 10, @.
o&. UppErsipE deep bronzey-brown. Forewing with five small equal-
sized ochreous spots, viz., two conjoined subapical, one at the upper and
outer angle of the cell, and two on the disc. Hindwing unmarked.
Unperstpe with the costa and apex diminishing towards the inner angle
of the forewing and the entire hindwing clothed with deep ochreous
scales; the spots of the forewing as above but larger. An anteciliary
black line; celia ochreous, dusky at the end of the nervules in the
forewing. Antenne dusky above, the club and upper portion of the shaft
bright ochreous. The sexual mark on the upperside of the forewing
indistinct.
Hzpanse 1:4 inches.
Has. Sikkim (Otto Moller).
Allied to Halpe separata, Moore, a female specimen of which from
Sikkim is before me. Differs from that species in having only two
subapical spots, the spot in the cell not transverse, and the posterior
border of the forewing on the underside dark brown, not yellow.
ISOTEINON PANDITA, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 14, ¢.
$. UpprrsipE brown, sparsely clothed with ochreous scales. Fore-
wing with a quadrate transverse spot at the end of the cell, three con-
jomed subapical ones, and two similar discal ones, semi-diaphanous
ochreous. Cilia ochreous. Hindwing immaculate. Unpersipe brown,
122 Lionel de Nicéville—Descriptions of some [No. 2,
forewing with the apex widely and the costa and the entire hindwing
ferruginous-ochreous. Forewing with the spots as above. Hindwing
with a very indistinct small black spot at the end of the cell, anda
discal series of similar short streaks between the nervules. Otlia ochre-
ous. Antenne black, the tip of the club, and the upper portion of the
shaft below the club ferruginous.
Hzpanse 1:2 inches.
Has. Sikkim (Otto Moller).
ISOTEINON FLAVIPENNIS, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 4, 2.
$ and @. Upprrsipy brown, glossed with purple on the outer area
of the forewing, the hindwing bearing a patch of long ochreous hairs in
the middle of the disc and on the abdominal margin. orewing with the
following white semi-transparent spots:—a small round one in the
middle of the upper discoidal interspace ; two at the end of the cell, one
above the other, the lower twice the size of the upper; a large spot in
the interspace below and a small one placed in the second median inter-
space near its base. UNDERSIDE with the costa and apex widely and the
entire hindwing ferruginous-ochreous glossed and marbled with purple,
the disc of the forewing dark brown, the inner margin paler. Lorewing
with the spots as above; hindwing with a dark-brown spot in the cell
and a series of five or six similar spots placed around the cell. Ovilia
cinereous, dark brown at the end of the nervules. Antenne black,
annulated with pale ochreous beneath, the club, all except the extreme
tip, pale ochreous beneath.
Hapanse 1:3 to 14 inches.
Has. Buxa, Bhutan (Moti Ram), Sikkim (Otto Moller), and South
Andaman Island (A. de Roepstorff).
THANAOS JHORA, . sp., Plo TT, Wig. 12559"
3. Uprrrsips dark brown; cilia whitish marked with brown at the
ends of the nervules. Forewing with a discal curved series of about six
pale dots. Hindwing unmarked. Unpersipe dark brown, the costa and
the apex of the forewing and the entire hindwing greenish-ochreous.
Forewing with the discal series of spots as above, and an indistinet
marginal lunular series. Hindwing with a very irregular discal series
of spots and an obscure marginal series.
Hepanse *95 to 1:05 inches.
Has. Sikkim (Otto Moller and de Nicéville).
Nearest to J. stigmata, Moore (Pl. II, Fig. 2, ¢, from Masuri),
which occurs commonly in Sikkim with it, and is the only species of the
genus hitherto described which is furnished with a male sexual mark on
the upperside of the forewing.
1885. | new Indian Rhopalocera. 3 123
THANAOS KALI, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 3, ¢.
$. Upprrsipe deep purplish-black, the cilia cinereous. UNDERSIDE
slightly paler. Forewing with a discal outwardly-angled series of eight
pale violet-white dots, an even somewhat larger marginal lunular series.
Hindwing with a discal irregular series of pale violet-white spots, within
which are some obscure pale markings; a marginal series as in the fore-
wing. Cilia cinereous, marked with dark brown at the ends of the
nervules.
Hzpanse 1:15 inches.
Has. Sikkim (Otto Moller and de Nicéville).
This is a very distinct species.
PLESIONEURA NIGRICANS, n. sp., Pl. II, Fig. 6, ?.
& and ¢. Uppnrsipe swarthy, slightly sprinkled with ochreous
scales on the basal half of the forewing. Forewing with an oblique semi-
diaphanous pure white band across the disc composed of three conjoined
spots, the middle one at the base of the interspace between the first and
second median nervules the smallest, elongated, and projecting beyond
the outer margin of the other two spots; a small similar spot placed
below the lower outer angle of the third spot, and an opaque spot placed
above the uppermost spot not quite reaching the costa; and with a
recurved series of from three to five dots before the apex. AHindwing with
the basal and abdominal areas sparsely clothed with long ochreous hairs.
UNDERSIDE, forewing as above, but the lowest spot of the discal band
much larger, its inner margin straight, its outer margin blurred. Hind-
wing with an indistinct ochreous spot at the end of cell, and submarginal
series of similar spots, the two towards the anal angle rather more dis-
tinct than the others. The base and abdominal area somewhat ochreous.
Cilia dusky on the forewing excepting a small portion towards the inner
angle which is ochreous ; dusky also on the hindwing, with three ochreous
spots below the outer angle, and one towards the anal angle. Antenne
blackish, the underside of the club and a small portion of adjoining shaft
pure white.
Hzxpanse 1:7 inches.
Has. Sikkim (Otto Moller), Buxa, Bhutan (Moti Ram).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE TI.
Fig. 1 Catapecilma bubases, Hewitson, ?.
» 2 Thanaos stigmata, Moore, ¢.
asl cas A kali, 6, n. sp.
» 4 Isoteimon flavipennis, 9, nu. sp.
» 98 Halpe sitala, g, un. sp.
124 L. de Nicéville—On new Indian Rhopalocera. [No. 2,
Fig. 6 Plesioneura nigricans, 9, n. sp.
» 7 Satadra singla, 9, n. sp.
” 8 ” ” 3, 0. sp.
» 9 Symbrenthia silana, g, n. sp.
10 Halpe kumara, @,n. sp.
11 Catapecilma bubases, Hewitson, é.
12 Thanaos jhora, 6, n. sp.
13 Nacaduba hampsonu, 6, n. sp.
14 Isoteinon pandita, 3, un. sp.
15 Plastingia noém, g, n. sp.
’
1885. ] Alfred Carpenter—The Swatch of no Ground. 125
XI.— The Swatch of no Ground”.—By Commander Atrred CARPENTER,
R. N., in charge of Marine Survey of India. Communicated by the
NaturaL History SECRETARY.
[Recived June 6th ;—Read July 1st, 1885.]
_ The Bay of Bengal, the entrance to which between Ceylon and the
Nicobar Islands has a depth of some 2000 fathoms, gradually shoals
northward to the 19th parallel of latitude, where it has a depth of about
1400 fathoms. In the next 60 miles northward, the head of the Bay
shoals rapidly, as might be expected when it is entered by such rivers
as the Ganges and the Brahmaputvra.
The particles of mud discharged by a river debouching through a
flat delta are very minute and are held in suspension for days. It is
these which slowly settling form here a bank of olive-coloured mud and
grey sand. If we now look at a chart of the Bay of Bengal and examine
the mouths of this great delta and the shoals formed off them, we shall
notice with surprise that the direction of every channel through these
shoals is such as to tend to throw the ebbing waters towards the
region called the Swatch. This is especially noticeable in Chart 829
Coconada to Bassien river.
Presuming then that this tendency is actually followed by the
ebbing water, the result is a number of whirls and eddies just in that
locality, the position of the Swatch being central with regard to the
deltaic mouths.
The condition necessary to admit of mud in suspension settling to
the bottom is perfect quiescence of the supporting medium. This
never occurs here during the ebb tides. During the flood, which only lasts —
5 hours against 7 hours’ ebb, the water is only muddy for the first hour,
while the outflow partly returns; the green ocean water then comes in
carrying little or nothing in suspension. In this region, then, we have
only one hour’s settle of mud against 6 hours or 7 hours over the adjoin-
ing banks. During the course of ages the banks on either side have
erown seaward and their southern face falls abruptly into deep water.
But in the Swatch the banks have never been able to meet and the
depth still remains considerable.
This submarine ravine is 1800 feet deep at 15 miles from the flat
mangrove islands of the delta, whilst at that distance off shore the
bank on each side of the Swatch is only 100 feet below water.
The ‘ Investigator’ in the Spring of this year, 1885, re-sounded the
whole bank of soundings from False Point to the Mutla river entrance.
Compared with the surveys of some forty years ago there has been
126 Alfred Carpenter—The Swatch of no Ground. [No. 2, 1885.]
remarkably little change, but close off the Rivers Hughly and Mutla
the banks have extended southward over a mile.
When the ‘ Investigator’ trawled in the Swatch last March the
bottom mud was found to be exceedingly soft, and consisted of a dark
green ooze largely mixed with shells of pteropods. Life here was com-
paratively scarce, only some annelid worms in muddy tubes and some
bivalve shells being found in the deeper portions, though at the sides,
on the sloping banks, several fish, Macrwrus and small sharks, and some
shrimps and several other species of Crustacea were found. The mouth
of the Swatch rises somewhat rapidly from about 900 to 600 fathoms
with a bottom temperature of 43°°7 Fahrenheit. This is a little above
the average of open seas at corresponding depths, but, considering that
it is in Lat. 20° N. and that the water has presumably come from the
Antarctic Ocean, the difference is intelligible. The depth of 600 soon
decreases to 450 fathoms, at which depth a channel runs nearly up to
the head of the Swatch and carries the cold water northward, for at
100 fathoms at the head the temperature was as low as 56° though
the surface at the same time shewed 81°.
The temperature at the bottom between the Andamans and Ceylon
in 2100 fathoms is only 33.°7 Fahrt. corrected, this being in Lat. 8° N.
There is probably a deep valley trending up the west centre of the Bay
of Bengal, and the ‘ Investigator’ will annually add to our information
of its configuration. The position of the Swatch would be about in the
continuation of this valley, which is the main line of depression between
India and Burma, its northern extension being now filled with deltaic
deposits. Although the actual ground of the Swatch is of these same
deposits, and so of comparatively recent formation, the feature is in a
great measure due to the conflict of the same terrestrial waters, to the
erosive action of which in bygone times the rock-valley itself must be
in part attributed.
Serr OOoereeeeeee_5u3<“onerrrs ee sc OOO Oe Ml OL!
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
—fp>—
Part II1.—NATURAL SCIENCE.
No. II].—18885.
XII.—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. No. 4.—By H. T. Arxinson, B. A.
[Received July 7th ;—Read August 5th, 1885. ]
Family Funcoripa, Leach.
Edin. Ency. ix (1817); Westwood, Mod. Class. Ins. ii, p. 427 (1840) ; Fieber,
Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gess. Wien, xvi, p. 497 (1866) :—Fulgorelle, Latr. Gen. iii, p. 163
(1807) ; Spinola, A. S. EH. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 183, 202 (1839) :—Fulgorina, Burm.,
Handb. Ent. ii (i) p. 102, 144 (1835) :—Fulgorida, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 128 (1866).
Two ocelli, rarely three or none, one on each gena; third, when pre-
sent, placed on the apex of the frons: gene reflexed, very often separated
from the frons by a ridge: tegmina at the base with a tegula, which is
seldom wanting, hidden: anterior coxee inserted near the sides of the
body, very often elongate ; last pair, transverse, contiguous, extended to
the lateral margins of the body (Stal).
Subfamily Funcortna, Stal.
Fulgorides, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 488 (1843). Fulgorida, Stal,
Hem. Afric. iv, p. 129 (1866), Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxxi, p. 255, 282 (1870) ; Fulgorina,
Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. p. 740 (1870).
Anal area of wings reticulated ; the ridge separating the frons from
the genze is continued in the sides of the clypeus (Stal).
Genus Futcora, Linneus, Stal.
Fulgora, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 183 (1866) ; Hotinus, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat.
Ins. Hém. p. 490 (1843) : Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 264 (1851).
17
128 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
Vertex much broader than the eyes: head furnished with a long
process, rounded or subtetragonal: gene truncated before the eyes:
frons slightly sinuated at the apex, furnished with 2—3 longitudinal
ridges: feet slender: scutellum shghtly carinated ; cephalic process more
or less curved (Stal).
A. Section with (when dead) orange wings.
1. FULGORA CANDELARIA, Linnzeus.
Cicada candelaria, Linn., Acta Holm. p. 63, t. 1, f. 5, 6 (1746): Roesel von
Rosenhof, Ins. Belust. 2, Gryll. p. 189, t. 30 (1749) ; Sulzer, Ins. t. 10, f. 62 (1761).
Laternaria candelaria, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 153 (1764).
Fulgora candelaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i (2) p. 70 (1766) ; De Géer, Cigale chi-
noise porte-lanterne, Ins. iii, p. 197 (1773) ; Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 673 (1775) ; Spec.
Ins. ii, p. 8313 (1781) ; Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. i (4) p. 2089 (1782) ; Fabr. Mant. Ins.
ii, p. 260. (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 2 (1798); Syst.. Rhyng, p. 2 (1808) ; Olivier,
Enc. Méth. vi, pp. 568, 593, t. 109, f. 3 (1790) : Stoll, Cigales, (Cigale Chinoise), p. 44,
t. 10, f. 46 A. (1788) : Burmeister, Handb. Ent. ii (i) p. 168 (1835) : Westwood. in
Donovan’s Insects China, t. 14, (1842); Trans. Linn. Soc. XVIII, p. 188 (1841) :
Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. t. 12, f. 1 (1840-41) ; Butler, P, Z. 8. p. 97 (1874).
Flata candelaria, Germar, Mag. iii, p. 189 (1818).
Pyrops candelaria, Spinola, A. S. HE. F. viii, p. 238 (1839).
Hotinus candelarius, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 490 (1843) ; Walker,
List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 265 (1851).
Head produced in a horn, as long as the body, subulate, ascending,
obtuse, somewhat compressed, subangulate, red, sprinkled with milk-
white spots: eyes subglobose, a globose pellucid dot beneath the eyes :
antennz beneath the eye, very short, two-jointed, lower joint cylindrical,
upper subglobose, fuscous, ending in a very small seta: thorax testaceous,
like the three-cornered scutellum ; abdomen, above fulvous, beneath black,
with luteous margins: tegmina fuscous, reticulated green and adorned
with various luteous spots margined with whitish of which the first
band is transverse and the second cruciform, the rest round: wings
luteous, broadly black towards the apex : feet flavescent, first and second
tibiee black, third denticulate (Linn. M. L. U.). Long 40—45 ; cephalic
process 15—20 millims.
Reported from China, Cambodia, India. The Indian Museum pos-
sesses specimens from Sikkim, Assam. The next three appear to be little
more than local varieties of Ff’. candelaria.
2. FULGORA BREVIROSTRIS, Butler.
Fulgora brevirostris, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 97, 1 t. xv, f. 1, (1874).
Closely allied to Ff. candelaria; tegmina black, with the veins
and spots bright ochraceous, disposed as in F’. candelaria ; Wings orange-
ochreous, the apical third black ; cephalic process short, curved, ascend-
;
1
}
:
|
|
'
1885. | EH. T. Atkinson—wNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 129
ing, testaceous with paler spots: prothorax much compressed in front,
with a central longitudinal ridge and two strongly impressed black
punctures, testaceous, with a black lateral patch ; the rest of the body,
luteous above, mesothorax maculated with black ; abdomen below black,
the margins of the segments testaceous ; lees pitchy ; the coxe and the
femora of the last pair, dirty testaceous (Butler). Body long with ce-
phalic process 29—30 ; cephalic process 13 and exp. teg. 63 millims.
Reported from India, Penang: the Indian Museum possesses a spe-
cimen from Sikkim (?).
3. Funcora virtprrostris, Westwood.
Fulgora (Hotina) viridirostris, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 8, t. 3, f. 4, (1848),
Hotinus viridirostris, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 265 (1851).
Fulgora viridirostris, Butler, P. Z. S. p. 98 (1874).
Cephalic process about half as long again as the thorax with the
apex turned up and acuminate, of a dark green colour with white irro-
rations ; body fulvous, the thorax spotted with black; feet black with the
four anterior femora pitchy and the two hind femora, fulyous : tegmina
and wings marked as in F’. candelaria (Westw.). Body with cephalic
process long, 32—38; exp. teg. 63—76 millims.
Reported from Assam: the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Sibsitgar (Assam) and Sikkim, the latter, asa rule, smaller with the
cephalic process of a lighter green and the white irrorations thereon
hardly visible.
4. FuLGora sPINoLZ, Westwood.
Fulgora (Pyrops) spinole, Westwood, A. M. N. H., ix, p. 118 (1842).
Fulgora (Hotina) spinole, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 73, t. 36, f. 1 (1848).
Hotinus spinole, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 266 (1851).
Fulgora spinole, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 98 (1874).
Cephalic process as long as the body with the apex turning up, above
black, beneath luteous : body fulvous: anterior margin and the middle
of the pronotum, a broad median stripe on the mesonotum, two dots and
two oblique, lateral streaks, all black : tegmina brown, veins fulvous ;
three straight, transverse, bands before the middle and six or seven sub-
apical circular spots (of which some form an interrupted maculate band)
palely fuscous; wings, fulvous, black at the apex (Westw.). Body with
cephalic process long 44; exp. teg. 82 millims.
Reported from Mysore, Assam, Silhat : the Indian Museum possess-
es specimens from Shillong, Naga hills, Silhat, Sibsagar, and Sikkim.
5. Funcora Larapurit, Kirby.
Fulgora lathburii, Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii, p. 450 (1818) ; Westwood, «bid.,
xviii, p. 189 (1841) ; White, A. M. N. H. xiv, p. 425 (1844) ; Guérin, Icon, Régne An.
Ins. t. 58, f. 2 (1830-34) ; Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 98 (1874).
130 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
Flata lathburii, Germar, Thon’s Archiv. ii, (2),"p. 46 (1830).
Hotinus lathburii, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 266 (1851).
Allied to F. candelaria, Linn., cephalic process ascending, above
black, apex red: dorsum of thorax black: tegmina blackish-green,
sprinkled with many ocellate spots having a luteous pupil and a white
iris; some white dots on the interior margin: abdomen pallid, spotted
black: wings Iuteous, black at the apex (Kirby). Long, 38 millims.
Reported from China, Silhat.
To this section also belong :—
F. cyanirostris, Guérin, A. S. EH. F. (2 Ser.) iii, Bull. Ent. p. xevi, (1845).
PF. nigrirostris, Walker, Ins. Saund. p. 29 (1858). Siam.
F. philippina, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. p. 740 (1870). Philippines.
F. eruginosa, Stal, l. c. p. 741 (1870). Philippines.
F. lauta, Stal, l. c. p. 741 (1870). Philippines.
Javae
Sec. 2. Species with whitish or white and red wings.
6. FULGORA CONNECTENS, 0. sp.
The coloration of the tegmina connects this fine species with the
first section and that of the wings places it in this section. Cephalic pro-
cess much longer than the body, ascending, much recurved, somewhat
sabreshaped, much compressed, much flattened at the apex, black above,
erecnish-fulvous beneath, signs of fait white irrorations above: thorax
black, with a broad, transverse, fulvous band concolorous with the inter-
mediate coxee and the clypeus: abdomen above sordid fulvescent, be-
neath black with each segment broadly bordered posteriorly with sordid
fulvescent ; anus black: feet black, coxee, intermediate femora above, and
entire posterior femora, brown: tegmina black, veins greenish; the
basal half with three transverse fulvous bands, of which the third from
the base becomes a confluent row of four round fulvous spots, ocellated
paler, beyond this in the apical half comes a transverse row formed of
two large fulvous ocellated confluent spots near the costal margin and a
smaller spot not ocellated near the interior margin, then another inter-
rupted transverse row commencing with four ocellated confluent spots at
the costal margin and ending with two confluent ocellated spots at the
internal margin ; two large and two small fulvous spots not ocellated in
the apical fourth : wings white, apex black, with three confluent white
spots and two smaller within the black part. Body long to the eyes, 22 ;
cephalic process long from eyes to tip, 30: exp. teg. 80 millims.
The Indian Museum possesses a specimen from Tenasserim.
7. FULGORA CLAVATA, Westwood.
Fulgora clavata, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 139, t. 12, f. 1 (1841) ;
Cab. Or. Ent. p. 7, t. 3, f. 1 (1848) ; Butler, P. Z. S. p. 98 (1874).
Hotinus clavatus, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 267 (1851).
’
1885. ] EK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 131
Cephalic process and head piceous, covered with a white-farinose
substance, as long as half the body, gradually attenuated from the base,
its dorsum tricarinate and apex turning upwards and ending in a knob
or ball sub-rounded, sub-pellucid, and broadly testaceous : thorax luteous,
pronotum with two minute discoidal, black, dots ; mesonotum with four
basal and two other oblique lateral spots: abdomen beneath fulvous,
above obscure, dotted with a white farinose substance, apices of seg-
ments luteous, anus black : basal half of tegmina somewhat whitish with
numerous, irregular fuscous spots ; apical half fuscous with numerous
whitish circular spots, varying very much in size and most of them
ocellated : wings somewhat whitish, apex broadly fuscous: feet and
rostrum black; clypeus Iuteous (Westw.).
long 335; exp. teg. 76 millims.
Reported from Assam: the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Sikkim, Khasiya Hills, Sibsagar, Shillong. In fresh specimens the
whole of the tegmina and abdomen above and below is thickly covered
with a white powdery substance : the abdomen, too, is of a rich red colour,
which fades to fulvous, and the wings at the base are a light blue, which
fades to grey. The Indian Museum possesses a remarkable local variety
from Mussooree in which the entire cephalic process is dull red and the
ground of the tegmina is much lighter.
Body with cephalic process
8. FULGORA PONDEROSA, Stal.
Hotinus ponderosus, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Foérh. xi, p. 244 (1854): Walker,
Cat. Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 315 (1858).
Fulgora ponderosa, Butler, P. Z.8. p. 98 (1874).
Cephalic process half the length of the body, cylindrical, black-
piceous, ascending at the apex, which is testaceous : thorax and scutel-
lum yellow-testaceous, the latter with four basal spots and two behind
the middle, black: tegmina sordid white, sparingly covered with a white
farinose substance ; a median band spotted with white ; and two spots
at the anterior margin before the middle and one at the sutural mar-
gin, black; several fuscous spots on the disc and apex, which is spotted
white: wings sordidly whitish subhyaline, weakly fuscous at the apex :
abdomen yellow testaceous, segments margined testaceous: feet and
rostrum black ; posterior femora yellow-testaceous beyond the middle
(Stal). Body long, 38: exp. teg. 88 millims.
Reported from India. There is little doubt that this is merely a
variety of F’. clavata, Westw.
Sec. 3. Species with red and whitish wings.
9. Funcora ocuLatTa, Westwood.
Fulgora oculata, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 142, t. 12, f. 5 (1841) ;
Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 99 (1874).
132 E. T. Atkisnon——Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
Var. a. Fulgora (Hotina) oculata, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 73, t. 36, f. 2
(1848).
Voy. Inde, p. 66, t. 16, f. 1 (1842) ; Butler, P. Z. S., p. 99, (1874).
Hotinus oculatus, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 267, (1851).
Hotinus subocellatus, Walker, 1. c. p. 267, (1851) ; J. L. S. Zool. i, p. 84, (1856).
Cephalic process as long as the body, ascending, slender: pale
ereyish-fulvous, abdomen and wings clothed with a fine white powdery
substance, mesothorax more fulvescent : tegmina greyish fulvous, pale,
with about twenty-four ocellated spots, fulvous rings girdled whitish :
wings white-farinose, palely virescent at the base with the anterior mar-
gin having a large roseate patch in the middle ending in a fuscous spot
and another smaller towards the middle: feet palely greyish-luteous ;
four anterior tibiz and tarsi and the last tarsi, black (Westw.) Long
with cephalic process 35; exp. teg. 63 millims.
Reported from India.
Var. a. Cephalic process as long as the body, ascending at the apex,
brunneous ; body greyish luteous, powdered with a white farinose sub-
stance : tegmina greyish fulvous, each with 24-30 fulvous ocellated spots,
encircled with buff; wings clothed with a white powdery substance, the
base pale green, middle of the costa marked with a large rosy patch and
followed by a brown streak which is sometimes extended over the whole
apex of the wing which is, in such case, marked with several paler spots ;
legs luteous, the four anterior tibie and tarsi and the two hind tarsi,
black (Westw.) Exp. teg. 65-87 millims.
Reported from Malabar, Penang.
Var. b. Cephalic process as long as the body, ascending at the apex,
obscurely ferruginous above, green beneath : body and feet green, anterior
and intermediate tibie black; tegmina fulvescent green, subocellated
yellow: wings white somewhat green at the base, clothed with a white
powdery substance and spotted on the anterior margin with black and
ferruginous (Guérin). Long, 48; exp. teg., 93 millims.
Reported from Nepal, Penang, Malacca. Guérin keeps this separate
as he considers that I’. oculata, West. is smaller, the spots on its tegmi-
na are tawny, very restricted and surrounded by whitish on grey-
tawny ground and its wings are also adorned with a great rosy patch,
tipped with brown ; characters wanting in his Ff’. subocellata. Still com-
paring the wide differences in the extreme varieties of FI’. clavata this
variety cannot at present receive specific rank. .
Var. c. Spots on the tegmina confluent and of a rosy colour: the
green at the base of the wings absent. Var. verhuelli.
This section includes also the following :—
F. sultana, Adams, P. %. S. p. 83 (1847). Borneo.
F. gigantea, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 99 (1874). Borneo.
Var. b. Fulgora subocellata, Guérin, Rev. Zool. p. 183, (1839) ; Delessert, Souv.
—— ee a ee ee
ee ee
1885.]° HE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 133
C. Species with blue-green wings.
10. FULGORA AMPLECTENS, n. sp.
This species forms the connecting link between the preceding section
and this; the coloration of the tegmina strongly resembles that of the
F’. oculata group and the coloration of the wings places it in this section.
Cephalic process as long as the body, somewhat horizontal, gradually as-
cending somewhat towards the tip, subrotundate above and subequal in
size throughout, black-brown throughout, above and beneath, except the
tip which is reddish-testaceous and subpellucid, apical half below the tip
irrorated with white dots: thorax deep brown, blacker on the disc: ab-
domen above and beneath, black ; posterior margins of the dorsal segments
narrowly fulvous: feet brown throughout: tegmina brown, veins ful-
vous, basal two-thirds finely covered with a white powdery substance
above and bright fulvous beneath, this white powdery substance intensi-
fied across the base of the apical third so as to form a white band which
bears a row of four fulvous spots, a small one and the largest towards the
costal margin and two small ones towards the internal margin, four or
five very faint similar fulvous spots and very numerous light brown spots
are sprinkled over the basal two-thirds: wings blue, apex broadly and
external margin less broadly, black, rayed black along the veins towards
the base somewhat as in F’. pyrhorhyncha, Don., to which this species is
very closely allied, differing chiefly in the coloration of the abdomen and
the size, arrangement, and number of the spots on the tegmina. Body
long to eyes, 24; cephalic process from eyes, 23; exp. teg. 93 millims.
The Indian Museum possesses a specimen from Perak.
li. Funcora PYRORHYNCHA, Donovan.
Fulgora pyrorhynchus, Donovan, Ins. Ind. Hem. t. 7, f. 1 (1800) : Régne Animal
ed. Masson, t. 96, f. 2 (n. d.).
Hotinus pyrorhynchus, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 267 (1851) ; J. L. S. Zool.
x, p. 96 (1867). .
Fulgora pyrorhina, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 189 (1841); in Dono-
yan’s Ins. Ind. (2nd ed.) p. 13 (1842).
Fulgora rajah, Guérin, Rev. Zool. p. 183 (1839).
Fulgora pyrorhyncha, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 100 (1874).
Cephalic process large, of a dark purple, thickly sprinkled with a
white powdery substance, ascending, tip scarlet and somewhat pellucid :
tegmina brown, pale across the middle ; wings black, green at the base
(Donovan).
Cephalic process about 25 millims; long, purple, spotted white,
ascending ; apex incrassated, red; dorsum of abdomen greenish with
three black spots on the anterior margin of each segment; lateral mar-
134 EK. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
gins of thorax and basal margin of scutellum somewhat testaceous :
tegmina brown, spotted pale glaucous, and with a paler band, basal half
with eleven irregularly placed, round, yellow spots, a pale band with
a transverse row of four round spots of a deeper colour approaching
fuscous and slightly margined inwardly with yellow and the apical fourth
has eight smaller round yellow spots. Guérin describes his F’. rajah as
having the cephalic process as long as the body, ascending, brunneous,
apex somewhat dilated, red: body and feet brunneous ; tegmina blackish
fulvous, spotted with yellow, a broad pallid band at the apex : wings
black, blue at the base. Long, 44 millims.
Reported from Nepal neve Malacca (Guér.).
12. FULGoRA MACULATA, Olivier.
Fulgora maculata, Olivier, Enc. Méth. vi, p. 568 (1791) ; Stoll, (La Cigale verte
porte-lanterne) Cigales, p. 98, t. 26, f.143 (1788) ; Burm. Handb. Ent. ii, (i) p. 169
(1835) ; Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 140 (1841) ; Duncan’s Nats. Lib. 1,
p. 284, t. 23, f. 2 (1840) ; Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 100 (1874).
Flata maculata, Germar, Thon’s Archiv. ii, fase. 2, p. 46 (1830).
Hotinus maculatus, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 266 (1851).
Cephalic process almost as long as the body, ascending, recurved ;
head black ; eyes and antenne grey ; thorax brown, shaded with black :
abdomen light brown, banded with black, same above and beneath ;
tegmina aboye black with interrupted bands or continuous rows of
glaucous spots, apical portion irrorated yellowish-green: wings with
the basal portion towards the anterior margin and a patch near the anal
margin, greenish-blue ending in fine rays, apical portions black: feet
deep brown, posterior pair spinose. Body long to the eyes, 21: cephalic
process from the eyes 19; exp. teg. 71 millims.
The Indian Museum possesses a specimen from Ceylon.
13. Funcora FULVIROSTRIS, Walker.
Hotinus fulvirostris, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 41 (1858).
Butler (P. Z. S. p. 100, 1874) unites this species with F’. maculata,
Olivier, as a variety, but itis as much entitled to specific rank as breviros-
tris, viridirostris, and spinolew, which are similar varieties of I’. candelaria,
Linn. It clearly differs from I’. maculata in having the cephalic process
subpellusid, sordid fulvous-testaceous or tawny instead of opaque
deep green; the markings on the tegmina follow the arrangement
of the markings on the tegmina in Ff’. maculata, but are sordid
whitish instead of bluish-white, and the wings are sordid greenish-white
rayed with black-fuscous nearly up to the base, the apex being broadly
and the external margin less broadly black.
ee
—————
1885. ] KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 135
Black : head tawny, cephalic process abruptly curved and ascending,
a little shorter than the body, blackish on each side, at the base : pronotum
with some dingy whitish or testaceous marks on each side: mesonotum
more or less testaceous or whitish on the disc; hind border and abdomen
whitish or testaceous,the latter with some irregular and incomplete blackish
bands : tegmina with about 20 whitish or straw-coloured spots and dots,
some of them connected, forming four very irregular bands: wings
white or dingy whitish towards the base (Walker). Body long, 27;
cephalic process from the eyes, 20; exp. teg. 59 millims.
Reported from Ceylon: the Indian Museum possesses two speci-
mens from Ceylon. It is possible that we should place this and the two
next as varieties of F'. maculata.
14. FuLGoRA DELESSERTI, Guérin.
Fulgora delessertii, Guérin, Rev. Zool. p. 183 (1839); Delessert, Souv. Voy.
Inde, pt. ii, p. 66, t. 16, f. 2 (1843): Butler, P. Z. 8S. p. 100 (1874).
Hotinus delessertii, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 266 (1851).
Cephalic process half the length of the body, ascending, green: pro-
thorax ferruginous: tegmina greenish black, spotted with yellow: wings
cxrulean, black at the apex (Guérin). Long 34; exp. teg. 75 millims.
Reported from the Nilgiris, Malabar.
This species is near to F’. maculata, Olivier, but differs from it in the
coloration of the spots on the tegmina. It differs from F’. candelaria,
Linn. “par les deux facettes latérales de la face frontale qui ont 4 leur
extrémité une caréne longitudinale allant du sommet des faces latérales
au sommet de la téte.’”” The cephalic pro@g$s is short and compressed.
15. FuLGorA ANDAMANENSIS, Distant.
Fulgora andamanensis, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soe. p. 152, t. 5, f.'7, 7 a (1880).
Cephalic process long, slender, ascending, as long as the body ;
beneath greenish luteous with the apex black, above black, apical two-
thirds irrorated with small white spots and a luteous streak on each side
within the eyes, which are also luteous; thorax above black, with dull
luteous markings ; abdomen above pale greenish-luteous, beneath black ;
coxe, trochanters, and femora fuscous, the last darkest, tibiz and tarsi,
black. Tegmina black, with the veins pale green and a number of
brown spots encircled with pale greenish, arranged thus :—a transverse
row of four near the base, the upper three fused together ; two irregular
transverse rows on the disc, a little nearer together than from the basal
row, followed by a straighter transverse row of three smaller ones ;
remaining apical portion occupied by about twelve spots of which the
largest are two fused together on the costa and one with a very small
18
136 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
brown centre about the apex of the inner margin: extreme apical spots
very small and somewhat indistinct. Wings blue with the apex broadly,
and outer margin somewhat narrowly, black. The veins on the blue
portion of the wings are green, with the exception of two which are nar-
rowly black at the base (Distant.) Long, cephalic process 20; body
20; exp. tego. 68 millims.
Reported from the Andaman Islands. | .
Allied to F’. delessertii, Guérin, and F'. maculata, Olivier. It some-
what resembles the former in the pattern of the tegmina, but differs in.
the length of the cephalic process, which in I’. delessertii is but about half
the length of the body. In length and structure of the cephalic process,
it is more closely allied to F. maculata; the cephalic process, however,
is longer than in that species, being about equal to the length of the body ;
and, besides the different pattern of the tegmina, the wings are much more
narrowly black along the posterior margin. The Indian Museum possesses
a specimen from the Nicobar islands which appears to differ from the type
figured by Distant in the cephalic process being longer, more distinctly
ascending and recurved, and in the absence of white spots on the upper
two-thirds. The markings on the tegmina are the same and do not
differ more than individuals of allied species differ from each other.
The wings are marked much as in F’. delessertii Guérin, the outer mar-
gin is more broadly suffused with blackish than in the type and the
blackish extends further towards the base in rays. |
16. Funcora curtiprora, Butler.
Fulgora curtiprora, Butler, A. M. N. H. (4 ser.) xiv, p. 181, (1874).
Closely allied to I’. gemmata, West., but with the cephalic process
one-third shorter and the colouring different: tegmina with the corium
bright green speckled with black, area beyond black ; the veins green,
‘becoming ochraceous near the apex; entire surface covered with small
orange spots: wings shining black, varied with pale transparent green
as in Ff’. genmata: cephalic process, head, and thorax testaceous, thorax .
spotted with black; abdomen black, segments edged with green above,
with ochreous below; legs and anus red (Butler). Body long with
cephalic process, 23; cephalic process, long 8; ; exp. teg. 50 millims.
Reported from Sikkim.
17. FuLcora GuTTuLATA, Westwood.
Fulgora (Pyrops) guitulata, Westwood, A. M. N. H. ix, p.119 1842).
Fulgora (Hotina) guttulata, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 8, t. 3, f. 3 (1848).
Pyrops guttulata, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 269 (1851).
Fulgora guttulata, Butler, P. Z. §., p. 101 (1874).
1885.) ET. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 137 _
Cephalic process about half as long as the thorax, its apex slightly
bent upwards and acute; head and thorax above of a fulvous clay-colour
dotted with black: segments of the abdomen brown at the base: teg-
mina pale fulvous clay-coloured, gradually assuming a redder tinge beyond
the middle with a great number of small pale buff dots edged with a
black ring, the wings very pale yellowish, with a few black dots and
a broad dark brown margin (Westw.) Body long with cephalic pro-
cess, 25; exp. teg. 50 millims.
Reported from N. India.
The rostrum is very long and slender and extends to the end of
the body, separated from the gene by a transverse raised line, between
which and the eyes isa black dot. The four anterior legs have a black
ring at the base of the tibie, the apex of which and the tarsi are also black,
the underside of the body and the hind legs are entirely fulvous with two
small black spots at the base of the coxe and two long black spots at
the sides of the penultimate abdominal segment.
18. Fungora cemmMatTa, Westwood.
Fulgora (Hotina) gemmata, Westwood, Cab. Or Ent. p. 7, t. 3, f. 2 (1848).
Hotinus gemmatus, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 267 (1851).
Fulgora gemmata, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 101 (1874).
Head and thorax fulvous with black markings; abdomen above
black with posterior margins of the segments narrowly green; tegmina
green at the base which gradually changes into a dark brownish crimson ;
they are entirely covered with minute black dots, each tegmen being
ornamented with about 30 bright orange spots ; the wings are green,
with a broad black border, which extends into the disc of the wing,
forming several large, black blotches ; legs, dark red (Westw). Body
long exclusive of cephalic process, 19; exp. teg. 28 millims.
Reported from Himalaya, N. India, Darjiling: the Indian Museum
possesses specimens from Sikkim, Khasiya Hills, Assam. There is also
@ specimen in which the orange spots on the tegmina are obsolete and are
replaced by roundish black rings with the centre of the ground colour
of the tegmina ; the wings are precisely the same.
To this section also belong the following species :—
F. ducalis, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 ser.) i. p. 576 (1863). Cambodia.
F. celestina, Stal, 1. c. p. 576 (1863). Cambodia.
F. intricata, Walker, J. L. S. Zool. i, p. 182 (1857). Borneo.
F, stellata, Butler, P. Z. 8. p. 100 (1874). Borneo.
138 H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
Sec. D. Species with scarlet wings.
19. FULGORA CARDINALIS, Butler.
Fulgora cardinalis, Butler, A. M. N. H. (4 ser.) xiv, p. 131 (1874).
Tegmina yellowish-olivaceous, veins and costal area bright green ;
entire surface covered with black-edged orange spots, arranged as in
F’. virescens, West., but larger and better defined ; outer margin brown :
wings carmine ; outer margin brown, broadest at the apex: cephalic
process, head and prothorax above, and the entire pectus green, spotted
with black; meso- and meta-thorax testaceous, black-spotted ; abdomen
above reddish, below testaceous, varied with emerald-green: legs eme-
rald-green (Butler). Body including cephalic process, 25; cephalic
process 83: exp. teg. 53 millims.
Reported from Nepal, Sikkim. Allied to F. pyrrhochlora,*Walker,
and Lf. virescens, Westw., but differing.structurally from both in its short
abruptly compressed cephalic process. The Indian Museum possesses
specimens from Sikkim.
To this section also belong the following species :—
F. coccinea, Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 42 (1858). Ceylon.
F. decorata, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 141, t. 12, f. 4, (1841). Java.
F. guttifera, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. p. 448 (1859). Ceylon, Shanghai?
F. pyrrhochlora, Walker, Butler, P. Z. 8S. p. 101 (1874). Borneo.
Sec. H. Species with pale greenish wings (subhyaline).
20. FULGORA VIRESCENS, Westwood.
Fulgora (Pyrops) virescens, Westwood, A. M. N. H. ix, p. 119 (1842).
Fulgora (Hotina) virescens, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 8, t. 3, f. 5 (1848).
Pyrops virescens, Walker, Cat. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 209 (1851).
Hotinus semiannulus, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 42 (1858).
Fulgora virescens, Butler, P. Z. S. p. 102 (1874).
Cephalic process short, conical, scarcely bent upwards: entirely
pale green with a minute black spot on each side of the prothorax and
scutellum ; the tegmina broad with the anterior margin much arched,
green with numerous small rounded orange-coloured spots, outwardly
edged with black ; wings very pale green and semitransparent ( Westw.).
Body long with the cephalic process 19—20: exp. teg. 56—58 millims.
Reported from India, Silhat: the Indian Museum possesses a speci-
men from Silhat.
To this section also belongs the following species :—
F. cultellata, Walker, J. L. 8. Zool. i, p. 143 (1857). Borneo.
1885. | E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 139
Genus Atcatuous, Stal.
Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 Ser.) i, p. 577 (1863).
Head much narrower than the thorax, protuberant, frons somewhat
roundly-amplified near the apex, thence distinctly narrowed upwards,
tricarinate ; clypeus carinate in the middle: rostrum almost reaching
the apex of the abdomen: antenne short, second joint very briefly sub-
cylindrical, obliquely truncated at the apex. Thorax unicarinate in the
middle, somewhat produced anteriorly in the middle, produced part
truncated, posterior margin, straight: scutellum tricarinate, twice as
long as the thorax. Tegmina somewhat amplified towards the apex which
is obtusely obliquely rounded, longitudinal veins rarely furcate, interior
simple, only third apical part furnished with remote, transverse, small
veins, irregularly anastomosed : wings with more than the basal half
without transverse veinlets. Feet moderate, anterior femora beneath
slightly dilated, posterior tibiz, 5—6 spinose (Stal). Allied to Fulgora.
21. ALcATHOUS FECIALIS, Stal.
Alcathous fecialis, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 ser.) i, p. 577 (1863).
Livid, dorsum of abdomen and coccineous wings excepted, minutely
sprinkled fuscous, here and there infuscate: tegmina clouded fuscous
with small costal spots, apex of wings, broad posterior limbus and some
spots near the anal area, two rows of spots on the dorsum of the abdo-
men and rings on the tibie blackish; femora fuscescent, obscurely
irrorated, banded palely. 9, long, 15; exp. teg. 32 millims.
Head a little shorter than the thorax and scutellum together, pro-
duced part somewhat subabruptly narrowed and compressed before the
eyes, before the middle transversely impressed and somewhat reflexed ;
vertex at the base more than twice as broad as the transverse eye, basal
half triangular, apical part very narrow ; frons flat beneath the middle,
furnished with three parallel ridges, the median ridge interrupted in the
middle ; transverse veinlets on the tegmina are subrufescent (Stal).
Reported from N. India.
Genus Pyrrops, Spinola.
A. S. EH. F. viii, p. 231 (1839); Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 491 |
(1843) ; Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 133, 139 (1866).
Head produced forwards, in a long process, somewhat rounded,
gradually very slightly somewhat slender, straight, obliquely truncated
at the apex ; the lateral part behind the eyes furnished with a subconical
or triangular callus or knob; vertex transversely convex, continued up
to the apex of the process; gene rounded anteriorly: eyes small;
140 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
second joint of antenne short, thick. Pronotum and scutellum fairly
convex transversely, without ridges, the former gradually narrowed
forwards, barely or very slightly sinuated at the base. Entire tegmina
or the largest portion reticulated, valvate behind the clavus. Feet
somewhat thick and short; first tibie, femora, and trochanters together
equal in length, last armed with 5—7 spines (Stal).
22. Pyrops puncTata, Olivier.
Fulgora punctata, Olivier, Enc. Méth. vi, p. 569 (1791); Stoll, Cigales, p. 34, t.
6, f. 28 (1788) ; Gray, Griffith’s An. King. t 188, f. 2 a-c (1832).
Flata punctata, Germar, Thon’s Archiv. ii (2), p. 47 (1830).
Fulgora afinis, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 144, t. 12, f. 6 (1841). —
Pyrops punctata, Spinola, A. 8. EH. F. viii, p. 237 (1839) ; Walker List Hom.
B. M. ii, p. 268 (1851).
Cephalic process almost as long as the body, truncated at the
apex ; luteous-greyish ; thorax, feet, and tegmina sprinkled with black
dots : abdomen above black: wings white, veins pallid. Head, cephalic
process, pro- and meso-notum and tegmina pale luteous, sprinkled with
black dots, varying in size: cephalic process almost as long as the body,
almost straight, subcylindrical, obliquely truncated at the apex, fuscous-
luteous, rough with dots, paler at the apex: the black dots on the
tegmina disposed longitudinally on the veins: wings white, subopaque,
a little infuscate towards the apex, veins paler, except at the base:
abdomen black, with the narrow margin of the segments, luteous; feet
short, luteous ; femora with a subapical ring; tibie with three black
rings (F’. affints, Westw.). Body long with cephalic process, 335 ; exp.
teg. 55 millims.
Reported from China, Nepal, Silhat, Ceylon, Java, Guinea (?) : the
Indian Museum possesses specimens from Sikkim.
23. PyroOPS PERPUSILLA, Walker.
Pyrops perpusilla, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 269 (1851).
Body stramineous ; head with its process as long as the rest of the
body ; abdomen luteous above: legs yellow; tegmina very pale stra-
mineous; a few brown dots on the veins near the tip and along the
hind border which is somewhat darker than the rest of the wing; a
rather large dot in the dise on the fork of one of the longitudinal veins :
wings colourless, veins pale yellow (Walker.) Body long 83; wings,
long 9 millims.
Reported from N. Bengal.
-
;
a
’
1885. ] H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 141
Genus HomauocnpHata, Amyot & Seville.
Omalocephala, Spinola, A. S. E. F. viii, p. 261 (1839): Homalocephala, Am. &
Sery., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 492 (1848) ; Stal, Item. Afric. iv, pp. 133, 145 (1866).
Head broad, somewhat narrower than the thorax, produced before
the eyes, round or triangular; behind the eyes prominulous backwards
in a short, thick spine: vertex at least four times broader than the eyes,
flat or somewhat so: frons flat somewhat broader than the clypeus, sides
parallel, very slightly amplified towards the apex; clypeus without a
median ridge: rostrum reaching the last coxe. Thorax broadly rounded
anteriorly, furnished with a fine longitudinal ridge : scutellum more than
twice as long as the thorax. 'Tegmina with the sides parallel, obliquely
obtusely rounded at the apex, very densely reticulated, reticulation in
the costal area obsolete, claval vein united with the commissure at the
apex of the clavus: wings entire. Feet somewhat short, simple ; first
tibiee as long as the femora, last armed with 3—4 spines (Stal).
24. HOMALOCEPHALA FESTIVA, Fabricius.
Fulgora festiva, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii, p. 315 (1781); Mant. Ins. ii, p. 261
(1787) ; Olivier, Enc. Méth. vi, p. 572 (1791); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 5 (1794) ;
Syst. Rhyng. p. 4 (1803) ; Donovan, Ins. India, Hem. t. 7, f. 2 (1800).
Omalocephala festiva, Spinola, A. 8. H. F. viii, p. 261 (1839) ; Walker, List Hom.
B. M. ii, p. 283 (1851).
Homalocephala festiva, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 493 (1843).
Head above flat, fuscous; beneath flavescent, with a black margin :
thorax fuscous, immaculate : tegmina fuscous, exterior margin virescent,
which colour, however, does not reach the apex of the wing: there are
five black dots along this margin of which the four posterior end in-
wards in a fulvous dot: wings sanguineous, fuscous at the apex (Labri-
clus).
Head above flat, obscure ; beneath, yellowish, border black: thorax
obscure immaculate: tegmina obscure with the costal margin greenish
which does not extend to the apex, on this part are five black spots of
which the four posterior are bounded internally by a tawny spot: wings
sanguineous with the apex obscure (Olivier). Donovan states that the
tegmina have a green margin on which there are a few black spots
semicircled with orange. Long, 17 millims.
The Indian Museum possesses a very mutilated specimen.
Genus Limois, Stal.
Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 230 (1863) : Hem. Afric. iv, p. 134 (1866).
Head narrower than the thorax, slightly protuberant upwards ;
frons longitudinally convex, abruptly dilated on both sides at the apex,
142 BE. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
much narrowed upwards, bicarinate lengthways, lateral margins reflexed
beneath the middle ; vertex transverse; clypeus carinate in the middle,
lateral margins obtuse, obtusely carinate ; thorax twice as broad as the
head, somewhat sloped forwards, broadly truncate posteriorly, obso-
letely carinate in the middle: tezmina somewhat amplified towards the
apex, which is obliquely obtusely rounded, furnished behind the middle
with remote small transverse veins: wings sinuate in the middle, pos-
teriorly, much shorter than the tegmina: feet moderate, simple; poste-
rior tibie 5-spinose (Stal). Differs from Aphana in the structure of
the head and the short wings.
25. Limoris westwoopit, Hope.
Lystra westwoodii, Parry, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 133, t. 12, £. 3 (1845) ;
Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 286 (1851).
Limois westwoodii, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 231 (1868).
Fuscous yellow, cephalic process concolorous, recurved between the
eyes; frons almost triangular, elongate: basal half of tegmina fuscous
yellow, sprinkled with fuscous spots, varying in size: wings at the base
sanguineous and margined by a narrow black line and with three black
spots, remainder immaculate, hyaline: body beneath black. (Hope.)
Body long, 125; exp. teg. 48 millims.
Reported from Silhat: the Indian museum possesses a specimen
from Calcutta, expanse of tegmina under 40 millims.
Genus ArHana, Guérin, Stal.
Aphena, Guérin, Voy. Bélanger, Ind. Orien. p. 451 (1834); Spin., A. S. H. F.
viii, p. 240 (1839): Aphana, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (i) p. 166 (1835); Amyot &
Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 496 (1843) ; Stal, Stettin, Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 231
(1863) ; Hem. Afric. iv, p. 1384 (1866).
Head not protuberant; frons slightly narrowed upwards or with
the sides parallel, lateral margins more or less distinctly broadly bisi-
nuate with two ridges running through them, diverging upwards from
the apex, terminating on both sides the median area: thorax witha
ridge very often much elevated: first femora not amplified above at
the apex; last tibie usually 5-spinose, unarmed above at the base
(Stal).
96. APHANA FARINOSA, Fabricius.
Lystra farinosa, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. p. 57 (1803) : Germar, Thon’s Archiv,
ii (fase. 2) p. 52 (1830).
Aphena farinosa, Spinola, A. 8. H. F. viii, p. 244 (1839) ; Walker, List Hom. B.
M. ii, p. 274 (1851).
Aphana scutellaris, White, A. M. N. H. xvii, p. 330 (1846)..
.
f
}
1885. ] K. T. Atkinson—WNofes on Indian Rhynchota. 143
Aphena scutellaris, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent., p. 73, t. 36, f. 3 (1848) ; Walker,
List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 277 (1851)) ; J. L. 8. Zool. i, p. 143 (1857) ; var. l. c. x, p. 96
(1867).
Aphena saundersii, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii p. 277 (1851); J. L. S. Zool. i.
p- 84 (1856) ; 1. ce. p. 143 (1857).
Aphana farinosa, Burm., Handb. Ent. ii (2), p. 166 (1835) ; Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A.
Forh., p. 485 (1862) ; Stettin Ent. Zeit., xxiv, p. 232 (1868).
Fuscous; tegmina yellow at the apex; base of the wings and the
abdomen, red, the former spotted hyaline (Fabr.). Head, pronotum, and
border of the tegmina, reddish-brown, the under half of the same black,
_ apex golden yellow, powdered white: wings with a red ground with
small white spots; tip brown: feet, black (Burm.). Larger than A.
atomaria, Fabr. greenish-brown ; occiput excavated and marked with
two whitish powdery spots between the eyes; the pronotum with an
elevated ridge down the middle, the scutellum powdered with white, the
metathorax blackish; the margins of the abdominal segments luteous-
green, the base powdered with white; the basal half of the tezmina fer-
ruginous, the disc powdered with white, and with an irregular black
fascia in the middle and some blackish spots near the hind margin, the
apical portion horn-coloured, varied with buff, hind-wings orange red,
spotted with white, the base black, the apical portion horn-coloured, and
the anal angle buff; body beneath, and legs, pitchy (Westwood). Body
long, 22; exp. teg. 52;—66 millims.
Reported from Borneo, Java, Sumatra, India (Spin.): the Indian
Museum has a much abraded specimen from Sinkip Island. The type
described by White was from Borneo and varies in the green colour of
the basal portion of the costa and the base of the tegmina. Westwood’s
specimen was from Java and the Indian specimen agrees best with his
description.
27. APHANA ATOMARIA, Weber.
Cicada atomaria, Weber, Obs. Ent. p. 113 (1801).
Lystra atomaria, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng., p. 57 (1803); Germar in Thon’s
Archiv. ii (fase. 2), p. 52 (1830).
Aphena nigro-punctata, Guérin, Voy. la Coquille, Zool. ii, (2), p. 185 (1830) ;
Spin., A. S. E. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 248 (1839); Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém.
p- 497, (1848) ; Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 274 (1851).
Aphena atomaria, Spin., 1. c. p. 248 (1839) ; Walker, l. c. p. 277 (1851) ; J. L. S.
Zool. x, p. 96 (1867).
Aphana atomaria, Burm., Handb. Hnt. ii (i) p. 167 (1835) ; Stal, Stettin Ent.
Zeit, xxiv, p. 232 (1863) ; Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 87 (1869).
Fuscous, vertex and pronotum brick-colour: tegmina ferruginous,
spotted black, abdomen above and wings sanguineous, the latter black
at the apex and spotted black-hyaline (fabr.). Head and pronotum
19
14d, E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota: [No.3,
ochreous ; mesonotum reddish-brown: tegmina of a red brown in the
basal two-thirds with two large black spots on the external margin, —
another towards the end of the second third, in the middle; two other
smaller black dots, one at the base and the other towards the end of the
first third near the internal margin, and other smaller black dots sprink-
led here and there: the apical third of the tegmina sordid yellowish or
dull brown: wings bright red with the apex black, sprinkled with bluish
spots or patches, the red disc also has four white patches, of which one
is very small, with some dozen round black dots strewn about behind
them : abdomen red above: body and feet, beneath, reddish-brown (Am.
-& Serv.) Long, 17; exp. teg. 46 millims. t
Reported from Sumatra, Java, N. India: the Indian Museum
possesses one abraded specimen exactly agreeing with the above des-
scription, locality unknown, and another from Marri (Panjab). There is
a series from Sikkim agreeing in most respects except that the base of the
wings 1s ochreous not sanguineous. ,
28. APHANA PULCHELLA, Guérin.
Aphena pulchella, Guérin, Voy. la Coquille, Zool. ii (2), p. 189 (1830) ; Spinola,
A. 8. B. F. viii, p. 294 (1835); Walker, List Hom. B. M., ii, p. 274 (1851) ; Stal,
Ofvers. K. V.-A., Forh. p. 485 (1862) ; Java.
Aphana confucius, White, A. M. N. H. xviii, p. 24 (1846) : China.
Aphena confucius, Walker, l. c. p. 280 (1851) : China.
Aphena io, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 279 (1851) : N. India.
Aphana nigro-irrorata, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Férh. p. 244 (1854) : China.
Aphena nigro-irrorata, Stal, Freg. Hug. Resa, Ins., p. 270 (1859) : Hong-Kong.
Aphana pulchella, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit., xxiv, p. 232 (1863).
Smaller than A. atomaria, Fabr., from which it differs in not having
the head and thorax yellow, by the tegmina spotted with irregular
black dots and the feet yellowish, annulated blackish. Head pro- and
meso-notum yellowish punctured grey; metanotum and abdomen
vermillion, two small black spots on the former and weak black bands
on the three first segments of the abdomen, which also show traces of
being covered with a white cottony substance: head and thorax beneath
of a fairly deep yellowish-brown with a white patch between the inter-
mediate and posterior cox : abdomen beneath ochreous yellow, punctured
black, the lateral margin of each segment with a black excavation,
filled with a white powdery substance; feet brown, annulated yellow.
Tegmina of a somewhat faded saffron-yellow, semitransparent, more
yellow towards the apex, covered with numerous small black dots, a few
larger; towards the tip and the interior margin a whitish quadrate
spot, followed at the posterior and external angle by a brown patch con-
fluent with the small black dots of the apex: wings -vermillion, carmine
1885. ] E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. 145
towards the base anda little orange in the middle and on the side of
the anterior border: tip with a large black patch, adorned with small
blue spots; posterior margin slightly infuscate and dise with 16—17
small, nearly equal, black spots and four small white spots placed in the
orange portion (Guérin). Long, 15: exp. teg. 37 millims.
The Indian form (A. 70, Walker) is thus described :-—
Body yellowish-brown; head and mesonotum punctured black,
carinate ; rostrum brown, as long as the body; metanotum, red ; abdo-
men bright red; beneath, spotted black with a black stripe along each
side and a brown posterior margin on each segment: legs black, femora
and tibie flavo-annulate, posterior tibise spinose: tegmina yellowish-
brown with numerous black marks which are confluent and form a black
spot at the tip of the hind border; this spot has a yellowish-white spot
‘adjoining; wings luteous, red at the base and along the inner border,
with about 12 black and 4 white spots, brown along the hind border,
terminating in a very large black spot which has a blue disc (Walker).
Body long, 163; exp. teg. 46 millims.
Reported from China, Java, India: the Indian Museum possesses
specimens from Sikkim and the Andamans.
29. APHANA VARIEGATA, Guérin.
Aphena variegata, Guérin, Voy. Bélanger Ind. Orien. Zool. p. 455 (1834) ; Icon.
Régne Anim., t. 58, f. 3 (1830-34) ; Spin., A. S. H. FP. viii, p. 247 (1839) ; Walker, List
Hom. B. M. ii, p. 278 (1851).
_ Penthicus variegatus, Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins. iii, p. 171, Hém. t. 12, f. 4
(1840-41).
Aphena basirufa, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 278 (1851) : J. L. 8. Zool. i,
p. 148 (1857).
Aphana variegata, Am. & Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hém. p. 497, t. 9, f. 1 (1848) ;
Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit, xxiv, p. 232 (1863).
Head flat in front, with two slightly elevated ridges: pronotum
transverse, anterior border lobed and a little advanced, carinate in the
middle, with a hollow on each side behind the median lobe, and a little
emarginate posteriorly: mesonotum triangular, sides almost equal,
pointed behind, tricarinate in the middle, one ridge longitudinal, and
two lateral, curved: metanotum and abdomen bright red, separated by a
white, farinose, transverse band ; the head, pro-, and meso-notum brown,
touching on deep olive-green. Tegmina brunneous, a little reddish at
the base, more greenish at the tip with black patches and round black
dots which increase in size towards the apex; two square yellowish
patches at the middle third, one on the anterior, the other on the inte-
rior margin: wings much broader, a little sinuated on the posterior
margin ; the base up to one-third of their length bright red with three
146 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
black spots and an obscure patch ; middle third orange yellow grounded
with red, above 2-3 small white dots and below a small black spot: the
apex is black with more or less numerous or confluent small blue dots ;
posterior margin from this black portion to the internal angle is broadly
bordered brown. Body beneath concolorous with the thorax, feet more
blackish (Guérin). Long, 20; exp. teg. 55 millims.
Reported from Cochin-China, Philippines, Silhat: the Indian
Museum possesses specimens from Sikkim.
30. APHANA casa, Walker.
Aphena caja, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 278 (1851).
Aphana caja, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 235 (1863).
Fuscous-ochraceous ; thorax palely granulate towards the sides ;
tegmina fawn-colour or palely olivaceous, clouded with black-fuscous
and sprinkled with minute black-fuscous spots, further, behind the
middle, adorned with a pallid subquadrate spot at the costal and com-
missural margins: wings croceous, sanguineous at the base, a small
oblique, basal streak and 5-7 spots in anal half, black-fuscous ; 3-4
small white discoidal spots in the anterior area; posterior limbus nar-
rowly fuscous; apical part black-fuscous, sprinkled with glaucous-
mouldy spots; abdomen sanguineous, dorsum with a double row of
black spots, beneath fuscous-sanguineous: feet spotted olivaceous.
9, long 21; exp. teg. 62 millims.
Nearly allied to A. variegata, Guérin, but larger, spots on the teg-
mina larger, wings sanguineous only at the base, posterior fuscous limbus
narrower and especially with the vertex shorter, nearly thrice broader
than long, more obtusely rounded, transverse basal keel straight, ante-
rior margin less deeply sinuate in the middle: frons subequal at the
base and the apex, not distinctly narrower at the base, anterior produced
part of thorax more obtusely rounded. Frons somewhat longer than
broad, lateral margins slightly broadly bisinuate, with two obtuse
ridges diverging upwards and with an obsolete longitudinal ridge to-
wards the base, the median area at the base very broadly rounded :
thorax marked before the middle with two obsolete pallid spots
(Stal).
Reported from Silhat.
31. APHANA DIMIDIATA, Hope.
Lystra dimidiata, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 133, t. 12, f. 4 (1845);
Walker, List Hom, B. M. ii, p. 286 (1851).
Aphana dimidiata, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1868).
|
;
;
:
1885. | KE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 147
Fuscous ; head, thorax, and feet concolorous: basal half of tegmina
virescent, sprinkled with numerous minute dull black spots, apices sub-
orange-hyaline marked with cretaceous spots : basal half of wings green-
ish with the posterior part whitish, spotted black, apices fuscous, irro-
rated with virescent spots (Hope). Long 145: exp. teg. 46 millims.
Reported from Silhat.
32. APHANA NICOBARICA, Stal.
Aphana nicobarica, Stal, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. xiii, p. 241 (1869).
Sordid olivaceous-green: scutellum, pectus, abdomen, and feet
black-fuscous: tegmina before the middle eruginous, sprinkled with
black; behind the middle, ochraceous, marked with a band and mouldy
spots ; apical limbus, black ; wings, black, a very large basal spot cceru-
lean-virescent. Long 19; exp. teg. 55 millims, ?.
Size of A. farinosa, Burm., from which it differs in the head pro-
duced anteriorly, seen from above equal in length and breadth between
the eyes, roundly-angulated ; frons longer, furnished with a recurved
process. rons rugulose, tumescent at the base and with a median
process short, compressed, recurved, obsoletely tricarinate, the ridges
diverging upwards, the median ridge disappearing below the middle:
vertex narrowed forwards, obsoletely carinate in the middle; lateral
margins dilated, elevated: thorax furnished with a raised, acute ridge,
running through it, strongly bi-impressed on the disc, scutellum tricari-
nate. The sruginous half of the tegmina covered with minute and often
confluent black dots, closer at the apex; apical half ochraceous with the
apical limbus black; the spots and an anterior band clothed witha
white powdery substance: wings black with a large basal patch ex-
tended a little beyond the middle, cerulean-virescent. Apical margins of
the dorsal segments of the abdomen, green (Stal).
Reported from the Nicobars.
33. APHANA (?) Dives, Walker.
Aphena dives, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 280 (1851).
Body dark ferruginous ; disc of the vertex rather concave, borders
slightly ridged, fore margin slightly inclined upwards: rostrum ex-
tending far beyond the posterior cox, dark brown: mesonotum with a
slight longitudinal furrow, fore-border very undulating ; a black band
along the fore-border of the scutellum; metanotum black: abdemen
obconical, larger than the thorax, black above, thickly covered with
white down, red beneath: legs black, sulcated, femora brown, posterior
tibie spinose: tegmina green, adorned between the veins with orange
streaks which are interrupted by very numerous brown dots, the latter are
148 H. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [ No. aca
sometimes confluent; a tawny slightly curved band separates this part
from the reticulated tips which are brown with tawny veins: wings
green, with numerous brown spots, gray mingled with white towards __
the tips, white along the inner border (Walker). Long, 145: exp. teg. a
42 millims. Demis
Reported from Malabar.
34. APHANA (P) ALBIFLOS, Walker.
Aphena albiflos, Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 280 (1851).
Body above, green ; beneath, bright-red ; vertex tawny, indistinctly
carinate along the border; face slightly carinate; rostrum nearly as
long as the body, tip black; a concavity corresponding to the eye on
each side of the fore-border of the pronotum of which the anterior por-
tion of the lateral margins is black, posterior margin, tawny ; longitu-
dinal ridge almost obsolete: abdomen obconical, much longer than the
thorax, thickly covered with white down: legs ferruginous, sulcated ;
femora, red; posterior tibie slightly spinose: tegmina black, adorned
with numerous little green marks ; reticulated part, ferruginous ; wings
brown, adorned with bluish-green spots, white at the tips and along the
posterior margin (Walker). Body long, 165; exp. teg. 55 millims.
Reported from Malabar.
Genus Lycorma, Stal.
Stettin, Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1863) : part Aphena, Guérin.
Head somewhat protuberant, protuberance very short, reflexed :
frons, distinctly upwards and at the base more narrowly, furnished with
two parallel obtuse ridges, sometimes obliterated beneath the middle ;
vertex truncated at the base, last angles not produced: thorax finely
carinate in the middle: first femora not amplified at the apex above:
last tibiee armed with 4-5 spines; unarmed at the base, above (Stal).
39. LiycORMA IMPERIALIS, White.
Aphana imperialis, White, A. M. N. H. xvii, p. 830 (1846).
Aphena imperialis, Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 74, t. 36, f. 4 (1848) ; Walker,
List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 282 (1851).
Aphena placabilis, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 46 (1858).
Lycorma imperialis, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 485 (1862); Stettin Ent.
Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1868).
Tegmina olive-green, the basal portion with numerous black spots,
most of which are traversed by green veins; the tip black, beautifully
reticulated with olive-green: wings, at the -base, purplish madder with
'
1885. | H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 149
11—12 large black spots, the purplish part reticulated with whitish ;
the end brownish-black; a bluish-green band-like mark across the mid-
dle of the’ wing, not nearly reaching the hind margin, the three nerves
traversing it are black; tegmina and wings beneath almost same as
above: head and thorax above greenish ; prothorax finely, transversely
striated, a line, down the middle, shining: abdomen black, margins yel-
low, segments slightly powdered with white, vulvar scales red: legs
brown, tibize of hind legs tridentate on the outside (White). Exp. teg.
61 millims.
Reported from Silhat: the Indian Museum possesses specimens from
Sikkim. Red: metanotum black: abdomen with ared transverse line at
the base ; tip red beneath: tegmina with black spots along the costa and
with some more or less interrupted and irregular black bands ; more
than one-third of the apical part black with very numerous and regular
black veins and veinlets : wings black, basal half red with several black
spots; a white middle band, not extending to the hind border (A.
placabilis, Walker). Body long 163; teg. 545 millims. This ig the
reddish-brown variety.
36. LycormMA PUNICEA, Hope.
Lystra punicea, Hope Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 133, t. 12. £.5 (1843) ; Walker,
List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 286 (1851).
Aphena delectabilis, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 44 (1858).
Lycorma pwnicea, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1863).
Reddish purple, head and thorax paler; basal half of teemina
tinted rosy and sprinkled with numerous black spots; apex hyaline
fuscous-puniceous with a pellucid mark in the middle of the disc : wings
puniceous at the base, marked by black spots, whitish in the middle and
fuscous-hyaline, at the apex (Hope). Long 123; exp. teg. 48 millims.
Ferruginous brown, black beneath: antenne bright red ; pronotum
dull green with some very minute, testaceous, brown-bordered spots :
abdomen black: hind borders of the segments Inteous on each side,
beneath: legs black: tegmina black, whitish green with black spots for
about one-third from the base, outline of the green part much excavated
with some streaks same hue near it; veins green: wings bright red
with black spots, apical part blackish brown, divided from the red part
by a bright greenish blue band which does not extend to the hind
margin. (A. delectabilis, Walker). Body long, 123; exp, teg. 42
millims.
Reported from N. China, Shanghai, India, Silhat. The Indian
Museum possesses a mutilated specimen from the Dikrang valley, As-
sam.
150 H. T. Atkinson— Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
37. LycorMa Ion, Stal.
Lycorma iole, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 234 (1863).
Blackish: the lateral posterior blotch on the vertex, thorax, lateral
margins of scutellum, and the tegmina more or less purely green-oliva-
ceous, the tegmina with 23-28 largish black spots, barely third apical part
black, green-veined: wings coccineous with 8-10 black spots, black-
fuscous behind the middle and there with a shortened band, virescent
or ceerulescent ; anal valvules in 2 sanguineous (Stal). ? long, 17; exp.
teg. 52 millims.
Reported from India: closely allied to L. delicatula, White, larger,
cephalic process less prominulous, and the spots on the tegmina and
wings larger.
38. LycoRMA DELICATULA, White.
Aphana delicatula, White, A. M. N. H. xv, p. 37 (1845).
Aphena delicatula, Walker, List. Hem. B. M. ii, p. 282 (1851).
Aphena operosa, Walker, 1. c. Suppt. p. 46 (1858).
Lycorma delicatula, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A. Forh. p. 485 (1852) ; Stettin Ent.
Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1863).
Tegmina very pale greenish brown, basal part with many black spots
(at least twenty) of which six on the anterior margin: the end darker
brown, beautifully reticulated with pale greenish brown: wings at the
base, vermillion red with largish black spots, irregular on either side (at
least seven), tip widely black ; a large acutely triangular sea-green mark
on the fore-edge between the red and black parts: antenne orange :
head and thorax above of a pale brownish colour with a sort of bloom
over them: body and legs blackish brown with a slight bloom (White).
Exp. teg. 41 millims.
Reported from Nankin, Canton, China: very doubtfully from Sib-
sdgar (Assam). The cephalic process in this species is a little more
elevated than in L. imperialis, White, to which it otherwise bears a strong
resemblance: the black spots on the wings and tegmina also are smaller,
the tegmina are palely olivaceous or whitish fawn-colour: the median
band on the wings varies, as in all the others of this group, from whitish
to cxerulescent or virescent (Stal).
Genus Hupuria, Stal.
Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 282 (1863) ; part of Aphena, Guerin.
Head furnished with a cephalic protuberance, very slender, acute,
reflexed or erect; frons distinctly narrowed upwards, abruptly narrower
at the base furnished with 2-3 ridges, a little elevated, parallel: vertex
a, o
ee OO
’
1885.] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 151
very broadly sinuated at the base: thorax barely carinate in the middle ;
first femora slightly amplified at the apex above; last tibie 4-spinose ;
unarmed above at the base (Stal).
39. HuUpHRIA AURANTIA, Hope.
Aphana awrantia, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 443, t. 81, f. 2 (1841).
Euphria auwrantia, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1868).
Entire body above orange; tegmina sprinkled with barely visible
yellow spots, posteriorly spotted black ; a few minute spots on the internal
margin and a very narrow border on the posterior margin, black: head
excavated above, margins elevated ; frons produced above the pronotum
in a small, tapering, recurved horn: abdomen, at the base, covered
with a white powdery substance ; body beneath concolorous, a little more
obscure (Hope). Long 19; exp. teg. 63 millims.
Reported from Assam; the Indian Museum possesses a specimen
from Sikkim.
Fresh specimens have the tegmina green instead of orange, sprinkled
with whitish powdery spots or patches, more distinct beneath: wings
orange, body and abdomen orange yellow, in one specimen inclined to
brown ; feet (except posterior femora) in some greenish, in others con-
colorous with the abdomen, recurved horn in some green, in others orange.
Also the apices of the tegmina are sometimes faded yellow more or less.
A long series should supply the links. The Indian Museum has several
specimens from Darijiling.
40. HKUPHRIA SUBMACULATA, Westwood.
Aphena submaculata, Westwood, Duncan’s Nat. Lib. i. p. 284 t. 24, f. 1 (1840) ;
Walker, List Hom. B. M. ii, p. 275 (1851).
Aphana resima, Stal, Ofvers. K. V.-A., Férh. p. 190 (1855).
Euphria submaculata, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232) (1868).
Sordid yellow-testaceous; frons with a cephalic protuberance or horn,
twice as long as the vertex, channelled above, recurved: lateral margins
of thorax narrowly black: scutellum obsoletely tricarinate: tegmina
rufous-testaceous above densely spotted whitish-mouldy, costal spots sub-
glaucescent : wings nigro-fuscous, yellow-cinnamon beyond the middle,
especially before the middle spotted whitish mouldy : abdomen above
whitish-mouldy (H. resima, Stal). Body long 21; exp, teg. 71 millims.
Reported from India: the Indian Museum possesses specimens from
Sikkim.
41. EupHria tecrissima, Walker.
Aphena lectissima, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. Suppt. p. 45 (1858).
Grass-green: head with a short, acute, almost vertical horn ; sides
of the vertex carinate ; frons and face flat, the latter with a slight ridge :
20
152 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
abdomen above testaceous: tegmina livid, red beneath, except towards
the apex, adorned with many green, white-dotted, spots; border green,
adorned with dots of white tomentum along the costa, and with black
dots elsewhere, except towards the base of the inferior border where the
dots are Iuteous : wings crimson for more than half the length from the
base (Walker). Body long, 21: exp. teg. 33 millims.
Reported from N. India: the Indian Museum possesses a specimen
from Sikkim. Closely allied to H. amabilis, Hope, from which it differs
in the absence of the three fulvous spots on the pronotum and of
the blackish lines on the mesonotum and posterior margins of the
abdominal dorsal segments, and in the spots on the tegmina, which
are small and circular, nowhere linear and transverse. Stal (Ofvers.
K. V.-A. Forh. p. 486, 1862) unites the two species.
42. HUPHRIA AMABILIS, Hope.
Aphana amabilis, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 182, t. 12, f. 1 (1845) ; Walker, ~
List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 274 (1851).
Euphria amabilis, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1863).
Body above orange; head green, furnished with an erect, acute,
slender horn: prothorax green, marked by three fulvous spots: tegmina
cretaceous sprinkled with numerous oval spots; wings coccineous, palely
virescent at the apex: body beneath green; feet concolorous ; pectus
sprinkled over with a whitish down. The spots which above appear
to be white and green intermixed are beneath entirely green (Hope).
Long 25: exp. teg. 69 millims.
Reported from Silhat.
43. HupHria Avrora, Hope.
Aphana aurora, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix, p. 138, t. 12, £. 2 (1845) : Walker,
List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 275 (1851).
ELuphria aurora, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 232 (1868).
Allied to H. aurantia, but smaller; almost the whole body orange :
teomina externally barely virescent, internally orange and sprinkled with
very minute whitish spots: body beneath concolorous: wings with cre-
taceous spots; last tibie externally spinose (Hope). Body long, 19;
exp. teg. 61 millims.
Reported from Silhat, Philippines.
44. HUPHRIA (?) WALKERI, n. sp.
Aphena dives, var. (?), Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 281 (1851).
Body yellowish brown, red beneath: vertex slightly ridged and fur-
rowed: frons rather prominent, furnished with a slender, black, linear
furrowed horn which is inclined backward nearly to the posterior margin
ent .scerenie rs es
4
.
.
1885. ] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 153
of the shield: rostrum ferruginous, tip darker, extending nearly to the
tip of the abdomen: an excavation partly inclosing the eye on each side
lateral margins of pronotum and most of metanotum, black: abdomen
a little longer than the thorax, nearly elliptical, red, with a black band
across each segment above: legs black, furrowed, femora red, posterior
tibize spinose: tegmina not much longer than the wings, apex obtuse,
pale dingy yellow with very numerous brown marks, reticulated part,
yellowish-brown: wings brown with many almost colourless spots which
are partly confluent, posterior margin almost colourless, tip pale brown
(Walker). Body long 143; exp. teg. 42 millims.
Reported from India.
Genus Puoronis, Stal.
Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 233 (1863).
Head not protuberant but emitting from the base of the frons a
very long, very slender, mobile, reflexed process [which in dried speci-
mens is very easily detached]; frons a little narrower above the middle
than beneath the middle, abruptly narrowed at the base, furnished with
two obtuse, parallel ridges (often obliterated), lateral margins slightly
sinuate beneath the middle; vertex truncated at the base: thorax hard-
ly carinate in the middle, first pair of femora distinctly amplified above
at the apex: last pair of tibie 4-spinose, furnished above at the base
with a tubercle (Stal).
45. PHORONIS NIGRO-MACULATA, Guérin.
Aphena nigro-maculata, Guérin, Icon. Régne An. t. 90, f. 6 (1830-34) ; Voy.
Bélanger Ind. Orient. Zool. p. 457 (1834) ; Spinola, A. 8. H. F. (1 sér.) viii, p. 243
(1839); Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 273 (1851).
Fulgora (Aphena) nigro-maculata, G. R. Gray, Griffith’s ed. An. King. Ing. ii,
p. 260 t. 90, £.6; t. 138, f.1 a-c. (1832).
Aphana nigro-maculata, Westwood, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii, p. 149 (1841).
Phoronis nigro-maculata, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 233 (1863).
Head and thorax brown; horn black, short, flexible ; tegmina brown
with some small scattered black spots, exterior margin with a broad
black border: wings with basal half silvery grey, spotted with black;
other half, black, with the interior margin brownish black ; body silvery
grey, with transverse narrow bands of black (Gray). Head subferru-
ginous, brown; frons with a cylindrical horn recurved backwards; tho-
rax somewhat greenish brown: tegmina obscurely blue, apex finely
reticulated with black, punctured with black on the anterior margin
with five dots obliquely arranged at the base: wings blue, spotted with
black, posteriorly brown, black at the apex: abdomen black, streaked
154 E. T. Atkinson—WNotes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
with white: body below and femora ruddy: coxe brown ((uérin).
Long 20; broad 55 millims.
Reported from China, Cochin-China: the Indian Museum possesses
a specimen from the Andaman islands with the cephalic process absent.
46. PHORONIS PAULINIA, Signoret.
Aphena paulinia, Signoret, A. S. HE. F, (4 sér.) ii, p. 123; t. 1, £. 6, (1862).
Brick-red with the dorsum, femora, tips of tegmina, tip of the wings
and several spots on them of a blackish-brown ; on the anterior margin of
the tegmina several black spots and a slight filiform, recurved cephalic
process. Head broader than long, vertex square, a little transverse,*with
a transverse ridge and a fovea on each side of the eyes: frons convex,
without a ridge on the anterior margin, a black filiform appendage, with
a longitudinal groove, reaching almost the end of the mesonotum : ros-
trum of a reddish-brown, reaching the end of the abdomen, the third
joint, the longest: pronotum almost five times broader than long, pos-
terior margin concave, anterior convex with a median emargination
which gives it a bilobed appearance, presenting on each side, beneath
the eyes, a strong emargination: lateral margins convex and black, a
slight ridge on the disc : mesonotum weakly tricarinate, and exhibiting
towards its extremity two small brown dots.. Tegmina with a broad
apical band formed of a network of yellow veinlets on a brown ground ;
on the anterior margin are numbers of black dots, the clavial vein near
the fold of the tegmen with 3-5 black dots: wings transparent in the
middle, slightly bluish and exhibiting there about a dozen more or less
regular brownish spots ; tip brownish ; the border, also the folded part
near the abdomen, slightly infuscate : abdomen red beneath, black above,
with the end of the segments and the lateral margins, red ; each segment,
especially those of the extremity, covered with a thick farinose substance :
feet with the tibie red and the femora black, the posterior with three strong
spines on the external side (Sign.) Body long, 16; exp. teg. 50 millims.
Reported from Cochin-China; the Indian Museum has a specimen
(with the filiform cephalic process wanting) from Tenasserim. Stal
unites this with P. nigro-maculata, Guérin, but though structurally the
same, the coloration of the tegmina leaves no doubt as to specific identity.
Genus GEBENNA, Stal.
Trans. Ent. Soc. (8 sér.) i, p. 582 (1863) ; Hem. Afric. iv, p. 185 (1866).
Head broadish, narrower than the thorax, not protuberant; vertex
transverse, anterior margin straight, posterior margin broadly sinuate ;
frons subquadrate, somewhat amplified on both sides at the clypeus,
median area amplified upwards, broadly subtruncate at the apex, pro-
minulous before the apical margin of the vertex, not reflexed ; clypeus
1885. ] HK. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 155
ecarinate : second joint of antenns transverse, produced upwards from
the insertion. Thorax unicarinate in the middle, roundly produced at
the apex behind the vertex: scutellum about half longer than the tho-
rax. ‘legmina barely amplified towards the apex, rounded at the apex,
costal margin straight, longitudinal veins rarely furcate, small transverse
veins remotely scattered throughout the entire tegmina : wings remotely
transversely veined behind the middle. Feet simple, last tibize 4-spinose
with their base neither spinose nor tuberculated (Stal). Allied to
Aphana.
47. Gupenna Syivia, Stal.
Gebenna Sylvia, Stal, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3 sér.) i, p. 582 (1863).
Palely grey-flavescent ; frons, vertex and disc of thorax and scutel-
lum minutely irrorated black ; thorax and scutellum on both sides sprin-
kled with small black spots: tegmina weakly rufescent-ferruginous from
the base beyond the middle, remotely sprinkled black, costal limbus
palely olivaceous-virescent ; apical part vitreous, sprinkled and spotted
fuscous ; wings vitreous, palely virescent towards the base, adorned with
three irregular, large, subconfluent, black-fuscous spots, before the mid-
dle: dorsum of abdomen, black; segments margined olivaceous at the
apex ; abdomen adorned with four longitudinal rows of irreeular grey-
flavescent spots; ventral segments on both sides, spotted black, inter-
ruptedly banded black at the base: feet with numerous black bands
(Stal). ?, long, 13; exp. teg. 39 millims.
Reported from India. Vertex almost thrice as broad as the transverse
eye, margins somewhat elevated: frons remotely and finely rugulose,
slightly narrowed upwards: thorax less distinctly rugulose: scutellum
finely rugulose on the disc.
Genus Potypictya, Guérin.
Icon. Régne Anim. Texte Ing. p. 359 (1830-34) ; Stal, Hem, Afric. iv. p. 135
(1866).
Vertex about four times as broad as the eyes: entire tegmina dense-
ly or very densely reticulated : anterior tibia sometimes somewhat dila-
ted: frons obtusely rounded at the base, amplified at the apex and
distincly broader than the clypeus, tegmina thrice or more than thrice
longer than broad (Stal).
48. PoLYDICTYA BASALIS, Guérin.
Polydictya basalis, Guérin, Icon. Régne Anim. Texte, Ins. p. 859 (1830-34) ;
Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 289 (1851); J. L. 8. Zool. x, p. 98 (1867).
Aphena wniformis, Walker, J. L. 8. Zool. i, p. 144 (1857).
Eurybrachys basalis, Hope, Trans. Linn, Soe. xix, p. 184, t. 12, f. 6 (1845) ; Stal,
Ofvers. K, V.-A. Forh, p. 500 (1862).
156 E. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
Fuscous yellow : head flavescent: thorax brunneous ; abdomen dull
red; tegmina fuscous, reticulated yellow; wings at the base with a
cerulean incurved line forwards, posteriorly subroseous; remainder
blackish (Hope). Body long, 21; exp. teg. 56 millims.
Reported from Sumatra, Silhat. There are at least two apparently
undescribed species of this genus in the Indian Museum: one with a
double incurved cerulean line at the base of the wings, abdomen ver-.
million with the dorsal segment more or less banded. black, (body long,
16: exp. teg. 46 millims), from the Andamans; and one with the base
of the wings red and base of the tegmina above and below with a bluish
tinge, (body long, 19: exp. teg. 53 millims), from Sikkim: but a series
is desirable before describing them further.
49. Ponypicrya (?) TRICOLOR, Westwood.
Lystra tricolor, Westwood, Arc. Ent. ii, p. 35, t. 87, f. 4 (1845).
Polydictya tricolor, Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 290 (1851).
Sanguineous, very glabrous; anterior lobe of pronotum and meso-
notum anteriorly black, basal half of tegmina (the livid base itself excep-
ted) stramineous, spotted black; apical half brunneous; costal spot
stramineous: wings red, apical half fuscous: feet chestnut sanguineous
(West.) Body long, 16}: exp. teg. 56-57 millims. ?
Reported from Assam.
Genus Ancyra, White.
A. M. N. H. xv, p. 34 (1845).
Allied to Hurymela, Hoff.; but distinguished from it by the shape
of the head which has not the dilated genx, no stemmata, antenne close
under the eyes: tegmina finely veined, with a notch on the posterior
margin and rounded at the apex, whence (in ¢) proceeds a longish narrow
appendage, widest at the end: legs much dilated and compressed
throughout: hind legs very long with four spines on the outer edge of
the tibiz : the end of the body covered with a waxy down-like secretion
(White).
50. ANCYRA APPENDICULATA, White.
Ancyra appendiculata, White, A. M. N. H. xv, p. 34 (1845) ; Westwood, Cab.
Or. Ent. p. 74, t. 81, £. 5 (1848) ; Walker, List. Hom. B. M. ii, p. 895 (1851); Dist-
ant, J. A. S. xlviii (2), p. 38 (1879).
Rich deep brown: tegmina, above brown, spotted at base with
white and with two widish powdery bands of white; beneath, mahogany
red: wings deep brown almost black on the edge and between a red-
coloured space: body beneath yellow : legs black: wings more powdery
Serpe cain
1885. ] H. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. 157
in the ? than in the ¢ (White). Long 9}; exp. teg. excl. appendage
25 millims.
Reportéd from Maulmain : the Indian Museum possesses a specimen
from Tenasserim.
51. ANCYRA HISTRIONICA, Stal.
Ancyra histrionica, Stal, Stettin Ent. Zeit. xxiv, p. 245 (1863).
Fuscous-ferruginous: frons yellow-ferruginous adorned with five
subelevated, narrow, black bands: tegmina obscurely ferruginous, basal
part and oblique band behind the middle, fuscescent, apical callus black,
apical appendage fuscescent-ochraceous : abdomen flavescent (when alive
sanguineous P), apex covered with a mouldy pubescence; feet blackish.
Closely allied to preceding; tegmina, especially behind the middle,
broader, apical appendage shorter, fuscescent-ochraceous not black-fus-
cous, apical callus smaller, wings broader and their apical process
shorter (Stal). 2, long, 11; exp. tee. 26 millims.
Reported from Cambodia; the Indian Museum has a specimen from
Pegu ; but the desiccated body is only 8 millims long and the basal part
and band behind the middle of the tegmina is lighter dull ferruginous,
not fuscescent.
CORRECTION.
CO. maculicollis, Guérin, in J. A.S. LITI (II) p. 280, No. 76, isa
synonym of Tibicen brunneus, Fabr., as follows :—
TIBICEN BRUNNEUS, Fabricius.
Tettigonia brunnea, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppt. p. 517 (1798) ; Syst. Rhyng. p. 43
(1803).
Cicada brunnea, Germar, Thon’s Arch. ii (2) p. 6 (1830) ; Walker, List. Hom.
B. M. i, p. 230 (1851).
Cicada maculicollis, Guérin, Voyage la Coquille, Zool. ii, p. 183 (1830): Walker,
1, c. Suppt. p. 28 (1858).
T. (Abricta) brunneus, Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 26 (1866).
Ferruginous or testaceous, paler beneath: apex of the scutellum
and two very large spots on the thorax, ferruginous-flavescent, the latter
with two fuscous streaks: head, a small posterior median spot and a
transverse impression on the thorax towards the sides, blackish or fus-
cescent-ferruginous ; a spot on the lobes of the vertex, ferruginous :
four triangular spots on the scutellum extended backwards from the
base, fuscous; the median pair smaller, often obsolete; the lateral pair
produced to a distance backwards: tegmina and wings sordid vitreous,
veins testaceous-flavescent, fuscous towards the apex: head a little
broader than the anterior part of the thorax: ocelli somewhat more
158 HE. T. Atkinson—Notes on Indian Rhynchota. [No. 3,
distant from the eyes than from each other: thorax gradually a little
narrowed from the apex backwards beyond the middle (Stal). o&, %,
long, 21—24 ; exp. teg. 60—73 millims.
Reported from Mauritius, Bengal.
In J. A.S. B. LIV (II) p. 23 Cosmopsaltria abdulla, Distant, is
recorded as a synonym of C. spinosa, Fabr. (1. c. LIII (11), p. 227): the
following is Distant’s description of C. abdulla.
$. Body above castaneous, more or less covered with greyish
pubescence and pilosity: head with the vertex somewhat sparingly
pilose and the area of the ocelli, a little infuscate: pronotum sparingly
pubescent with a central x-shaped space denoted by striz, followed by
two oblique strie, the outer one submarginal and slightly curved, lateral
and posterior margins densely pubescent: mesonotum with two faintly
indicated obovate spots on the anterior margin, sparingly pubescent, the
lateral margins and the region of the cruciform basal elevation much
more densely pubescent. Abdomen sparingly pubescent but much more
densely so on the disc and the lateral margins: body beneath ochra-
ceous: first and intermediate femora with the bases and apices fuscous
the central portion pale ochraceous: first tibis castaneous and tarsi
piceous ; intermediate tibiee pale castaneous, with the base narrowly
and the apex broadly piceous: last pair of legs pale castaneous, apices of
femora, bases and apices of tibie, dark castaneous. Tegmina and wings
pale hyaline; the former with the costal membrane and basal area.
castaneous, Cclaval area, piceous, transverse veins at bases of 2, 3, 5 apical
areas infuscate and a submarginal series of small fuscous spots at apices
of longitudinal veins: wings with anterior claval margin and a curved
basal streak dark castaneous. The face is very swollen and convex
beneath, longitudinally furrowed and transversely striated : the rostrum
extends just beyond the base of the femora: the opercula reach the base
of the fourth abdominal segment; the outer margins are deeply nar-
rowed and concave near the base and then become slightly convex to the
apex which is broad and rounded, these opercula are very wide apart at
the base and are confined to the lateral side of the under surface of the
abdomen (Dist.).
—_S
t
1885.] A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 159
XIII.—Memorandum on the Corrosion of the Lead Linings of Indian Tea
Chests —By Auex. Prptrr, F. C. 8., Professor of Chemistry
in the Presidency College, Calcutta.
During the last few years rather numerous instances have happened
of chests of tea, apparently prepared and packed in the usual way in the
tea districts of India, reaching Calcutta or England in a damaged condi-
tion; the damage consisting in the partial corrosion, and sometimes
almost total destruction of the lead linings of the chests, and in the
deterioration of the quality of the tea itself.
At the request of the Indian Tea Association I undertook some time
since to make some experiments in order to ascertain the cause of this
corrosion, and though my experiments have not yet been completed so
far as I could wish, they are sufficiently far advancd to enable me, at the
urgent request of the Indian Tea Association and of the the Bengal
Government, to write a preliminary memorandum.
The previously published literature on this subject is remarkably
meagre, and it may be summed up ina few words. On the other hand,
there is reason to believe that there isa large accumulation of unpub-
lished evidence on this subject, and it is desirable that some steps should
be taken to collect and collate the mass of evidence which must have
accumulated in the hands of the various agents of tea gardens, and in
the hands perhaps of the more experienced planters.
The first experimental enquiry as to the corrosion of the lead linings
of Indian tea chests and its cause which I can find published in
scientific periodicals appears to have been carried out some time previous
to 1883 by Dr. Wigner, who was then President of the Society of Public
Analysts in England. He published, in Vol. II of the Journal of the
Society of Chemical Industry, a paper entitled ‘‘ The packing of sub-
stances of delicate odour such as Tea, &c.’’*, in which he describes his
experiments, made during the previous five or six years, in certain cases
of corrosion of tea-leads in boxes made of Indian woods, the consignments
of tea coming principally from Assam. The conclusions at which he
arrived were that the corrosion was due to the wood used in the boxes,
and his theory, though he did not adduce any specific facts as to the
cause of the corrosion, was that the wood must have in some way
generated acetic or other volatile acid, which, in the presence of carbonic
acid and moist air, would account for the corrosion of the lead. My
experiments have in almost all respects confirmed this theory.
The next contribution to our knowledge of this subject which I can
* Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, Vol. II, p. 256.
21
160 A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
find is in a memorandum published by Dr. G. Watt, on special duty with
the Revenue and Agricultural Department, Government of India, and
dated Simla, June 21st, 1884. Dr. Watt makes the following statement :—
‘“* My views on the subject of woods suitable for tea boxes are at variance
with the popular outcry against our Indian timbers as injuring the Indian
Teas.’’ He also states he has observed the following curious facts :—‘‘ The
tea may be completely destroyed, and yet upon the most careful scrutiny
not a single opening can be detected in the lead. It is obvious that
until the lead is corroded any injurious influence which the timber might
exert upon the tea could not take place.” Again, “ I have on several
occasions had the pleasure of inspecting lead said to have been corroded
by the action of the wood. But it is a curious fact that the action
seems to commence on the inside of the lead instead of on the outside or
on the surface in contact with the wood, (the supposed acid influence
which decomposes the metal) has not been apparently observed.” He
also suggests “it may be the tea itself which corrodes the metal and not
the wood.” 7
Dr. Watt also during the Calcutta International Exhibition had an
opportunity of working with 200 tea-box woods from all parts of India,
and performed a large series of experiments on the action of these woods
on tea-lead. He says both unseasoned and seasoned woods were used in
these experiments, which were repeated once or twice, with moistened
woods and under conditions intended to simulate those of the hold
of a ship, and “in no instance has the lead been found to be in ever so
slight a degree chemically acted on;” and finally Dr. Watt states “he
failed utterly to discover any wood which seemed to possess the least
chemical action upon lead.”
In reply to this memorandum, Mr. Playfair, in the Indian Daily
News of July 29th, 1884, gave the results of certain investigations on this
subject, which had been made for him in London in 1883 by the late Dr.
A. Voelcker, F. R. S. Dr. Voelcker’s conclusions were that ‘‘ the corro-
sion of the lead (in the Indian tea-chests) unquestionably is due to the
attack of acetic or other volatile acids, and the subsequent formation of
white lead (carbonate of lead) by the action of the air. Considering the
fact that the surfaces of the leads which were in contact with the tea
were quite bright and sound, whilst the under surfaces in contact
with the wood were more or less corroded; it appears to me that in all
probability green or unripe wood has been employed in making the tea-
chests. Such wood is known to generate in a somewhat warm locality
acetic and analogous organic acids which act upon lead.”
Dr. Watt, in a long letter, dated August 13th, 1884, also to the Indian
Daily News, discusses Dr. Voelcker’s conclusions, and to a great extent
1885.] A. Pedler—Corrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 161
reiterates the position he had previously taken up. His conclusions
may be fairly well summed up in the following statement: “ The
chest is full of tea which has been fermented, its fermentation arrested
rapidly, and the tea is rapidly enclosed in a case and shipped to
Europe. Is it improbable that the acetification of the fermented tea
may not be the primary agent in the decomposition of the wood and
the consequent corrosion of the lead ? Having arrived at this conclusion
I had little difficulty in producing from tea an acetous organic acid
which rapidly corroded lead; so I have no doubt this volatile acid on
escaping through the lead lining would soon establish in certain timbers,
especially green and unseasoned ones, corresponding acetification, but I
am convinced that we have to look to the tea itself and to some imper-
fection in its manufacture, as the primary exciting agent in the corro-
sion of the lead and the damage of the commercial article.”
In view, then, of these centradictory statements as to the cause of
the corrosion of the tea-leads, Dr. Wigner and Dr. Voelcker being of
opinion that the cause was the wood, though of course their proof was
incomplete, and Dr. Watt holding that the cause was to be found in the
tea, I commenced the following experiments.
From a practical point of view the first thing which it was desirable
to settle was whether the tea or the wood of the chests was the active
agent in inducing the corrosion of the lead. To test this view, certain
boxes of tea were specially prepared, and they were then handed over
to me by the Indian Tea Association.
Three boxes represent the matter typically.
No. 1 was a half chest containing 40 Ibs. of pekoe souchong tea of
ordinary manufacture. The half box was made entirely of wild mango
wood (Mangifera indica), damp and unseasoned.
After being kept in the ordinary way for several weeks this box was
examined. On being opened the upper surface of the lead next the wood
was found to be almost entirely covered with a white powder, which on
examination was found to be principally “ white lead.” The lead was
largely corroded over the whole surface, and in fact eaten through in cer-
tain places. There were several clear cases of perforation, and, examined
under a magnifying glass, the perforations were surrounded on the upper
surface with very extensive corrosion. The lead was then cut off from
the chest, and the surface next the tea examined ; over the greater part it
was quite bright and free from corrosion, though in certain parts it was
slightly tarnished. The perforations were also examined from the under
surface, and there was no trace of corrosion round the edges. Even in
this, which should be the most favourable position for corrosion if the
corrosion is caused by the tea, no corrosion was seen.
162 A. Pedler— Corrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
The lead of the bottom of the box and of the four sides was examined,
and the results were similar to those above described. On all the ex-
ternal surfaces the lead was largely corroded, and in some parts to a
most excessive extent. On the inner side of the lead next to the tea,
except on those parts where the lead had been entirely eaten through, the
lead was perfectly bright and clean.
The surface of the wood of this chest next to the lead was also
found to be distinctly acid to test paper.
The lead having been perforated in this case the corrosion was still
open to the possibility of explanation in the manner suggested by Dr.
Watt, though, as described above, every appearance was against it. To
test this point the following experiments were made :
Pieces of the slightly moistened wood were placed with tea-lead in
a large bottle with air charged with moist carbonic acid, but, after stand-
ing for some time, practically no corrosion of the lead appeared.
Some of the tea was taken under similar circumstances to the above
and placed with tea lead; the lead remained perfectly bright and uncor-
roded.
Some of the wood of the box was distilled in a current of steam,
and the distillate tested by placing some of it at the bottom of a bottle; a
piece of tea-lead was then hung in the bottle, so that it did not touch the
liquid, and the bottle was repeatedly filled with air charged with moist
carbonic acid.* The tea-lead was very distinctly corroded on standing.
Some of the tea was also distilled in a current of steam and the distil-
late treated as in the last experiment, but it had no corrosive action what-
ever on the tea-lead. Some pieces of the wood of this box were placed with
water and tea-lead hung over it, but not so as to touch it, and exposed
to the air. The lead was corroded very rapidly. Some of the tea was
taken also placed in water and tea-lead hung over it, but not soas to touch
it. Fora long period there was no corrosion of the tea-lead, but after the
tea had become mouldy and had decomposed for some time, then corrosion
set in, but very much later than in the previous experiment with the
wood.
It was highly probable, then, from these experiments that the wood
was the source of the corrosion and certainly not the tea.
Kxamination of Case No. 2. This was a half chest containing
40tbs. of pekoe souchong tea, and made entirely of wild mango wood,
which was thoroughly dry and well-seasoned, but after the tea was pack-
* The presence of the carbonic acid and moist air is a necessary condition to
produce rapid action on lead in the presence of certain exciting agents. It is also the
the condition which a chest of tea would probably be subjected to in the hold of a
ship.
1885.] A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 163
ed in the box, one side, marked ‘ B,’”’ was well damped with fresh water
and the other sides left untouched.
This chest was again kept for several weeks under ordinary circum-
stances, and was then examined. Five of the outer sides of the lead lin-
ing were quite free from corrosion, but the sixth surface, opposite to the
plank marked B, showed very evident corrosion, and considerable amounts
of lead carbonate or ‘‘ white lead’’ were present over almost the whole
surface. This side of the lead lining was examined minutely, and there
was no perforation of any kind visible.
The inner side of the lead lining was also examined and the whole
of the interior was perfectly bright and free from all tarnishing and
corrosion. The inner side of the corroded part was examined most
carefully, but not the slightest evidence of any action could be detected,
nor were there any perforations on this side of the lead.
The wood (seasoned) of this box and also the tea were allowed to
remain in contact with moist air containing carbonic acid for many
weeks, but no corrosion took place.
In this case, as there was no perforation of the lead on the side on
which the lead was corroded on the external surface, Dr. Watt’s explana-
tion cannot possibly apply, and the only logical conclusion is that the
corrosion was due to the wood. This time also it will be seen the corrosion
was brought about not by unseasoned wood, but by seasoned wood which
had been subsequently intentionally thoroughly saturated with water.
Examination of Case No. 3. This was a half chest containing 40lbs.
of pekoe souchong tea manufactured in the ordinary way, and the box was
made entirely of wild mango wood, but partly seasoned and partly damp and
unseasoned. ‘The pieces of wood marked A were the damp and unseason-
ed wood of the box. The unmarked planks were of seasoned wood.
For examination, the tea in its lead lining was removed from the
wooden box, and the lead lining presented a very curious appearance.
The following is a description of it.
Side No. 1. The lead lining under the upper or broad plank showed
no corrosion: this plank was not marked. The lead lining under the
narrow plank, which was the lower piece and was marked A, showed much
corrosion. Side No. 2. Under broad unmarked plank practically no
corrosion, under narrow plank (marked A) much corrosion. Side No. 3.
Under large unmarked plank no corrosion and under small or narrow plank
(marked A) muchcorrosion. Side No. 4. Under broad unmarked plank
no corrosion. Top of box under broad unmarked plank no corrosion, and
under narrow plank (marked A) much corrosion. Bottom of box. The
greater part of the bottom lead was practically free from corrosion, but
at its edges it showed marked evidence of corrosion, particularly near
two sides of box where there were pieces of wood marked A.
164 A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
The lead lining was very carefully examined, and, though the lead
was much corroded in parts, it showed no sign of perforation by the corro-
sive action.
The interior of the lead lining was examined and it showed no signs
of tarnishing or corrosion or any action whatever.
This tea was again allowed to remain in contact with tea-lead for
many weeks in a moist atmosphere containing carbonic acid, and abso-
lutely no corrosion took place.
Here, again, as there was no perforation of the lead lining, Dr.
Watt’s explanation is untenable, and the corrosion was solely due to the
use of unseasoned wood.
Two other cases of lead corrosion were drawn to my attention, and
though I regret I was unable to obtain the name of the wood of which
the tea boxes were made, the results of the examination are interesting,
A case of tea marked S. (No. 1.) on being opened was found to have
its lead lining corroded, but not to a very great extent. The corrosion in
this case was of totally different nature from that in the above cases, and
thus while in ordinary cases the corrosion was white and to a certain
extent pulverulent, in the case in question the incrustation was greenish-
yellow in colour, and firmly adherent to the lead. The wood of the
box judged externally seemed well-seasoned, but on being splintered
emitted a ‘‘ cheesy ”’ odour, which flavour, I was told, had communicated
itself to the tea. The wood was examined and the odour appeared to
be due principally to a minute quantity of butyric acid which was
present.
This wood was subjected to distillation in a current of steam, the
distillate placed in a bottle with tea lead hanging over it, and the bottle
was filled with moist carbonic acid; on standing one side of the lead
became dull and tarnished, showing faint action or corrosion.
Another chest of tea marked S. 2. showed presently similar dam-
age, and the wood again though apparently good and seasoned on the
outside, when splintered gave off a very rank and offensive smell. This
apparently was also due to a great extent to the presence of butyric
acid.
The wood of S. 2. was distilled in a current of steam, and the distil-
late placed in a bottle with tea lead hanging over it, though not touching
it, and treated with air containing moist carbonic acid, and after a short
time the lead showed distinct, though not a large amount of corrosion.
These two cases are principally interesting because they show that
more than one agent may sometimes be at work in this corroding action,
for the results of the action in this case are markedly different from the
general corroding action found in the other cases.
:
1885.] A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 165
Six other small boxes of tea made of different kinds of wood were
also examined. These boxes were made I believe of wood after season-
ing in the ordinary way. They were also handed over to me by the
Indian Tea Association.
No. 1. Box made of simal* wood and kept in a damp atmosphere
for many weeks. The lead lining was free from corrosion both on the
surface next to the wood and also on that next to the tea.
No. 2. Box made of jokeet wood and kept in a damp atmosphere for
many weeks. The lead lining was free from corrosion both on the sur-
face next to the wood and also on that next to the tea.
No. 3. Box made of kudumf wood and kept in a damp atmosphere
for many weeks. The lead lining was free from corrosion both on the
surface next to the wood and also on that next to the tea.
No. 4. Box made of ahm § wood and kept in a damp atmosphere
for many weeks. The lead lining was free from corrosion both on the
surface next to the wood and also on that next to the tea.
No. 5. Box made of jowah|| wood and kept in a damp atmosphere
for many weeks. The lead lining was free from corrosion both on the
surface next to the wood and also on that next to the tea.
No. 6. Box made of seeta§] wood and kept in a damp atmosphere
for many weeks. The lead lining was free from corrosion except on one
side where there was a faint trace of a white powder on the surface
next to the wood, but next to the tea, the surface of the lead lining was
absolutely bright. There was again no perforation.
The woods of boxes Nos. 1 to 4, and also the tea which was contained
in them, were exposed in contact with some tea lead in the damp atmos-
phere of a chemical laboratory for many weeks, and in this atmosphere
there would be large quantities of carbonic acid and also vapours of
various other acids, but no corrosion of the lead was set up, by the action
either of the wood or of the tea in the boxes.
Taking then the general results of the foregoing work, it may be
said the experiments prove conclusively that the active agent in the cor-
rosion of the lead linings of these tea chests was certainly not produced
from the tea which was contained in the chests, but from the wood of
which they were formed.
It will also have been noticed that the corrosion was never produced
* Probably wood of Bombax malabaricum.
¢ Probably wood of Bischoffia javanica.
} Probably wood of Anthocephalus cadamba.
§ Mangifera indica.
|| Probably wood of Helicia robusta.
"| Probably wood of Anona squamosa.
166 A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 8,
when the wood of the box was in a thoroughly seasoned and dry condi-
tion, but that in every case where unseasoned wood was used corrosion
of the lead was the invariable result. Again, in one instance it is shown
that even where seasoned wood was used, if it be afterwards thoroughly
saturated with water, it again becomes capable of producing corrosion of
tea-lead, though perhaps not so violently as wood in the unseasonsd state.
It therefore became desirable to determine whether this power of
corrosion of tea leads was a property common to unseasoned woods in
general, or whether it was only an isolated action due to the use of the wild
mango wood, and for this purpose the following ten (10) samples of wood
were experimented with. These samples were also prepared and handed
over tome by the Indian Tea Association, and I believe they represent
wood which may be commonly used for tea boxes.
The following was the method of procedure. Pairs of planks of the
various kinds of wood were prepared about 3 feet long by 8 inches wide.
Between each pair a sheet of tea lead was placed and the planks well
screwed together. The planks with the tea lead were then exposed to a
moist atmosphere for many weeks. The following are the names of the
woods and their condition. |
1st Pair. Wild mango wood, damp and unseasoned, the wood of the
Mangifera indica.
2nd Pair. Wild mango wood, dry and well-seasoned. Wood of the
Mangifera indica.
drd Pair. Wild mango wood, dry and well-seasoned, but after these
pieces were screwed together, one of them (marked C) was well damped
with fresh water and the other left untouched. Wood of the Mangifera
indica.
4th Pair. Dumboil wood, damp and unseasoned, perhaps the Calo-
phyllum inophyllum.
5th Pair. Jalna wood, damp and unseasoned (ahm-jalna).
6th Pair. Tulla wood, damp and unseasoned, perhaps wood of the
Sterculia alata.
7th Pair. Sita wood, damp and unseasoned, probably wood of Anona
squamosa.
Sth Pair. Satrang wood, damp and unseasoned.
9th Pair. Bolos wood, damp and unseasoned, probably wood of
Juglans plerococea.
10th Pair. Alodsake wood, damp and unseasoned.
The following is the description of the condition of the leads on ex-
amination.
No. 1. Both surfaces of lead very largely corroded, and a very consi-
derable part of the lead entirely converted into white lead.
-
ee
’
1885.] A. Pedler—Corrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Ohests. 167
No, 2. One side of the lead quite bright and free from corrosion, and
the other side covered with a fungus growth, which on removal showed
the lead surface bright and uncorroded.
No. 3. The upper plank marked C was discoloured. (This was the
plank which had been saturated with fresh water.) The lead surface
next to this plank was partly covered with vegetable growth, and there
was also a moderate amount of corrosion, “ white lead” being present in
considerable quantity.
The lower plank (seasoned wood not moistened with water) was
clean, and the surface of the lead in contact with it was quite clean and
free from all trace of corrosion.
No. 4. Both surfaces of lead were covered with vegetable or fungoid
growth. The amount of corrosion seen on removing the vegetable
growth did not appear to be large, but considerable quantities of white
lead were found with the fungoid growth.
No. 5. The greater part of the lead was corroded and eaten entirely
through, and almost the whole of the lead was converted into white lead
or carbonate of lead.
No. 6. Both sides of lead were covered with vegetable growth. In
certain parts of the lead there had been considerable corrosion, and a
moderate amount of white lead was present.
No. 7. On both sides of the lead there was a large amount of fungoid
growth and also of corrosion of the lead, much carbonate of lead. was
present, and in two places the lead was entirely eaten through.
No. 8. Parts of the wood had almost entirely decayed away or rotted,
and the wood was an extremely soft one. Under the surface of the wood
which had decayed, the lead was covered with vegetable growth and much
corroded, but on the other surface of the lead, next to the wood which
had not decayed, the greater part was quite clean and bright, and only
a small amount of corrosion was detected.
No. 9. Both sides of the lead were much corroded.
No. 10. On the upper surface of the lead there was a moderate
amount of vegetable growth, and a small amount of corrosion, and on the
lower side of the lead there was a large amount of vegetable growth and
a moderate amount of corrosion.
The results of the first three experiments in the above sets of wood
strikingly confirm the results of the previous experiments with the tea
chests, and it will be seen that unseasoned mango wood attacks lead
in a moist atmosphere rather violently, also that seasoned mango wood
kept dry has no action on it, but that seasoned mango wood, if it
is subsequently saturated with water, becomes again in a condition
in which it is able to attack lead in the presence of a moist atmosphere,
22
168 A. Pedler—Corrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
though not so violently as is the case with the unseasoned wood. Of the
other seven varieties of wood, all of them in a damp and unseasoned
condition, every sample corroded the lead in a moist atmosphere, some
woods corroding the lead very largely and others to a smaller extent.
In order to test further the action of these woods on tea-lead each of
them was distilled in a current of steam to get off any volatile substance
present or produced by the action of water. The distillates were then
taken, a portion of each placed in large bottles with tea lead hanging over
the liquid, and the bottles filled repeatedly with moist air containing car-
bonic acid.
No. 1 distillate had a very musty and unpleasant odour, and had
only an excessively faint acid re-action. It was treated as above when
the lead was somewhat corroded at the bottom of the slip, and lead car-
bonate was found to be present in small quantity.
No. 2 distillate also had a very musty unpleasant odour, and the
watery layer was very faintly acid. The lead surface was slightly dulled,
but no actual corrosion was perceptible.
No. 3 distillate had also a musty unpleasant odour, the liquid was
almost neutral in re-action. The surface of the lead was very distinctly
corroded, and a small amount of lead carbonate was found.
No. 4 distillate had a musty unpleasant odour, and the liquid was
faintly acid. The surface of the lead was slightly dull, and very faint
traces of corrosion were found.
No. 5 distillate had a musty unpleasant odour, and the watery solu-
tion was faintly acid. The surface of the lead was slightly dull, and there
was slight corrosion at a few points. Lead carbonate was present.
No. 6 distillate had a musty unpleasant odour, and the solution was
faintly acid. The surface of the lead was decidedly dull and whitish,
though there was only slight corrosion.
No. 7 distillate had a musty and unpleasant odour, and the liquid
was certainly not acid, but distinctly alkaline. The surface of the
lead was practically unacted upon.
No. 8 distillate had a slight ethereal smell but also a musty un-
pleasant odour; the liquid was alkaline. The lead surface was almost
bright and there was practically no corrosion.
No. 9 distillate had a musty unpleasant odour, and the liquid was
distinctly alkaline. The lead surface was almost bright, and there was
practically no corrosion.
No. 10 distillate had a musty unpleasant odour and the liquid was
almost neutral. The surface of the lead was distinctly tarnished, and a
small amount of corrosion was visible; small amounts of lead carbonate
were present,
1885.] A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 169
The action of these woods on lead was tested in another way by
macerating samples of the splintered wood in water, evaporating till a
fairly concentrated extract of the soluble principles of the wood was
obtained, and then painting the surface of some tea-lead with the extract,
and exposing the lead so prepared to the action of moist carbonic acid
and air.
No. 1 sample. The lead scarcely acted on.
No. 2 Lh) 99 99 9) 2? ?
No. 3 9” 99 39 9 99 99
INO. 40). gs A small amount of lead carbonate formed.
Bo. Ohi); Slight amount of lead carbonate formed.
No.6 ,, ” ” mo” ” ”
NOL @e tu Practically no action on the lead.
No. 8 ” 99 9 ”? 9 ” 99
INO. 9) |: 54 Slight amount of lead carbonate formed.
No. 10 2) 99 99 99 99 99 9)
The amount of action in this set of ten experiments, and also in the
previous set of ten experiments with the distillates in steam of these
woods, was in all cases comparatively slight, and it was not to be compar-
ed in extent or in nature, to the action which the same woods had pro-
duced originally on the tea-leads which had been packed between them ;
and the conclusion which naturally suggests itself from this is, that the
cause of corrosion does not pre-exist in the wood in the condition of a
volatile substance, and that it is not present to any large extent in the
solution obtained by extracting the wood with water.
Taking these results then in connection with those previously detailed,
it is clear that the corroding substance, whatever it may be, must be
formed gradually in the wood, and that the formation is connected with
the continued presence of moisture, or with the wood being in a damp
and unseasoned state, and also that the active agent in the corrosion is a
volatile body.
The next step in the investigation of the subject is clearly to trace
out the active agents which induce the corrosion of the tea-lead, and, in
order to do this, I thought it desirable to observe the action of tea-
lead when placed in contact with vapours of various classes of substances
which might induce corrosion, or which under certain circumstances
might be produced from wood, and in the presence of moist air and car-
bonic acid also induce corrosion. My reason of course for working only
with the vapours of these substances was that in all the cases of corro-
sion I had examined there were always parts of the corroded lead which
were not in actual contact with the wood, and which therefore could
170 A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
only have been corroded by the agency of some vapourous body, and also
that the active agent of the corrosion was volatile in a current of steam
in almost all cases.
Lead is a metal which, it is well known, is easily corroded by certain
substances, and the most important case is the action which is employed
on an enormous scale in the manufacture of white lead or carbonate of
lead by the Dutch process. In this process sheets of lead rolled up in
spiral form are exposed in earthenware vessels, which contain a very
small quantity of acetic acid or vinegar; these vessels are then stacked
together and surrounded by decomposing tan or other organic material,
which on standing under the influence of moisture, heats and evolves
carbonic acid. The quantity of acetic acid used in such operations is very
small, less, I believe, than one per cent. of the lead operated upon, and yet
the lead under the influence of this minute quantity of acetic acid, and in
the presence of moist air and carbonic acid at a slightly elevated tempe-
rature, is very rapidly corroded, and finally becomes almost entirely con-
verted into white lead, which, as is well known, consists of carbonate mixed
with hydrate of lead, and which, as produced in the first instance, contains
minute quantities of lead acetate adhering to it, the acetate being after-
wards removed by washing with water before the article is sent into
commerce. |
The first series of bodies the action of which I tried on tea lead, was
the group of organic substances to. which acetic acid belongs. In organic
chemistry there isa large group of fatty acids as they are called, of which
acetic acid stands next to the lowest, and which acids possess a precisely
similar constitution, and act usually in precisely similar ways. These
acids are homologous, only differing in composition by a well known
increment of carbon and hydrogen. The lowest members only of this
series are volatile, and I experimented with the five lowest with the fol-
lowing results. The mode of experiment was simple: a drop or two of the
acid was placed at the bottom of a large bottle, a strip of tea lead was then
hung in it, but not so as to touch the acid and the bottle filled with moist
carbonic acid and air, the carbonic acid being renewed from day to day,
or at frequent intervals as seemed necessary. The action then could
only take place between the lead and the vapour of the acid, and the car-
bonic acid and moist air.
The first or lowest member of this series is Formic acid, and under
its action the lead surface became dull and corroded to a small extent.
There was a grey coherent film adhering to the lead and little or no white
incrustation. The film on examination appeared to be Lead formate, and
it is therefore evident that formic acid does not act on lead in the same
way that acetic acid does.
es.
1885.] A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Ohests. 171
Acetic acid in very small quantity was tested in the same way; the
lead in a few hours was entirely covered with a film of white lead ; in
twenty-four hours the greater part of the lead had been corroded and
destroyed, and in thirty-six hours the lead had been entirely eaten
through, and converted into white lead with a small quantity of lead
acetate present in it as usual.
Propionic acid, the third member of the series, after a few days had
corroded the lead rather rapidly, and the greater part of the lead was
entirely eaten through. The greater part of the lead was converted into
the carbonate, though some soluble propionate was found.
Propionic acid then acts on lead in a manner analogous to acetic acid.
Butyric acid was tried in a similar manner, and after standing some
days the lead was more than half eaten through, and the surface was
covered with a moist yellowish green deposit. The lead was to a consi-
derable extent converted into lead butyrate, but lead carbonate was also
present in small quantity. Butyric acid therefore acts on lead in a man-
ner analogous to acetic and propionic acid, but far more feebly.
Valeric acid, the fifth and last member of this series tried, caused a
large amount of action on the lead, the surface of which became covered
with a greenish yellow incrustation, and on some parts of which consi-
derable amounts of crystalline scales were present. <A large part of the
corrosion was due to the formation of lead valerate, but a small amount of
carbonate was also present.
Valeric acid therefore acts on lead in the same way as acetic, propio-
nic, and butyric acid, but the production of the carbonate is much more
feeble.
A most interesting point in the case of the last two bodies, butyric
and valeric acids, is that the incrustation on the lead was strikingly ana-
jogous to that found in the rarer form of corrosion in tea chests as de-
scribed under the cases S. 1. and S. 2.
Other but less volatile organic acids, such as Benzoic acid etc., were
tried, but they produced no appreciable action on lead.
Hydrochloric acid in the same way was tried and the lead surface be-
came covered with chloride of lead with which a minute trace of carbo-
nate was mixed.
Nitric acid tested in the same way caused very rapid corrosion, the
product of the action appearing to be either a basic nitrate or a mixture
of nitrate and hydrate.
Ammonia acted on the surface of the lead to a small extent, and con-
verted it partly into oxide.
A series of alcohols, consisting of methylated ethyl alcohol, ethyl
alcohol, propyl alcohol, butyl alcohol and amyl alcohol, was tried, but
beyond a slight superficial action no corrosion was found to take place.
172 A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
A series of essential oils was then tried, including oils of anise,
bergamot, cinnamon, cloves, eucalyptus, lemon, peppermint, and tur-
pentine, and also camphor, menthol, and thymol. In almostall the cases
of the oils, slight corrosion of the lead into oxide and carbonate was
found. It was therefore clear that these oils facilitate the action of
moist carbonic acid and airon lead. Inno case however had the corrosion
proceeded to any large extent, and it consisted only of a kind of white
film or bloom on the surface of the lead, such as is frequently seen in
tea chests when there appears to have been a tendency to action, though
no actual corrosion. In the case of camphor, menthol and thymol the
lead was perfectly unacted upon.
Other tests have been made, but they need not be here described,
and so far as my experiments have gone they indicate that the only class
of organic substances which is capable of producing rapid chemical ac-
tion on tea-lead in the presence of moist air and carbonic acid is the class
of fatty acids or the acetic series of acids. Of these formic acid does not
produce any carbonate of lead ; the action of acetic acid, as is well known,
is violent ; that of propionic acid is of similar nature but less violent: the
principal products of the action being in these two cases white lead ;
and finally butyric and valeric acids produce yellowish green incrusta-
tions on lead which contain only small quantities of carbonate.
The next point which I have endeavoured to work out is to trace
the actualactive agent which induced the corrosion in some of the cases
described in the first part of the paper, and for this purpose a more
minute investigation as made into the products of the corrosion of the
leads. Four of the leads which had been much corroded in the ten sam-
ples which had been placed between boards were taken. The num-
bers selected were No. 1. Wild mango wood, No. 4. Dumboil wood,
No. 5. Julna wood, and No. 8. Sita wood.
In the corroded lead of No. 1., the material was principally lead
carbonate and lead hydrate; acetic acid was also distinctly detected by
several tests, so that the active agent in the corrosion of this lead
was clearly acetic acid. Inthe corroded lead of No. 4., the material
was again principally lead carbonate and hydrate; acetic acid was also
clearly detected, but the quantity present was very minute. In the cor-
roded lead of No. 5, again, the corroded material was mainly lead
carbonate and lead hydrate ; acetic acid was tested for and detected
with great ease, and the quantity was comparatively large, sufficiently
large to convert the acid into barium acetate, which presented the usual
properties, but the quantity was not large enough for a quantitative
analysis. In the corroded lead of No. 8, the principal material was
lead carbonate and hydrate, but the presence of acetic acid was also
clearly detected.
ee
'
1885.] A. Pedler—Oorrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 173
Evidently then the action which has taken place in the case of these
woods in contact with the tea-lead has been identical with that previous-
ly described as the Dutch method of making white lead. Acetic acid was
present in minute quantity, moist air and carbonic acid have also been
present at a comparatively high temperature, and thus all the conditions
were favourable for the production of white lead.
The conclusion, then, at which I arrived was that the corrosion was
produced by the unseasoned, or moistened wood, and that acetic acid was
the active agent in the corrosion. In order to further test the point, I
made extracts from the various samples of wood numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, and 10, and distilled these extracts with dilute sulphuric acid. In
all cases a distillate of distinctly acid and acetous smell was obtained,
evidently showing the presence of small quantities of acetic or some
analogous acid in combination in these woods.
The final point which then remains to be cleared up is the origin of
the acetic acid from the wood, for, as previously pointed out, it evidently
does not exist in the first instance ready formed in the wood, but is pro-
duced by some secondary action. Dr. Wigner in the publication previ-
ously referred to put forward a very probable theory. He remarks
“The sap of wood invariably contains sugar. The quantity is small, but
still measurable. This sugar is in every case, which has come under my
knowledge, a fermentable sugar, and the first result of the fermentation
is in most cases alcohol. Fermentation being carried a step further free
acetic acid is the natural result. With the formation of acetic acid
carbonic acid is also formed ... Transferring this from a theoretical to a
practical case: A wood containing sap which was more than usually
saturated with sugar, and exposed to a moist heat, would ferment more
readily, would produce a larger quantity of alcohol, would consequently
produce a larger quantity of acetic acid, and would therefore, by infer-
ence, derived from practical work, produce a larger amount of carbonic
acid, and thence of white lead. These effects would be produced mainly,
if not entirely, upon the surface of the wood, and one of these surfaces
would be in contact with the metallic lead which forms the lining of the
case. Now let us see what would take place. The lead lining would be |
exactly in the same condition as the lead in a leadstack which was being
worked by the Dutch process. Acetic acid, carbonic acid, and moisture
would all be present. There would be a reasonable and probably, in
accordance with practice, a very proper degree of heat, and the lead and
wood would be in contact; and it seems the most natural thing in the
world to assume that, as the result, acetate of lead would be formed by
the direct action of the acetic acid. Carbonate and hydrate of lead
would be formed from this by the action of the carbonic acid and the
174 A. Pedler—Corrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. [No. 3,
moisture in the air, and although the two chemical changes would run
on almost concurrently, yet the result would be the direct formation of a
film of white lead.”
The samples of wood Nos. 1 to 10 were therefore tested to see
whether any fermentable sugar could be detected in them. It must,
however, be remembered that these woods had already produced their
corrosion, and according to the above theory a part, if not the whole, of
the fermentable sugar contained in the wood would have disappeared in
the process. Of the ten samples No. ] wild mango wood was tested most
carefully, and very distinct indications of a fermentable sugar were ob-
tained. No. 5 jalna wood and No.9 bolos wood also gave clear indica-
tions of fermentable sugar, and in the case of Nos. 2, 3, and 8 as well, there
appeared to be traces of this substance, but in Nos. 4, 6, 7, and 10, I could
not detect any indications of fermentable sugar at all.
The presence of fermentable sugar in small quantity in the wood is
certainly a probable cause of the formation of acetic acid, but wood con-
tains other ingredients besides. Thus, for instance, some kind of starchy
matter is a nearly constant ingredient of the stems of trees, and forms
the chief bulk of the reserve matter out of which leaves and shoots are
produced in spring. The presence of starch is also in some way con-
nected with the presence of sugar, for experiments have proved clearly
the existence of varying amounts of sugar in fruit trees, and also that
the sugar reaches its maximum in the spring when the starch is
undergoing solution. Starch also in the condition in which it is found
in unseasoned wood under the continued influence of heat and moisture
will undoubtedly suffer decomposition, and the products of decomposing
starch, as is well known, are of a decidedly acid character, and of the acids
formed, some are of the acetic series, and of these butyric acid may be
recognized.
The sap of woods has also been investigated and one of the principal
constituents is sugar. Of the presence of carbo-hydrates other than sugar
no definite evidence exists, but in the cases which have yet been investi-
gated malic acid was also present in the sap. Now malic acid is a
substance on which the action of putrefactive ferments has been tried, and
the products of the fermentation are carbonic acid, acetic acid, succinic
acid, and butyric acid.
I regret that up to the present time I have not been able to investi-
gate the sap of any Indian trees, nor have I found malic acid in the
woods experimented on, but given the probable, if not the almost certain
presence of small quantities of malic acid in the sap, and given the condi-
tions of heat, moisture, etc. to set up putrifactive fermentation in the
moist and unseasoned wood, the presence of all the substances necessary
to corrode tea-lead will at once follow.
a i
’
1885.] A. Pedler—Corrosion of Lead Linings of Indian Tea Chests. 175
In the case of an unseasoned wood, the sap will still be present in
small quantity, and thus the presence of acetic acid, butyric acid, etc., may
be readily accounted for, if the wood is placed under circumstances of heat
and moisture favourable to the production of fermentation.
The conclusions that my experiments have led me to form are as
follows :—
1. That tea properly manufactured in the ordinary way has no
power to corrode lead.
2. That if unseasoned and damp wood is used for the manufacture
of the tea boxes, corrosion of the tea lead is, under favourable circum.
stances, almost certain, but that some varieties of wood act more violently
than others.
3. That even if seasoned wood be used to make the tea boxes, and if
it be allowed to become saturated with water, and then placed in favour-
able circumstances of heat and moisture, corrosion of the tea lead may
occur, though not to so great an extent as if unseasoned wood had been
used.
4. That the active agent does not exist ready formed in unseasoned
wood, but is produced by a secondary action from the constituents of the
wood. ee
5. That the corrosion is not usually due to contact action between the
lead and the wood, but that a volatile substance is gradually produced
from the unseasoned wood.
6. That the corroding agent is usually acetic acid in the presence
of moist air and carbonic acid, but that other acids of the same series ‘are
sometimes produced, and also act on the lead, and in the case of butyric
and valeric acids a greenish yellow incrustation is formed differing en-
tirely from the whitish or yellowish incrustation produced from acetic
acid.
7. That the acetic and other acids are produced by the decomposi-
tion (probably by a kind of fermentation under the influence of heat and
moisture, and perhaps started by decomposing nitrogenous matters) of
certain substances which are known to be present in woods. Such bodies
are fermentable sugars, starchy matters, malic acid, etc.
8. That the lead linings of the tea chests having been corroded and
perforated by the corroding action of these acids in the presence of moist
air and carbonic acid, the tea can easily take up the disagreeable odour
which the wood itself will possess, after it has undergone the change
in which acetic and butyric acid, etc., are formed, and thus the quality
of the tea will be deteriorated.
23
176 A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Musewm, Calcutta. [No. 3,
XIV.—Indian Ants of the Indian Musewm, Calcutta.—By PRoFEssor
Avaust Foren, Zurich. Communicated by the Naruran History
SECRETARY.
[Received Nov. 18th ;—Read Dec. 2nd, 1885. ]
Family FORMICID Ai.
I. Subfamily Camponotide.
Forel, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxx, Suppl. 1878.
Genus CAMPONOTUS.
Mayr, Europ. Formic. 1861.
1. CamPonotvs syLyaticus, Olivier (Encyclop. Méth. Hist. Nat. VI).
Subspecies OC. cognatus, Smith (Cat. Brit. Mus. 1858),
var. e, Mayr (Ants of Turkestan coll. b. Fedtschenko), 3 and ¢.*
The Camponotus sylvaticus is a large species, which is divided into
many subspecies and varieties, and which occurs throughout the world.
The subspecies cognatus, var. e, inhabits Africa and South Asia.
2. Camponotus micans, Nylander (Annal. d. Sc. Nat. IV), 8.
This species is found in Hurope, Africa, and India.
3. CAMPONOTUS OPACIVENTRIS, Mayr (Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, 1878), 8.
Species very closely allied to the C. sericeus, Fabr.
4, CAMPONOTUS IRRITANS, Smith (Catal. Brit. Mus. 1858 ( = Oamp.
inconspicuus, Mayr, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1872), &.
Genus PoLYRHACHIS.
Shuckard, Hist. of Insects.
5. PoLyrHACHIS LAVISsIMA, Smith (Catal. Brit. Mus. 1858) ( = Po-
lyrhachis globularia, Mayr, Tijdschrift voor Hntomologie 1867), 8.
Genus PRENOLEPIS.
Mayr, Europ. Formic. 3861.
6. Prenonoprs Loneicornis, Latr. (Hist. Nat. Fourmis, 1802), 8.
A cosmopolitan species.
Genus CicoPHYLLA.
Smith, Proc. Lin. Soc. Zool. 1860.
7. Ccopnyria smaRAGpINA, Fabr. (Spec. Ins. I) ( = Formica vi-
vescens, Fabr., Syst. Hnt. 392 = Formica longipes, Jerdon, Madras Journal
Lit. & Sc. 1851), -%.
This species is also found of a green colour.
* & is the sign for ‘ worker” ; Q, for “female”; ¢', for “male”; and 2, for “sol-
dier.”’
1885.] A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 177
Genus ACANTHOLEPIS.
Mayr, Europ. Formic. 1861.
8. ACANTHOLEPIS FRAUBNFELDI, Mayr (Horm. Austr. 1851), 3.
This species has been hitherto known only from the Mediterranean
country, Aden, Turkestan, and Persia. The specimens from Calcutta
would belong to the variety bipartita, Smith (Proc. Lin. Soc. Zool.
1861) ; but the body is of a dark brown-blackish colour. They are large
(3 millims.) and opaque.
The mesothorax of this genus is much narrowed in the middle,
like the waist of a slender lady.
II. Subfamily Dolichoderide.
Forel, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxx, Suppl. 1878.
No representative of this subfamily was among the ants sent from
Calcutta.
III. Subfamily Poneride.
Smith, Cat. Brit. Hym. 1851.
Genus Ponmra.
Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. 1806-1809.
9. PoneRa TESSERINODA, Mayr (Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien, 1878, nec Emery, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. IX, 1876-77), 8.
10. Ponera turerpes, Mayr (Myrmecol. Studien, 1862), 8.
Genus DiscamMa.
Mayr, Myrmec. Studien, 1862.
11. Dracamma vaGans, Smith (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. V, 1860,
Roger (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, p. 304), 9.
Genus Losopetra.
: Mayr, Myrmec. Studien, 1862.
12. Lopoprita CHINENSIS, Mayr (Neue Formiciden, 1870), 8.
The specimen from Calcutta is only 8.5 millims. in length. Mayr’s
specimens were larger (9. 5—10 millims.).
13. Losopenta Kitrett, Mayr (Neue Formiciden, 1870), ¥.
IV. Subfamily Dorylide.
Shuckard, Ann. of Nat. Hist. v, 1840.
Genus TYPHLOPONE.
Westwood, InXrod. Class. Ins. 1840.
14, TyYPHLOPONE ORANIENSIS, Lucas (Expl.de PAlgérie, 1840-42), 3.
This species has been hitherto known only from Northern Africa
and from Asiatic Turkey. The specimens from Calcutta are quite
identical with specimens from Algeria and Palestina in my collection.
178 A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Musewm, Calcutta. [No. 3,
V. Subfamily Myrmicide.
Smith, Cat. Brit. Hym. 1851.
Genus Sima.
Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863 = Eciton Jerdon, nec Latreille.
15. Sima RUFO-NiGRA, Jerdon (Madras Journ. Lit. & Se. 1851,
Heiton), &.
16. Sma compressa, Roger (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863 ?), 8.
The only specimen from Calcutta is very large (7. 5 millims.) The
specimens which were described by Roger (1. ¢.) and Mayr (Tijdschr. voor
Entomol. 1867) measured only 4-5 millims. Therefore the identity of
our specimen with S§. compressa does not seem to me to be perfectly
sure, though the other characters agree with the description.
Genus Myruicartia.
Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1841-43 = Heptacondylus and Physatta, Smith.
17. MyrMicaria SUBCARINATA, Smith (Cat. Brit: Mus. 1858, Hepta-
condylus), %.
Genus HotcomyrMex.
Mayr, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1878.
18. Hotcomyrmex scapricups, Mayr (Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien 1878), Y% major and ¥§ minor.
Genus PHEIDOLE. ©
Westwood, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi, 1841 = Ocodoma, Jerdon, 1. c.
19. Puerpote mpica, Mayr (Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 1878),
Band: 9:
The specimens are smaller than Mayr’s. I have submitted this
ant to Prof. Mayr, who has pronounced it to be his P. indica; but
joints 8—4 of the antenne are longer than broad in the soldier, as
long as broad in the female.
uy. Length: 4—5 millims. A curved striation at the posterior
angles of the head. Head shining between the striz.
8. Length: 2. 5—2.8 millims.
¢@. Length: 7—7.5 millims. Head narrower than the thorax.
20. Puuipote taTinopa, Roger (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863), y, ¥,
and 2, var. MAJOR.
The specimens are larger than Roger’s and Mayr’s. This species
has hitherto only been found in Jndia, and the ¢ is still unknown.
uy. Length: 5.4—6.2 millims. Head coarsely striate-rugose, pos-
teriorly coarsely rugose-reticulated. The ground of the reticulations
is moderately shining and sometimes contains secondary rugosities. Less
shining than P. indica ; the clypeus carinate (an P. indica not carinate) ;
1885.] <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 179
the basal surface of the metanotum transversely rugose. The first node of
the petiole anteriorly almost broader than posteriorly ; beneath, furnished
with a longitudinal carina. The second node very broad, nearly three
times as broad as the first. Tibie and scapi of the antenne abundantly
furnished with long erect hairs. |
%. Length 3—3.3 millims. Antenne and legs very long and slen-
der, with abundant long erect hairs. First node of the petiole convex
beneath. Spines of the metanotum longer and at the base narrower as
in P. indica.
g. Length: 7.5—8 millims. Head (without the mandibles) bro-
ader than long, broader than the thorax, little shining. Thorax narrow
and short. Mesonotum longitudinally rngose (wrinkled). The wrinkles
converge anteriorly and anastomose together at the median line in front.
Mesonotum opaque, granulated between the wrinkles. Seutellum smooth
and shining. Metanotum between the spines with some coarse longitu-
dinal wrinkles laterally, smooth and shining in the middle.
Nodes of the petiole very broad. The first is short and bears up-
wards a much broadened transverse scale, which is emarginate at the
middle of its superior margin. The first node with a longitudinal, lobi-
form, very prominent edge beneath. The second node twice as broad
as the first, and nearly three times as broad as long, coarsely rugose
with an obtuse tooth beneath. The anterior half of the basal segment
of the abdomen closely striate-rugose, the posterior finely and closely
reticulate-punctured, opaque. The anterior two-thirds of the following
segments smooth and shining; their posterior third reticulate-punctured
and opaque.
Wings pale yellowish.
In other respects like the soldier.
21. PHEIDOLE JUCUNDA, 0. sp.
This species resembles P. javana, Mayr, and P. indica, Mayr. The
soldier only is known.
4%. Length: 3.3 millims. Head (without the mandibles) rectan-
gular, a little narrowed posteriorly, deeply emarginate and a little
flattened behind (like the P. latinoda), relatively small. The anterior
half of the clypeus carinate. The anterior edge of the clypeus emargi-
nate in the middle. Mandibles shining, very delicately striate-rugose,
with scattered punctures and with two blunt teeth at the apex. Scapus
of the antenne lodged in a distinct, smooth, longitudinal groove, which
is edged medially by the very long frontal edges (lamine frontales).
Scapus of the antenne very long; but not quite reaching the pos-
terior angles of the head. Joints 3—6 of the funiculus of the antenne
as broad as long.
180 <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. [No. 3,
Mesonotum with a deep transverse impression, which is nearly as
deep as the meso-metanotal groove. Basal surface of the metanotum
narrow, with a very distinct, abruptly edged longitudinal channel in the
middle. Spines of the metanotum of moderate size, divergent, near one
another at the base. The nodes of the petiole have the usual form; the
second node rounded, without lateral conuli. Antenne and legs rather
elongate.
Head coarsely and longitudinally striated in the middle; striate-
rugose, then reticulate-rugose at the sides, very coarsely rugose-reti-
culate at the posterior angles (like P. latinoda). Frontal area and
middle of the clypeus nearly smooth. Thorax wrinkled and rugose,
moderately shining. The sides of the mesonotum and metanotum, as
also the declivous (posterior) surface of the metanotum finely reticulate-
punctured and opaque. Nodes of the petiole finely reticulate, nearly
opaque. The base of the abdomen very delicately reticulate ; the rest
smooth and shining with some scattered punctures, with a hair in each
point.
Head and abdomen sprinkled moderately with erect hairs. A few
scattered erect hairs on the thorax and the femora. The tibie and
scapi without erect hairs, only with a delicate quite applied pubescence.
The body nearly without applied pubescence.
Dark ferruginous-red. The posterior three-fourths of the head, the
scapi, and the abdomen (its base excepted) dark chestnut-brown.
This species is easily to be distinguished from the Ph. latinoda by
its smaller size, its tibie and scapi without erect hairs, the nodes of
its petiole, etc. ; from the Ph. indica by its carinate clypeus, its more
emarginate head with the posterior angles coarsely reticulate-rugose, ete.
The closely allied Ph. javana has very abundant erect hairs on the legs
and on the antennz, the metanotal spines much removed from another
at the base, the clypeus without carina, etc.
22. PHEIDOLE WOOD-MASONI, n. sp.
I dedicate this pretty little new species to Prof. J. Wood-Mason,
who has been so kind as to send it to me with the others noticed in this
paper.
y%. Length 2.6 millims. Head elongate, rectangular, slightly
emarginate behind. Hyes very minute, each compounded of about 20
facets, situated at the anterior quarter of the head. Antenns very
short; scapi of the antenne as long as half the breadth of the head,
either as long as two-fifths of the length of the head (without mandi-
bles). Antenne 12-jointed, with very large club; the last joint as
long as the two precedent together. Joints 2—6 of the funiculus twice
as broad as long. Mandibles smooth, shining, with very scattered punc-
1885.] <A. Forel—Indian Ants of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 181
tures and with two black teeth at the end of the terminal edge. Clypeus
very short, very deeply and broadly emarginate at the middle of its
anterior edge, as smooth in its middle part even as the frontal area, longi-
tudinally striated at the sides. Antennal fosse very near to the anterior
edge of the head. Frontal edges as long as the scapi. At their exterior
side is a smooth and shining groove in which the scapus is lodged. The
anterior half of the head is longitudinally striated; the posterior is
smooth, shining, with some scattered puncture, with a hair in each point.
Thorax very short. The pronotum is broadened and forms at each
side an edged and rounded protuberance. The pronotum and the meso-
notum form together only one convex, smooth, and shining hump, with-
out transverse impression. The meso-metanotal groove is very distinct.
Metanotum low ; its basal surface with two minute longitudinal edges
at the sides, which terminate each in a triangular tooth (instead of the
spines). The basal surface of the metanotum delicately transversely
reticulate, the declivous one delicately transversely reticulate-rugose.
The nodes of the petiole have the usual form. They are narrow
and microscopically reticulate. Abdomen smooth and shining with large
golden concave points on its first segment. The whole body, iuclusive
of the tibize and of scapi, covered with erect hairs.
Yellow. The anterior edge of the clypeus and the anterior half
of the mandibles darkened ; the terminal edge of the mandibles blackish.
%. Length: 1.5 millim. Stature relatively short and thickset.
Head oval, not emarginate. Antenne like those of the soldier. The
scapi reach the posterior edge of the head. Mandibles smooth, shining,
with scattered puncture and eight teeth. Clypeus entire, smooth and
shining like the whole head. Eyes very minute, situated on the anterior
third of the head, and each compounded of about 12 facets. No groove
for the scapi. Thorax as in the soldier, but the metanotum is less
low. Metanotum with two minute teeth, extremely finely and trans-
versely wrinkled between these teeth. Nodes of the petiole microscopi-
cally reticulate. A very large brownish and gilt puncture on the
abdomen. This puncture is more abundant than that of the soldier, and
even more abundant than in Tetramorium auropunctatum. The erect
hairs of the body are a little more scattered and those on the tibie and
scapi more oblique than in the soldier.
Entirely yellow, with the terminal edge of the mandibles darkened
and the puncture of the abdomen brownish (and gilt).
Genus PHEIDOLOGETON.
Mayr, Myrmecol. Studien, 1862.
23. PHEIDOLOGETON LABORIOSUS, Smith (Proc. L. 8. Zool. 1861, Sole-
nopsis), % major.
Ey eet Sonenopsts auarwata, F é ‘
% majorand minor, ¢,and 6. i,
One of the commonest cosmopolitan tropical a
Genus Monomorrum.
, Mayr, Formic. Austr. 1855.
25. Monomortum tatrinope, Mayr (Ann. Mus. Civ
Genus MzRaNoPLus. . tay;
c Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1853. }
¥ Sf te 26. MERANOPLUS BICOLOR, Guérin (Icon. Regn. A
fiat Cryptocerus),
Bd A oy - A further Pheidole 8 is not to be fee wi
» eg ge. aN,
Pie ae pondent soldier, worker, or female.
See All the species included in the foregoing list were ob
3 . neighbourhood of Calcutta.
(Hig
i r
ee
INDEX.
Names of New Species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.
Pre
Abisara suffusa, 45 Camponotus micans, 176
Acantholepis, 177 - opaciventris, 176
fs frauenfeldi, 177 as sericeus, 176
5 var. bipartita, 177 - sylvaticus, 176
9
Acanthophora, 72 Capparis horrida, 50, 51
Aigista, 60 Cassia fistula, 50
Aigle marmelos, 51, 52 Castalius rosimon, 46
Alyczeus nipponensis, 66 Catapezecilma bubases, 118, 119, 123, 124
Amblypodia naradoides, 49 elegans, 119
Ampittia maro, 53 *Catochrysops bengalia, 3, 47
Anona squamosa, 165, 166 os cnejus, 47
Anthocephalus cadamba, 44, 165 . pandava, 47, 48
Antiaris todicaria, 52 # strabo, 47
Apatura sordida, 2 Catophaga darada, 50
Aphneeus etolus, 49 ” paulina, 50
Appias hippoides, 51 Catopsilia catilla, 50
, zelmira, 50 Fe crocale, 50
Aristolochia, 52 - gnoma, 50
Astictopterus olivascens, 52 ee ilea, 50
FF salsala, 52
A stellifer, 52
Atella phalanta, 44
Athyma perius, 45
pyranthe, 50
Caulerpa sedoides, 72
Cethosia cyane, 43
Chapra agna, 53
Atta, 182 5, subochracea, 53
Badamia exclamationis, 4, 52 Charaxes fabius, 45
Baoris, 53 7 hindia, 45 _,
» oceia, 53 5 (prow.) hindia, 45
Baspa melampus, 48 Chilades kandura, 46 »
Belenois mesentina, 51 F laius, 46
Bischoffia javanica, 165
Bombax malabaricum, 165
ones, 61
AB andersonianus, 60
* - japonicus, 61
eR reinianus, 61
Calophyllum inophyllum, 166
at varunana, 46
Chilasa casyapa, 52
» Gissimilis, 52
5» panope, 4
Chliaria kina, 4
Cirrhochroa anjira, 43
Citrus decumana, 51
Calysisme, 42 Clausilia, 59, 61, 62, 66
of blasius, 1, 42 - aptychia, 66
5, indistans, 43 i aurantiaca, 65
9 mineus, 42 _ z var. erberi, 65
a perseus, 42 i 5» minor, 65
Camena, 60 $9 brevior, 61, 62
Camponotus, 176 a caryostoma, 65
ms cognatus, 176 % cylindrica, 63
*s f var. e., 176 y ducalis, 63
5 inconspicuus, 176 a fusangensis, 65
- irritans, 176 5s gracilispira, 63, 64
t For a complete Index to the articles on Rhynchota published in this volume, see Vol. LY, 1886,
Pt, Il, pp. 207—228,
24
184
*Clausilia hyperolia, 66
33 2
<3 martenso, 63
on martensi, 62
at micropea, 63, 64
ot te nikkoensis, 62
Pots; opeas, 64
* platyauchen, 65
f platydera, 65
, plicilabris, 65
96 praba, 61
s proba, 61
¢ rectaluna, 66
53 reiniana, 62, 63
os sericina, 64
7, strictaluna, 65
Y fe var. nana, 65
Pals 5 gublunellata, 63, 64
a subulina, 64
3 tau, 61
e tetraptyx, 61, 62, 63
= validiuscula, él, 63.
- yocahamensis, var. reiniana, 62
yocohamensis, 62, 62
Coladenia dhanada, 4
“A tissa, 54
Conulus tenera, 60
Crastia core, 41
Cryptocerus, 182
Curetis thetys, 46
Cyaniris marginata, 3
Cycas revoluta, 47
Cyclophorus, 68
- sexfilaris, 68
- trichophorus, 68
Cyclotus, 67
aoa 55, 57, 58
+ calamicola, 54, 56, 59
make aglea, 40
» alcippoides, 40
» chrysippus, 40
» genutia, 40
5, hegesippus, 40
» limniace, 40, 52
», (Limnas) alcippoides, 40
” ” chrysippus, 40
», (Parantica) aglea, 40
» (Salatura) genutia, 40
. %9 hegesippus, 40
5, (Tirumala) limniace, 40
Debis nada, 2
Delias kelladonna, 4
», eucharis, 51
», hierte, var. indica, 51
Deudorix dieneces, 48
Diacamma, 177
3 vagans, 177
Diospyros montana, 48
Diplommatina, 67
var. aptychia, 66
” ” ” planulata, 66
* », rectaluna, 66
Index.
Diplommatina hungerfordiana, 67
a labiosa, 67
* i nipponensis, 67
$5 paxillus, 67
pusilla, 67
Discophora tullia, 43
- zal, 43
Eciton, 178
Elymnias undularis, 43
Ergolis ariadne, 2, 44
» indica, 2, 44
»» merione, 44
Euhyalina yessoensis, 60
Eupleea core, 41
» kollari, 41
» (Crastia) core, 41
» (Pademma kollari, 41
Euthalia garuda, 45
» Iubentina, 45
Formica longipes, 176
» virescens, 176
Gangara thyrsis, 53
Glycosmis pentaphylla, 52
Halpe beturia, 54
» cerata, 4
* ,, kumara, 121, 124
» separata, 121
* ,, sitala, 121, 123
Harimala crino, 51
Helcyra hemina, 2
Helicia robusta, 165
Helicina japonica, 68
Helix amaliz, 60
», blakei, 60
»» japonica, 60
» leta, 60
» luhuana, 60
» peculiaris, 60
», peliomphala, 60
»» Queesita, 60
similaris, 60
Hemiplecta, 59
Heptacondylus, 178
Hesperia callineura, 121
oe galba, 54
ra latoia, 121
Hiposcritia imbecilis, 51
5 indra, 51
Holcomyrmex, 178
scabriceps, 178
Huphina evagete, 50
» hira, 50
5 phryne, 50
» teste, 50
» zZeuxippe, 50
Hyalinia tenera, 60.
» yessoensis, 60
», (Conulus) tenera, 60
», (Euhyalina) yessoensis, 60
Hyarotis adrastus, 54
Hydrocena, 67
Hypochrysops bubases, 118
Hypolimnas bolina, 44
es jacintha, 4A
misippus, 44
Iliades polymnestor, 51
Traota meecenas, 48
*Isoteinon flavipennis, 122
- pandita, 121, 124
Ixias ganduca, 50
», latifasciata, 50
», Marianne, 50
Jamides bochus, 46
Japonia, 67, 68
» barbata, 67
Juglans plerococea, 166
Junonia almana, 44
» asterie, 44
» atlites, 44
lemonias, 44
» cenone, 44
» orithya, 44
Laertias pammon, 52
Lagochilus, 68
Lampides elianus, 48
ie elpis, 48
Leptosia xiphia, 49
Lethe europa, 42
» scanda, 2
Libythea myrrha, 2
Limenitis danava, 2
< procris, 44:
Limnezeus japonicus, 66
3 pervius, 66
Limnas alcippoides, 40
», chrysippus, 40
Lobopelta, 177
chinensis, 177
a kitteli, 177
Loxura atymnus, 49
Lycznesthes bengalensis, 47
Macrochlamys, 59
Macrurus, 126
Magnifera indica, 161, 165, 166
Mahathala ameria, 49
Matapa aria, 52
Megisba thwaitesi, 46
Melania ambidextra, 68
¥ biwee, 68
- japonica, 68
- libertina, 68
»» nipponica, 48
is reiniana, 68
tennisulcata, 68
Melanitis i ismene, 43
+P)
“5 leda, 42
Melita, 69
* ., megacheles, 70, 71
Menelaides aristolochiz, 52
hector, 52
Meranoplas, 182
p bicolor, 182
Index. 185
Monomorium, 182
a latinode, 182
Murex spinosa, 69
Mycalesis blasius, 1, 42
a indistans, 42
ds medus, 4:1
ns mineus, 2, 42
" perseus, 1, 2, 42
% runeka, 4:1
* samba, 42
iG visala, 2
a (Calysisme) blasius, 1, 42
5 oP indistans, 42
BS a mineus, 42
* perseus, 42
A (Orsotricona) medus, 41
5 runeka, 41
Myrina triopas, “48
Myrmicaria, 178
ee subcarinata, 178
Nacaduba, 3
a ardates, 3, 47
A atrata, 3
<5 dana, 3, 118
i 3 hampsonii, 118, 124
Re viola, 3
Bs (prox.) viola, 3
Nanina, 59
» eastlakeana, 59
5. Midica, 59
#- 5. japonica, : 59
Neopithecops, 46
ih gaura, 46
PA zalmora, 46
Nepheronia, 51
” geea, 51
99 hippia, 51
Neptis, 45
9» jumbah, 45
» kamarupa, 45
» mandina, 44
» Ophiana, 44
» pPplagiosa, 45
», vVarmona, 45
(Rahinda) plagiosa, 45
Nilasera amantes, 49
Ocodoma, 178
(cophylla, 176
smaragdina, 176
Opeas pyrgula, 61
Orinoma damaris, 2
Orpheides erithonius, 51
Orsotrizena medus, 41
<< runeka, 41
Pademma kollari, 41
Padina, 71, 72, 74
s pavonia, 71, 75
Padraona dara, 53
Padraona palmarum, 53
Paludine, 68
Papilio, 51, 52
186
Papilio aristolochiw, 52
» casyapa, 52
wr erine, 61:
» Gissimilis, 52
», dobson, 51
» erithonius, 51
» hector, 52
», nomius, 51
» pammon, 52
»» panope, 4, 52
», polymnestor, 51
»» protenor, 4
» Yhetenor, 4
» (Chilasa) casyapa, 52
dissimilis, 52
” ” panope, 4
», (Harimala) crino, 51
», (Iliades) polymnestor, 51
» (Laertias) pammon, 52
”» bP)
» (Menelaides) aristolochiz, 52
as hector, 52
ie (Orpheides) erithonius, 51
» (Pathysa) nomius, 51
», (Sainia) protenor, 4
(Zetides) dobson, 51
Parontica aglea, 40
Parata chromus, 52
Parnara, 53
. bada, 53
- bevani, 53
55 farri, 53
ke kumara, 53
narooa, 53
Pathysa nomius, 51
Patula pauper, 60
Pheidole, 178, 182
o indica, 178, 179, 180
e javana, 179, 180
eae jucunda, 179
> latinoda, 178, 179, 180
a 5 var. major, 178
ets wood-masoni, 180
Pheidologeton, 181
Os laboriosus, 181
Physatta, 178
* Plastingia noémi, 120, 124
* Plesioneura nigricans, 123, 124
Poinsettia, 48, 49
: pulcherrima, 48
Polyalthia longifolia, 51
Polyommatus beeticus, 48
Polyrhachis, 176
¥ globularia, 176
ip levissima, 176
Ponera, 177
», Inteipes, 177
,, tesserinoda, 177
Portulaca meridiana, 44
Partapa cleobis, 49
Precis iphita, 44
» laomedia, 44
Index.
Prenolepis, 176
- longicornis, 176
Pyrameis cardui, 44
Rahinda plagiosa, 45
Rapala lazulina, 48
» orseis, 48
» schistacea, 48
» varuna, 48
Rathinda amor, 48
Realia, 67
Ricinus communis, 44
Sainia protenor, 4
Salatura genutia, 40
», hegesippus, 40
Satadra atrax, 4, 49
» bupola, 4, 120
» oenea, 4
», Ssilhetensis, 120
* 4 singla, 119; 120,124
Sima, 178
5, compressa, 178
5, rufo-nigra, 178
Sithon indra, 3, 49
» Mandarinus, 3
Solenopsis, 181, 182
geminata, 182
Spalgis epius, 45
Spindasis, 49
- khurdana, 48
oe tigrina, 49
ss trifurcata, 48
55 vulcanus, 49
Stenogyra pyre, 61
Opeas) pyrgula, 61
Sterculia alata, 166
Stichophthalma camadevya, 2
Suastus aditus, 4
» gremius, 53
Succinea lauta, 66
Symbrenthia, 2
+ daruka, 2
) hippocla, 2
+ niphanda, 118
8 . silana, 117, 124
Sympheedra nais, 45
Tagia involucrata, 4:4
Tagiades khasiana, 54
3 ravi, 54
Tajuria longinus, 49
Taractrocera sagara, 54
Tarucus plinius, 46
» theophrastus, 46
Telchinia viole, 43
Telegonus thrax, 52
Telicota augias, 53
», bambuse, 53
Terias drona, 50
» hecabe, 49
» leta, 50
5» purreea, 50
» rubella, 50
-Ypihima howra, 42 =
» huebneri, 42
» marshallii, 42
i philomela, 42
Zetides dobson, 51
Zizera diluta, 46 ‘
" karsandra, 46
a pygmexa, 46
of sangra, 46
Zophoessa dirphia, 2
> 4, 123 =
mal Tealiane, aaa
yhlopone, 177
- oraniensis, 177
dagpes folus, 54
vu
ti _ Virachola isocrates, 48
‘ | .
AUT Da) hi
dell band | ay
; " fF ut
Let
ek ad —_“—owerrnr Or eee
aie
2
~~
. se
a4 =|
Ve ‘
ms :
fi
)
i x
le
2a -
4 =
5 - i -
. -
= =
‘al .
Ne
&
©
P,
T%
| ‘ SE 7
a JOURNAL |
|) ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. '
Vol. LIV, Part II, No. I.—1885.
EDITED BY
JHE NATURAL fiisTORY PECRETARY.
~
~~
ee ee ee
c>»
ce
ae
oe
within these limitsits inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
“The boundsef its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
man or produced by tature.”’—Sir WILLIAM JONEs.
** Oommunications should ‘be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India ; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs: Friibner and Co., 57 ¥ 59, Ludgate Hill.
CALCUTTA
PRINTED BY J, W, THOMAS, AT THE PAPTIST MISSION PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY, 5J, PARK STREET,
4 i Be
MI
Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.—To Non-Subscribers Bs, 2
Price in England, 4 Shillings.
Issued July 6th, 1885.
i
f
"Steamer ‘ radars Conan ean iy Cu
“Commanding. —No. 1. On the Structure and Habi
cae. es tel a new Tubicolous Aepbieed from
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. II.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1884.
No. 1, (issued June 30th, 1884). The Theory of the Winter Rains
of Northern India.—By Hunry F. Buanrorp, F. R. S., President, Asia-
tic Society of Bengal, Meteorological Reporter to the Government of India,
Descriptions of some new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera; chiefly from
specimens contained in the Indian Museum, Caleutta.—By FREDERIC
Moors, F. Z. S., A. L. S. Communicated by the Naturat History
SECRETARY. — Peace keer eka eae tea
No.’ '2, (issued September 17th, 1884). Account of the South-West
Monsoon Storms of the 26th June to 4th July and of 10th to 15th
November 1883.—By Joun Eniot, M. A., Meteorological Reporter to the
Government of Bengal (With Pls. II—X).
No. 3, (issued April 22nd.1885). Some Rough Notes for the Cons-
truetion of a Chapter in the History of the Harth—By R. D. Oxpuam,
A. BR. S. M., Assistant Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. A new
Species of Simulium from Assam.—By Dr. Epwarp Brcunr, Vienna.
Communicated and translated by the Natural History Srcrprary (With
Plate XIV). Variations of Rainfall in Northern India during the Sun-
spots Period.—By A. N. Pearson, Esq., Officiating Meteorological Re-
porter for Western India. Communicated by the Prusipmnt (With Plate
XI). Description of a new Lepidopterous Insect belonging to the Hete-
rocerous Genus Trabala.—By F. Moors, F. Z.S., A. L. 8S. Commu-
nicated by the Naturat History Szoretary. Phyllothelys, a remarkable
Genus of Mantodea from, the Oriental Region.—By J. Woop-Mason,
Deputy Superintendent, Indian Musewm, Calcutta (With Plate XIT),
Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 1.—By H. T. Atkinson, B. A. List of
the Lepidopterous Insects collected in Cachar by Mr. J. Woopv-Masoy,
Part I,—Hursrocera.—By F. Moors, F. Z.8., A. L. S. Communica-
ted by the Natura History SECRETARY. Revised Synopsis of the Species
of Cheeradodis, a remarkable Genus of Mantodea common to India and
Tropical America.—By J. Woov-Mason, Officiating Superintendent In-
dian Museum and Professor of Comparative Anatomy ¥ Zoology Medical
College, Calcutta (With 15 Woodcuts).
PUBLICATIONS
FOR SALE AT THE
ASIATIG SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
No. 57, Park Street, Calcutta.
RS. AS.
Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXI (1843
to 1851); Vols. XXVI, XXVII (1857, 1858), and Vols.
KXX, XXXII to XLVITI, (1861, 1864 to 1881).
Asiatic Researches, £ from Vols. VII to XI, XIII, XVII, XTX and
XX, each at. nis 'eok Rs. 10
Ditto ditto, fades = sieve eed
Catalogue of Books and MSS. in n Arabic, Persian, “and. Urdu, 526 oie
The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. I. Translated into English, with notes
and indexes, by H. Blochmann, M. A., 12
The Tabagat-i-Nacizi. Translated. by Major. rsa Raverty,
10) Tasos, tet, Sin ee
Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, ‘Esq., B.C. ‘Ss, esp sR
THE BUTTERFLIES OF INDIA, BURMAH, AND CEYLON.
BY
Masor G. F. L. MARSHALL, R. E.,
AND
LIONEL ve NICE’VILLE. 3 et
A descriptive handbook of all the known species of Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera _
inhabiting that region, with notices of allied species occurring in the neighbouring
countries along the border : with numerous illustrations.
Vol. I, Part I, is now available at the Publishers, containing Glossary of Tech-
nical Terms, Notes on Collecting and Preserving, Synopsis of the Families and Sub-
families, and detailed descriptions of all the Danaine, with one coloured pine: nine -
autotype plates, and four wood engravings. Price, Rs. 6.
Part ii, which completes Vol. I, is also now available ; and contains the deteiled:
descriptions of all the Satyrine, Elymniine, Morphine, and Acreine, with eight
autotype plates, and eleven wood engravings. Price, Rs. 8.
The book will be completed in four or five volumes, the remaining volumes tobe ~
issued as prepared. The exact period of publication cannot be guaranteed, nor the
precise cost of the total work, but every effort will be made to complete the publica-
tion within three years at the outside, and to keep the cost within Rs. 60 for the
entire work.
PUBLISHED BY THE
CALCUTTA CENTRAL PRESS COMPANY, LIMITED,
5, Councin Hovusr STREET.
So £ ooo
ee a ee
}
in
De a a Ee an eee SCLETY.
wm) } j
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Vol. LIV, Part II, No. II.—i885.
EDITED BY
JHE NaTURAL ftIsTORY PECRETARY.
bao ee TD
st
= =|
‘The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.”’—S1rz WILLIAM JONEs.
* Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co.,.57 5 59, Ludgate Hill.
CALCUTTA:
PRINTED BY }. VW. J HOMAS, AT THE PAPTIST Mission PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,
aS
Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.—To Non-Subscribers Bs, 2.
Price in England, 4 Shillings.
Issued September 12th, 1885.
CONTENTS.
eee
VIil.—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Survey
Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N.,
Commanding. No. 2. Description of a new Species of the
Amphipod Genus Melita from the Bay of Bengal.—By G. M.
Gites, M. B., F. BR. C.S., say heaton sta Indian Marine
Survey (With Plate III.)... ~
Vill. —Natural History Notes Fe H. Mu s thd Marine Re
Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander ALFRED CARPENTER, R. N.,
Commanding. No.3. On the Prothallus of Padina pavorial
—By G. M. Gites, M. B., F. R. C. S. : Su
Indian Marine Survey (With Plates IV. & V.) .
TX.—Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 3.—By EH. T. Ane B. it
X.—Descriptions of some new Indian eee — By LioNEL DE
Nice’vibte (With Plate II.) . ie
XI.—‘ The Swatch of no Ground er a “Obnionan Menee
CarPENTER, R. N., in charge of Marine Survey of India.
Communicated by the NATURAL HISTORY SECRETARY ... sss ese eneeee
Page
69
Pl. I. illustrative of Dr. Giles’ article on Oyrtophium calamicola
published in the preceding Number.
Pls. III., IV., & V. will be issued with the next Number.
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. I.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1884.
No. 1, (issued June 30th, 1884). The Theory of the Winter Rains
of Northern India.—By Hunry ¥. Buanrorp, F. R. S., President, Asia-
tic Society of Bengal, Meteorological Reporter to the Government of India,
Descriptions of some new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera; chiefly from
specimens contained in the Indian Museum, Caleutta.—By Freprric
Moors, F. Z. 8., A. L. S. Communicated by the Natura History
SECRETARY.
No. 2, (issued September 17th, 1884). Account of the South-West
Monsoon Storms of the 26th June to 4th July and of 10th to 15th:
November 1883.—By JoHN Exsor, M. A., Meteorological Reporter to the
Government of Bengal (With Pls. [I—X).
No. 3, (issued April 22nd 1885). Some Rough Notes for the Cons-
truction of a Chapter in the History of the Harth—By R. D. Oxpuam,
A. R.S. M., Assistant Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. A new
Species of Simuhum from Assam.—By Dr. Epwarp Becurr, Vienna.
Communicated and translated by the Naturan History Secretary (With
Plate XIV). Variations of Rainfall in Northern India during the Sun-
_ spots Period.—By A. N. Prarson, Esq., Officiating Meteorological Re-
porter for Western India. Communicated by the Prusipent (With Plate
XI). Description of a new Lepidopterous Insect belonging to the Hete-
rocerous Genus Trabala.—By F. Moorn, F. Z S., A. L. S. Commu-
nicated by the Natura History Srcrerary. Phyllothelys, a remarkable
Genus of Mantodea from the Oriental Region.—By J. Woov-Mason,
Deputy Superintendent, Indian Musewm, Calcutta (With Plate XII),
Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 1.—By E. T. Atkinson, B. A. List of
the Lepidopterous Inseets collected in Cachar oy Mr. J. Woop-Mason,
Part I,—Hetrrocera.—By F. Moors, F. Z. S., A. la Communica-
ted by the Narurat History Sucrerary. Revised Synopsis of the Species
of Cheeradodis, a remarkable Genus of Mantodea common to India and
Tropical America.—By J. Woop-Mason, Officiating Superintendent In-
dian Museum and Professor of Comparative Anatomy & Zoology Medical
College, Calcutta (With 15 Woodcuts).
PUBLICATIONS
” +
FOR SALE AT THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
No. 57, Park Street, Caicutta.
RS. AS.
Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXI (1843
to 1851); Vols. XXVI, XXVIT (1857, 1858), and Vols.
XXX, XXXIII to XLVITI, (1861, 1864 to 1881).
Asiatic Reseacches) from Vols. VII to XI, XIII, XVII, XTX and
es CODE Gs cat isenc Mer tele cee c red oie ren leek aseneaaee nae RB. aie
Ditto ditto, Poli aes. oer sea Sedy ve CRS EE ae
Catalogue of Books and MSS. in n Arabic, Persian, “and. Urdu, heya
The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. I. Translated into English, with moter
and indexes, by H. Blochmann, M. A., 12
The Tabagit-i-Négirt Translated. by Major creel Raverty,
HO TaSCR. scree lc. ous cane thee
Aborigines of India, by B. H. Hodgson, ‘Esq., Ce S, eRe sag gs
THE BUTTERFLIES OF INDIA, BURMAH, AND CEYLON.
BY
Masor G. F. L. MARSHALL, R. E.,
AND
LIONEL pr NICH’VILULE.
A descriptive handbook of all the known species of Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera
inhabiting that region, with notices of allied species occurring in the neighbouring
countries along the border : with numerous illustrations.
Vol. I, Part I, is now available at the Publishers, containing Glossary of Tech- —
nical Terms, Notes on Collecting and Preserving, Synopsis of the Families and Sub- |
families, and detailed descriptions of all the Danaine, with one coloured plate, nine
autotype plates, and four wood engravings. Price, Rs. 6.
Part ii, which completes Vol. I, is also now available; and contains the detailed
descriptions of all the Satyrine, Hiymniine, Morphine, and Acreine, with eight
autotype plates, and eleven wood engravings. - Price, Rs. 8.
The book will be completed in four or five volumes, the remaining volumes to be |
issued as prepared. The exact period of publication cannot be guaranteed, nor the
precise cost of the total work, but every effort will be made to complete the publica-
tion within three years at the outside, ie to keep the cost within Rs. 60 for the —
entire work.
PUBLISHED BY THE
CALCUTTA CENTRAL PRESS COMPANY, LIMITED,
5, CounciL House STREET,
oo.—hU€wMlCUCUC COCO
NEW SERIES. VOL. LIV.
-v
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Vol. LIV, Part II, No. III.—1888.
EDITED BY
. JHE NaTURAL ftisTORY PECRETARY.
ats Sy
ROUT pues,
|
SEES EE COSC SASSER Dean Reet AUTH ATOR.
= i UTE TOL TT
a 7 = =
“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.”—Sir WittiaAm JONES.
** Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Triibner and Co., 57 5° 59, Ludgate Hill.
eee eee
CALCUTTA:
PRINTED BY J, W, JHOMAS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION FPREss,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
PSIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET,
(18858.
~
——
Price (e
xclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Rs. 1-8.—To Non-Subscrib 6rs Bs, 2,
Price in England, 4 Shillings.
Issued December 29th, 1885.
/ With 3 Plates.
,
- ms
¢
ey
we ~ ~
‘ *
‘ é
° 4
* 4
SP wey
>
-
— —Memorandum on » the Corrosion of fet Lead Li sas
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. I.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1884.
No. 1, (issued June 30th, 1884). The Theory of the Winter Rains
of Northern India.—By Hunry F. Buayrorp, F. R. S., President, Asia-
tie Society of Bengal, Meteorological Reporter to the Government of India,
Descriptions of some new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera; chiefly from
specimens contained in the Indian Musewm, Caleutta— By Fruperic
Moorz, F. Z. S., A. L. S. Communicated by the Natura History
SECRETARY.
No. 2, (issued di utanibek 17th, 1884). Account of the South-West
Monsoon Storms of the 26th June to 4th July and of 10th to 15th
_ November 1883.—By Joun Eniot, M. A., Meteorological Reporter to the
Government of Bengal (With Pls. II—X).
No. 3, (issued April 22nd 1885). Some Rough Notes for the Cons-
truction of a Chapter in the History of es Harth—By R. D. Oxpnam,
A.R.S. M., Assistant Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. A new
Species of Simulium from Assam.—By Dr. Epwarp Brecugr, Vienna:
Communicated and translated by the Naturat Hisrory Srecrerary (With
Plate XIV). Varwations of Rainfall in Northern India during the Sun-
spot Period—By A. N. Puarson, Hsq., Officiating Meteorological Re-
porter for Western India. Communicated by the Prusipent (With Plate
XI). Description of a new Lepidopterous Insect belonging to the Hete-
rocerous Genus Trabala.—By F. Moorz, F. Z 8., A. L. 8S. Commu-
nicated by the Naturat History SucretTary. Phyllothelys, a remarkable
Genus of Mantodea from the Oriental Region.—By J. Woov-Masoy,
Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Caleutta (With Plate XII).
Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 1.—By H. T. Arxrnson, B. A. List of
the Lepidopterous Insects collected in Cachar by Mr. J. Woop-Mason,
Part I,—Hutrrocera.—By F. Moorz, F. Z.8., A. L. 8. Communica-
ted by the NaturaL History Secretary. Revised Synopsis of the Species
of Choeradodis, a remarkable Genus of Mantodea common to India and
Tropical America.—By J. Woov-Mason, Officiating Superintendent In-
dian Musewm and Professor of Comparative Anatomy § Zoology » Medical
College, Calcutta (With 15 sigh Rel
PUBLICATIONS
FOR SALE AT THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,
No. 57, Park Street, Caicutta.
RS. AS.
Journal, Asiatic Society, Bengal, from Vols. XII to XXI (1843
to 1851); Vols. XXVI, XXVII (1857, 1858), and Vols.
XXX, XXXIIT to XLVITI, (1861, 1864 to 1881).
Asiatic Roséarchés, from Vols. VII to XI, XIII, XVII, XTX and
eS PHOMOAY 52h Basins « vee dv caress Fe Rs. 10
Ditto ditto, AOE Vas ceiees Me ey Piglets
Catalogue of Books and MSS. ; in Arabic; Pou. and’ Gene i eee
The Ain-i-Akbari, Vol. J. ‘Translated into English, with notes ©
and indexes, by H. Blochmann, M. A., ce) ae
The Tabagdt-i-Négirt Translated by Major H. “Cs Raverty, a
PO Tasc., | ..45, i SS
Aborigines of India, by B. i: ‘Hodgson, “Esq... B. C. s, nd roe 8p oper
9 ey oi
Bo
THE BUTTERFLIES OF INDIA, BURMA, AND CEYLON.
BY
Mayor G. F. L. MARSHALL, R. E., Boden Oe a
AND ko apa
LIONEL pre NICE’VILLE. pene
A descriptive handbook of all the known species of Rhopalocerous Lapigatine one
inhabiting that region, with notices of allied species occurring in the neishbeaans a
countries along the border: with numerous illustrations. %
Vol. I, Part I, is now available at the Publishers, containing Glossary of Tech- x
nical Terris, Notes on Collecting and Preserving, Synopsis of the Families and Sub-
families, and detailed descriptions of all the Danaine, with one coloured plate, ie: ao
autotype plates, and four wood engravings. Price, Rs. 6. team tah
Part ii, which completes Vol. I, is also now available; and contains the detailed =
descriptions of all the Satyrine, Blymniine, Morphine, and Acrwine, with eight
autotype plates, and eleven wood engravings. Price, Rs. 8. ya]
The book will be completed in four or five volumes, the remaining volumes to bate
issued as prepared. The exact period of publication cannot be guaranteed, nor the ~ fo
precise cost of the total work, but every effort will be made to complete the publica-
tion within three years at the outside, and to keep the cost within Rs. 60 for the
entire work.
A Gah ah A
PUBLISHED BY THE
CALCUTTA CENTRAL PRESS COMPANY, LIMITED,
5, CounciIL HovusE STREET.
NEW SERIES. VOL. LIV. CCLXXVII.
-—~o ee
JOURNAL
OF THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Vol. LIV, Part II, No. I1V.—1885.
EDITED BY
JHE NaTURAL ftISTORY PECRETARY.
: equverrenecvearts uit
ANY _ WEE 20018 Co I ETN Batt
Utes — — 4858 16-0) AG. Gs Seri
NTT. Tatimeaneal Heretics Nionaemae (mast ng Rial
} ini CS Tiara THe YR a |
, HH) We el eT] H
~ | 415 HHA) HT Tht ih Mare (hoa | t fi
us whi rey) a rape
Tee eit | MRO Nae
\g § i!
i i 1 i 4 H
|
i
bea
Cop MNCL
‘The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.”’—Si1r WILLIAM JONES.
#,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to wnom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Tritbner and Oo., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill.
—— OTT eee ee
GAL CUT PA?
PRINTED BY I. W. THOMAS, AT THE PAPTISP Mission PREss,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
PSIATIC POCIETY, 57. PARK STREET,
ee ‘OT.
A. Gy
> Sa
‘, ——
Not
Se
Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1.—~To Non-Subscribers Rs. 1-8,
Price in England, 2 Shillings and sixpence,
Issued October 21st, 1887.
“
CONTENTS
OF THE NATURAL HISTORY PART (PT. II.) OF THE
JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL FOR 1884.
No. 1, (issued June 30th, 1884). The Theory of the Winter Rains
of Northern India.—By Henry F. Buanrorp, F. R. S., President, Asia-
tic Society of Bengal, Meteorological Reporter to the Government of India.
Descriptions of some new Asiatic Diwrnal Lepidoptera ; chiefly from
Specimens contained in the Indian Musewm, Calcutta.—By Freperic —
Moors, F. Z. S., A. L. S. Communicated by the Narurat History _
SECRETARY. | ci
No. 2, (issued September 17th, 1884). Account of the South-West
Monsoon Storms of the 26th June to 4th July and of 10th to 15th
November 1883.—By Joun Euiot, M. A., Meteorological Reporter to the —
Government of Bengal (With Pls. II—X).
No. 3, (issued April 22nd, 1885). Some Rough Notes for the Oon-
struction of a Chapter in the History of the Harth.—By R. D, Otpuam,
A. R.S.M., Assistant Superintendent, Geological Survey of India. A new
Svecies of Simulium from Assam.—By Dr. Epwarp Brower, Vienna.
Oomu umnicated and translated by the Naturat History Sgorerary (With
Plate XTV.). Variations of Rainfall in Northern India during the Sun-
spot Period.—By A. N. Prarson, Hsq., Officiating Meteorological Re-
porter for Western India. OCommumicated by the PrustpEnt (With Plate
XI.) Description of a new Lepidopterous Insect belonging to the Hete- —
rocerous Genus Tratila—By B. Moors, F. Z, 8. A. i. & Commu- - ?
meated by the Natunat. t:istory Sucrutary. Phyllothelys, a remarkable
Genus of Mantodea from the Oriental Region.— By J. W oop-Mason,
Deputy Superintendent, India» Museum, Calcutta (With Plate XII).
Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 1.—By E. T. Arxrnsoy, B.A. Dist of
the Lepidopterous Insects collected im Cachar by Mr. J. Woop-Mason,
Part I,—Hernrocera.—By F. Moors, F. Z..8., A. L. S. Communica.
ted by the Naturat History Secrerary. Revised Synopsis of the Species
of Choeradodis, a remarkable Genus of Mantodea common to India and
Tropical America.—By J. Woov-Mason, Officiating Superintendent poe
dian Museum and Professor of Comparative Anatomy § Zoology, Medical
College, Calcutta (With 15 Woodcuts).
Se ON OR ROO”
c repeal tannnn
Li gee ne
= aecn saree naerataeee
?
=
oI
‘eo
2
BRARY
4828
lll
|
3 1853 10006
CALIF ACAD OF SCIENCES LI
f ~ oe
ee ee a
a .
iia i ee ey
o> 2 hw
‘.
$8 ee ea : —- ‘ .
a ee : -.
‘ 4 ? & © © )-» os
of 2 Oat ee ese a Sf te Re =
-~s >: «2 © @
ev ~ * ~~ > >
2 2-2. « 2 = © @¢« Ss @ @ *
Lee + oe ee oe
“= » *
a, a oe eo oe
2 ote ones ee & ee
owe es = = & ~-«
2 «ys = *
“s os Y 5 : Co Se Soe Bee ww
*°*-¢~9-9 ae : St po es » © 4 >. *
ees R
on “ee
*
>”
~_*- - a*0- 6-2
no oe © 2.) ee ee we
oe .9 s e ee > &
* ft
a
a te te e
ot 2 ee
~ “ : >.) © «
-_*rr ee eo wewe
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11